tema 1 compact first second edition sample lesson

19
8/20/2019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/tema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1/19 © Cambridge University Press and UCLES

Upload: alvaro-arse

Post on 07-Aug-2018

221 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 119

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 219

8 UNIT 1 LISTENING

Part 1

1 Look at the photos What are the people doing Howmuch time each day do you spend a) studying or workingb) travelling and c) relaxing

2 Look at question 1 in the exam task Answer thesequestions

1 How many speakers will you hear Are they female ormale What is the situation

2 Part 1 questions may focus for instance on opinion

purpose or place What is the focus of Where is he

3 Read the recording script for question 1 Which is the correctanswer (A B or C) Why Why are the other two wrong

Irsquom standing here in Church Avenue with aboutthirty other media people but by the look of theplace there isnrsquot anybody in Nobodyrsquos quite sure ifhersquoll be back later this afternoon ndash or whether hersquosspending the weekend away perhaps at a luxury

hotel in the city centre What does seem clearthough is that hersquos unlikely to play in Sundayrsquosbig match ndash otherwise these TV crews would bewaiting at the gates of the clubrsquos training groundto film him not here

4 102 Work in pairs For each of questions 2ndash8 askand answer the questions in Exercise 2 Then listen and

do the exam task

Page 94

C

B

A

Exam task You will hear people talking in eight different situationsFor questions 1ndash8 choose the best answer (A B or C)

1 You hear a reporter talking on the radio Where is he

A outside a training ground

B outside an expensive hotel

C outside somebodyrsquos house

2 You hear a woman talking about travelling to work every

day How does she feel about the daily train journey

A It is often quite tiring B It is a good opportunity to talk to people

C It is a relaxing way to begin the day

3 You overhear a woman talking on the phone Why is she calling A to apologise for a mistake

B to refuse to do something

C to deny she did something

4 You hear a man talking about reading books

Why does he enjoy reading at home A It helps him pass the time

B It enables him to spend time alone

C It makes a change from his job

5 You overhear a conversation in a holiday resort

Who is the woman A a waitress B a tourist

C a cafeacute owner

6 You hear a man talking about staying healthy

What is he doing to improve his fitness

A eating less food B going to the gym

C walking to work

7 You hear a woman talking about her home Where does she live

A in a city-centre flat B in a house in the suburbs C in a country cottage

8 You overhear two people talking about finding something

How does the woman feel

A grateful

B relieved C concerned

5 Have you chosen an answer for every question Even ifyoursquore not sure you could be right

Quick steps to Listening Part 1

Donrsquot choose an answer until yoursquove heard the whole extract

You can always change your mind about an answer while

yoursquore listening or when you listen again

LISTENING1Yourself and others

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 319

9GRAMMAR UNIT 1

Review of present tenses Page 103

1 Match extracts andashg from the recording inListening with rules 1ndash7

a Irsquom standing here in Church Avenueb I live a long way out in the suburbs

c Whenever I can I go into the study

d The traffic into town is getting worse all the

timee Somebody is always pushingf A south-facing room gets lots of sunshine

g This month Irsquom working particularly hard

We use the present simple to talk about1 a routine or habit2 a permanent situation3 something which is always true

We use the present continuous to talk about

4 something happening right now

5 a temporary situation

6 a situation that is changing or developing7 something irritating or surprising using

always

Note verbs which describe states eg think own have understand are normally used in

simple tenses but some can be continuouswhen they describe something we do eg Irsquom

thinking of buying a bike

See Grammar reference page 103 stative verbs

2 Correct the mistakes in these sentenceswritten by exam candidates

1 I suppose that you are understanding my

situation

2 This evening people are playing music and

have fun3 I know that you are liking your job but in my

opinion you are working too hard4 I wait for your answer to my let ter

5 Nowadays Irsquom preferring to go to work by

bicycle6 In summer itrsquos nice to go on a boat and

having dinner on the lake

7 lsquoSara can you hear me I stand on your left

by the bridgersquo

3

Complete the sentences with the correct form of the verbs inbrackets

1 Katiersquos in but she (write) an email to someone at the

moment2 Scientists believe that sea levels (rise) because of

global warming

3 My brother Oliver (quite often go) mountain biking on

Sundays

4 My neighbours (always shout) early in the morning

Itrsquos really annoying5 That notebook on the table (belong) to me

6 I (stay) with my friends this week while my family are

away

7 In every continent on Earth the sun (set) in the west8 Listen Ellie (have) an argument with her boyfriend

Present simple in time clauses Page 103

4 Look at these extracts from the recording in Listening Do allthe verbs refer to the future What tense do we use after timeexpressions like when

Irsquoll move back into my place when they finish repainting it on FridayNext time I want things like that Irsquoll buy them online instead

5 Choose the correct option

1 I get rsquoll get some more milk when I go rsquoll go shoppingtomorrow

2 I wait rsquoll wait here until you come rsquoll come back later on3 As soon as the film ends will end tonight I catch rsquoll catch the

bus home

4 I donrsquot wonrsquot move house before I start rsquoll start my new job next

month

5 By the time you arrive rsquoll arrive at 830 I am rsquoll be ready to go

out6 I talk rsquoll talk to my flatmates tonight once I get rsquoll get home

6 Complete the sentences about yourself Then tell your partner

1 Irsquoll have a meal as soon as hellip

2 Irsquoll spend less money the next time hellip3 Irsquom going to buy a house when hellip

4 I donrsquot think Irsquoll have children before hellip

5 I wonrsquot stop studying English until hellip

6 I think Irsquoll watch TV after hellip

GRAMMAR1

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 419

10 UNIT 1 READING AND USE OF ENGLISH

Part 7

1 Look at photos 1ndash4 What do you think a typical day is l ike

for each person Think about

when they do things like having meals

where they go and how they travel

who they see what they do to relax

how they feel at various times of the day

2 Look at the exam task Answer these questions

1 How many people are there2 Is it one text in sections or is it several short texts

3 Whatrsquos the topic

4 What must you find (eg Which place hellip )

5 How many questions are there6 Can you use letters A B C and D several times each

3 Look quickly at the text and match parts AndashD with photos1ndash4 Which person starts working earliest Who finisheslatest

4 Look at this Part 7 example question and the underlinedwords in the text There are references to this in parts AB and D Why is B right Why are A and D wrong

ExampleWhich person never has breakfast B

5 Do the exam task Underline the words or sentences that tell

you the right answers

Exam task

You are going to read an article about four peoplersquos daily livesFor questions 1ndash10 choose from the people (AndashD) The peoplemay be chosen more than once

Which person

sometimes sleeps in the early afternoon 1

thinks they ought to do more frequent exercise 2

says they have their best ideas late in their

working day

3

has to hurry to catch the train to work 4

does not always get up at the same time every

day5

dislikes working later than they should do 6

believes exercise helps them prepare for the day

ahead

7

is now more relaxed at work 8

chooses not to follow local tradition 9

enjoys answering questions from customers 10

Quick steps to Reading and Use of English Part 7

Look at the instructions title and layout then readquickly through the questions

Remember that the information you need may not be inthe same order as the questions

Be careful with words that only seem to say the same asa particular question but in fact mean something quitedifferent

1 2 3

4

1 READING AND USE OF ENGLISH

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 519

11READING AND USE OF ENGLISH UNIT 1

When you have finished make sure you have answeredall ten questions

Exam tip

Adjectives ending in -ed and -ing

6 Find these words in the text and complete the rules with-ed and -ing

exhausted fascinating (A) interesting challenging (B)

refreshed distracted (C) tired irritating (D)

1 We use adjectives with to describe how

somebody feels about something

2 We use adjectives with to describe the thing

or person which causes the feeling

7 Complete these sentences with -ing and -ed adjectives

formed from the verbs in brackets Then answer the

questions about yourself

1 At what time of day do you feel most (relax)2 Whatrsquos the most (amuse) film yoursquove ever

seen

3 When do you sometimes feel a little (worry)4 Whatrsquos the most (depress) news item yoursquove

heard recently

5 When do you feel most (motivate) to study6 Are you (terrify) of anything such as spiders

or heights

7 Whatrsquos the most (astonish) story yoursquove ever

heard

8 Whatrsquos the most (puzzle) thing about the

English language

8 Compare a typical day in your life with those of the fourpeople in the text What are the different times in your

day like and how do you feel Use words from Exercises 6and 7

B For Assistant Sales Manager Julia Anderson eachday begins at 630 am with a quick shower a fewminutes to get ready and then a dash to the station tocatch the 715 into Manhattan By eight orsquoclock shersquosat her workstation lsquoI need to be there then before thesalespeople start arriving I spend the rest of the morningin meetings and dealing with client queries whichfor me is one of the most interesting challenging andworthwhile aspects of the job Then itrsquos out for a quicklunch ndash my first meal of the day ndash and back to workat 1 pm followed by more of the same up to 5 pmThatrsquos how things are here you have to keep to a tightschedule At first I found working here pretty stressful butIrsquom used to it now and it doesnrsquot bother mersquo

C Website Designer Oliver McShane works at home andunsurprisingly is a late riser lsquorolling out of bedrsquo as he

puts it lsquoat 9 amrsquo Switching on his laptop his first task isto answer any early-morning emails and then he carrieson from where he left off the previous evening lsquoIf I havea creative peakrsquo he says lsquothatrsquos when it is and it takesme a while to get going again the next day WheneverIrsquove stayed up working very late I make up for it byhaving a 20-minute lie-down after lunch Then whenI wake up I feel refreshed and ready for another longworking session Occasionally I pack my laptop and sitin a cafeacute for a while although I can get distracted fromwork if I run into someone I knowrsquo

D Anita Ramos is a Tourist Guide who works morningsand evenings lsquoItrsquos just too hot to walk around the cityin the afternoonrsquo she says lsquoso I spend it at homeItrsquos the custom here to have a sleep after lunch but Ihavenrsquot got time for that In any case Irsquom not tired thenbecause I donrsquot get up particularly early When I do Iusually skip breakfast though sometimes I have cerealor something Then itrsquos off to the office before headingdowntown to wherever Irsquom meeting the first group I takefour or five groups out before lunch and Irsquom supposed tofinish around 2 pm though there always seems to besomeone in the last group who asks lots of questionswhich can be a bit irritating if I end up doing unpaidovertime It also means I risk missing the 215 train homersquo

livesDifferent A University student Jake Harris is in his first year

lsquoAssuming I donrsquot oversleep which can happen Irsquom outof bed by 745 If therersquos time I have some tea andtoast then set off I used to aim for the 825 train butI kept missing it so nowadays I do the uphill walk intotown which wakes me up and enables me to plan whatIrsquom going to do in the morning and afternoon From ninetill one itrsquos lessons and a group activity with a quickbreak at eleven to grab something to keep me going tilllunch The afternoon is similar to the morning really Afterthat I sometimes head for the gym but not as often as Ishould Once I get home I work for a few hours and laterndash if Irsquom not feeling too exhausted ndash I go out with friends

Irsquove met some fascinating people herersquo

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 619

12 UNIT 1 SPEAKING

Part 11 In Part 1 the examiner may ask you questions like these

What are they about Which verb tense would you mainlyuse to reply

1 Where are you from

2 What do you like about living there

3 Tell me a little about your family4 Which time of the year is your favourite Why

5 What do you enjoy doing when you are on holiday

6 What do you use the Internet for

2 In pairs read this example conversation from Part 1

What is wrong with Nicorsquos and Lenarsquos replies (1ndash6)Correct two mistakes Then study the Quick steps for waysof improving the other four replies

Examiner Is your routine at weekends different fromyour daily routine in the week

Nico (1) Yes

Examiner In what ways

Nico (2) I am staying in bed later of course I go

out with friends after lunchExaminer And what about your routine at weekends

Lena Is it different from your daily routine

Lena (3) Not really I have to get up at about the

same time

Examiner WhyLena (4) Well I have a job in a shop and Irsquom going

to work early Itrsquos a long way from my house

And I arrive home late every day

Examiner Now tell me Nico How often do you read

newspapers or magazines

Nico (5) RepeatExaminer How often do you read newspapersNico (6) Not often I donrsquot like them much

3 Lena says I arrive home late every day Look at theseexpressions and answer the questions

every hour or so from time to time most weekends

five times a week hardly ever now and then

1 Where do frequency expressions like every day go in

the sentence

2 Which one means lsquoalmost neverrsquo

3 Which two mean lsquooccasionallyrsquo

Page 97

Use as wide a range of grammar and vocabulary as you can

Exam tip

4 Work with a different partner Ask and answer theexaminerrsquos questions in Exercises 1 and 2

5 How well did you answer the Part 1 questions How goodwere your partnerrsquos answers Tell each other what youthink

Character adjectives

6 Find out what kind of person your partner is by asking

them questions 1ndash12 Give examples using expressionslike now and then and nearly always in your replies

What are you like 1 Do you think about what other people need or want

2 Do you usually expect good things to happen

3 Do you behave in a way that is silly and not adult

4 Do you like telling other people what to do

5 Are you good at dealing with problems

6 Do you get annoyed if things happen too slowly

7 Do you want to be very successful in life

8 Are you easily upset and do you know when others

are upset 9 Do you find it easy to make up your mind quickly

10 Do you do things that nobody expects

11 Are you sensible and fair with other people

12 Do you find it difficult to plan things well

7 Match the adjectives with questions 1ndash12 Do you thinkthey describe your character correctly Then use some ofthese adjectives to say what you think each person in thepictures might be like

ambitious bossy childish decisive disorganised

impatient optimistic practical reasonable sensitive

thoughtful unpredictable

Quick steps to Speaking Part 1

Be friendly to the examiners and to the other candidate

Donrsquot just reply yes no or I donrsquot know Give reasons

(because hellip so hellip) or examples (such as hellip like hellip) You can politely ask the examiner to repeat a question

Ask Pardon Could you say that again please Sorry

1 SPEAKING

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 719

13READING AND USE OF ENGLISH UNIT 1

Forming adjectives1 Underline these prefixes and suffixes in the

words in Speaking Exercise 7 One word hasboth a prefix and a suffix

-able -al dis- -ful -ic im- -ish

-itive -ive -ous un- -y

2 Form character adjectives from these wordswith the prefixes and suffixes in Exercise 1Be careful with spelling changes

adventure aggression anxiety artistcaution cheek compete emotion

energy enthusiasm fool greed help

honest pessimist polite popular rely

respect sympathy

Part 3

3 Correct the mistakes in thesesentences written by exam candidates

1 You were a charmful host as always

2 Joey can be quite rude and unpolite3 I think that going to work or to school by

bike is very healthful4 We really enjoyed the festival in spite of

the disorganising programme

5 Irsquom helpful and sociality so Irsquod like a job

working with people

6 Sometimes shopping can be a stressing

experience

4 Complete the sentences with the correctform of the words in brackets In each caseadd a prefix andor a suffix

1 Amelia thinks shersquoll win and her family arequite (optimism) too

2 Question 9 in the quiz was quite

(challenge) but I got it right3 The team has lost every game so their

fans are feeling (depress)

4 The staff disliked the boss and they were

(sympathy) when he lost

his job

5 It was a hot day but Chloe felt

(refresh) after having a coolshower

6 People seem (enthusiasm)

about the TV show Few are watching it

5

Look at the exam task Answer these questions1 How many gaps are there in the text

2 What do you have to put in each of them

3 Does this task mainly test grammar or vocabulary

6 Quickly read the text ignoring the gaps for now What is the purposeof the text What is each paragraph about

7 Look at the example (0) Answer the questions Then do the exam task

1 What kind of word probably goes between the and thing

2 Does it describe how someone feels or what causes a feeling3 What suffix do we use for this

4 If this suffix begins with a vowel how does fascinate change

Exam task

For questions 1ndash8 read the text below Use the word given in capitals at theend of some of the lines to form a word that fits in the gap in the same lineThere is an example at the beginning (0)

Example 0 FASCINATING

Same family different people

The three children grew up in the same home but for friends of

the family the (0) thing is that now as young adults

they all have very different (1)

Grace 23 always has to be busy Ever since she was a young girl

she has been highly (2) to succeed and now that

she is working in a business environment she makes no secret of

how (3) she is her aim is to be Managing Director

before she is 30

Whereas Grace can sometimes appear rather (4)

even cold her 21-year-old sister Evie can be quite(5) to what others say particularly if their

comments are unfair But she is always kind to her friends and

(6) whenever anyone wants to talk about their

problems

Daniel just 19 is the (7) one Hersquos mad about

sports like rock climbing snowboarding and motorcycling

He takes too many risks and he gives his family some

(8) moments but somehow he always manages to

get home safely

FASCINATE

PERSONAL

MOTIVATE

AMBITION

EMOTION

SENSE

SYMPATHY

ADVENTURE

ANXIETY

Quick steps to Reading and Use of English Part 3

Read the text quickly to find out its purpose and main points

Look at each word in capitals then the words next to the gap Do youneed a noun an adjec tive or another part of speech

Does the word in capitals need more than one change

1 READING AND USE OF ENGLISH

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 819

14 UNIT 1 WRITING

Part 2 informal letter1 Look at the exam task and answer these

questions

1 Who has written to you

2 What does this person want you to do

3 What style is the extract from the letter

written in Find examples of the following a contrac ted forms eg Irsquom

b short common words eg got

c simple linking words eg because

d informal punctuation eg dash (ndash)

e friendly expressions eg tell me

Exam task

This is part of an email from an English friendAlex

Write your email to Alex in 140ndash190 words Donot write any addresses

P age 90 2

Read the model letter and answer these questions1 Is Lydiarsquos letter the right length2 Has she made any language mistakes3 How does she open and close her message

4 What does she talk about in her introduction and conclusion

5 Does she answer all of Alexrsquos questions In which main paragraphs

6 What examples of informal language can you find

7 What character adjectives does she use8 Which phrases of hers might be particularly useful when you write

other letters

3 Think about these questions and note down some ideas for your ownletter to Alex

1 What does friendship mean to you

2 How often do you see your friends3 Who are you going to write about4 How long have you known each other

5 Which character adjectives best descr ibe your friend

4 Make a plan for your letter Put your best ideas from Exercise 3 underthese headings 1 Friends in general 2 Best friend who 3 Best friend why Then add some details such as the personrsquos age or job You couldput the points under each heading into main paragraphs 1 2 and 3

5 Write your letter When you have finished check it for the following

correct length

all the content asked for in the instructions

good organisation into paragraphs

correct grammar spelling and punctuation suitable style of language

Dear Alex

Many thanks for your message It was great to hear from youThe first thing I want to say is that I completely agree with you about friends I see some of

mine almost every day and I really miss them when theyrsquore away

My closest friend is Nicole whorsquos also a student is the same age as me and lives just

down the road Wersquove been best mates for many years and we tell each other everything

but I think wersquove got quite dif ferent personalities

For instance I can be a bit indecisive at times but shersquos very practical and gets everything

done quickly Shersquos not bossy though In fact shersquos really thoughtful Whenever I get upset

shersquos always sympathetic and then she finds a way to cheer me up ndash shersquos got a wonderful

sense of humour

I hope one day you can get to know her and that I have the chance to meet your friends

too Please tell me more about them in your next letter Write soon

Best wishesLydia

Irsquom lucky because Irsquove got really good friends ndash especially

those Irsquove known since I was a kid I donrsquot know what Irsquod

do without them So tell me how important are friends to

you Whorsquos your best friend and what do you like about

him or her

Looking forward to hearing from you soon

Quick steps to writing a Part 2 informalletter

Look at the task including any text anddecide who you are writing to why andwhich points to include

Note down ideas and decide how manymain paragraphs you will need Then putyour ideas under paragraph headings

Begin Dear (friendrsquos first name) and thankthem for their last message

Keep to your plan and use informallanguage throughout

Close in a friendly way asking them to writeback End Lots of love Best wishes etc

Make sure you leave enough time at the end to check your letter formistakes

Exam tip

WRITING1

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 919

See the CD-ROM for more practice

1

Complete the sentences with the presentsimple or present continuous form of theverbs in brackets

1 This summer I (stay) at the

seaside and I (work) in a

local shop in the mornings

2 My friends (usually eat) at

home but this evening they

(have) dinner in a restaurant

3 Hi I (wait) to get onto the

plane but there (seem) to be

a delay

4 The climate (change) all

the time and the temperatures here

(get) higher every year

5 Natalie (be) quite annoying

She (always complain) about

something

6 My grandparents (own)

a house in the village though they

(not live) there any more

7 This far north it (get)dark very early at this time of year so

I (think) of spending the

winter in Australia

2 Add a prefix or suffix to these words andcomplete the sentences

artist caution energy greed honest

pessimism polite

1 Martin always eats too much food Hersquos

really

2 Itrsquos to take things from a

shop without paying for them

3 The quality of these drawings and

paintings shows how

Alexia is

4 If someone helps you itrsquosnot to say lsquothank yoursquo

5 Paola is usually quite but

she doesnrsquot feel like doing sports today

6 Jerry likes to take risks but his brother

Anton is a much more boy

7 Irsquom sorry to be so but I just

know wersquore going to lose this game

3

Complete the sentences with the correct form of the words in brackets1 Terry is quite (predict) You never know what hersquos going

to do next

2 I thanked my friends for being so (sympathy) when Ihad to go into hospital

3 Itrsquos (reason) to expect people to do all your work for

you

4 Going up that mountain is quite (challenge) even for

an expert climber

5 It was (thought) of you to remember my motherrsquos

birthday

6 To succeed in business you have to be (decision) and

not keep changing your mind

4 Read the text below Use the word given in capitals at the end of someof the lines to form a word that fits in the gap in the same line

In the morning I normally take the underground At

that time of day itrsquos crowded you have to stand and itrsquos

certainly not a (1) way to travel But the

service is quick frequent and (2) which

makes it by far the most (3) way to get

across the city in the rush hour

Occasionally though I travel into town in a friendrsquos car

to go shopping and quite honestly I often 1047297nd it an

absolutely (4) experience Every time we

get onto the ring road Irsquom (5) by the waypeople behave when they drive a car Some are extremely

(6) driving straight at you to make you

get out of their way while others are (7)

trying to have races with other drivers all the time They

just seem (8) to me

What I 1047297nd most (9) about this is the

fact that by the time they actually get to their of1047297ces

theyrsquore probably too (10) to do a proper

dayrsquos work

RELAX

RELY

PRACTICE

TERRIFY

ASTONISH

AGGRESSION

COMPETE

CHILD

PUZZLE

EXHAUST

REVISION UNIT 1 15

REVISION1

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1019

8 Unit 1 Yourself and others

Unit objectivesTOPICS daily life peopleGRAMMAR review of present tenses present

simple in time clauses VOCABULARY adjectives ending in -ed and - ing

character adjectives adjectivepre1047297xes and suf1047297xes - able - al dis--ful - ic im- - ish - itive - ive -ousun- - y

READING and Part 7 studying an example itemUSE OF ENGLISH Part 3 word building gist-reading

studying the exampleWRITING Part 2 informal letter getting ideas

planning checkingLISTENING Part 1 studying an example script

SPEAKING Part 1 asking for repetition givingreasons and examples

ListeningPart 1

1 This activity could be done in pairs Allow a few minutesrsquo

discussion time Then ask students for their overall

1047297ndings and whether they think they have a good balance

between workstudy and relaxation

Optional activity

Look at the exam task with the class Make sure that

students know what Part 1 consists of You could ask the

following questions Encourage students to 1047297nd the answersin the Listening guide on page 94 if they donrsquot already

know them

1 How many extracts will you hear

2 Is there any connection between the extracts

3 Do you both read and hear the introductory sentence

about each speaker and situation

4 Do you both read and hear each question

Answers

1 eight 2 no 3 yes 4 no

2 Get students to study question 1 but not the transcript in

Exercise 3 Check the answers

Answers

1 one male radio journalist reporting from the street

2 the focus is place

3 Explain to the class that multiple-choice questions in

Listening (and Reading) often contain lsquodistractorsrsquo within

the text that are designed to mislead them and that in this

task type there are always two distractors for each question

Allow time for students to talk about why C is right and A

and B are wrong then elicit the answers

Answers

C is the correct answer there isnrsquot anybody in means the

people who live there are not at home and by the look of the

place indicates that the reporter is outside the house

B is the wrong answer the reporter says away at a luxury

hotel in the city centre so he is not there

A is the wrong answer he uses the conditional would be about

someone else (the TV crews )

4 102 Encourage pairs to look at the introductory

sentence and question of each item not the options If they

1047297nd it dif1047297cult to identify the focus put the answers on

the board in jumbled order Go through the answers and

suggest that students ask themselves these questions every

time they do Listening Part 1 Make sure that everyonereads and understands the Quick steps then get students to

work alone Remind students to listen to the speakersrsquo tone

as well as to the actual words they use Play the recording

through without pausing

Answers

2 one female talking about travelling by train every day focus

feelingsattitude

3 one female making a phone call focus purpose

4 one male talking about reading books at home focus reason

5 female and male (probably) talking in a holiday resort focus

person

6 one male talking about staying healthy focus something hersquos

doing

7 one female talking about where she lives focus place typeof home

8 female and male (probably) talking about 1047297nding something

focus feelings

Recording script

You will hear people talking in eight different situations Forquestions 1ndash8 choose the best answer (A B or C)

1 You hear a reporter talking on the radio

Irsquom standing here in Church Avenue with about thirty othermedia people but by the look of the place there isnrsquotanybody in Nobodyrsquos quite sure if hersquoll be back later thisafternoon ndash or whether hersquos spending the weekend awayperhaps at a luxury hotel in the city centre What does seem

clear though is that hersquos unlikely to play in Sundayrsquos bigmatch ndash otherwise these TV crews would be waiting at thegates of the clubrsquos training ground to 1047297lm him not here

2 You hear a woman talking about travelling to work every day

The traf1047297c into town is getting worse all the time so thetrain was the obvious alternative Irsquod kind of assumed Irsquodbe able to sit back and relax with a newspaper and a cupof coffee maybe chat with my fellow passengers and soon but actually most mornings itrsquos standing-room onlywith everyone squashed together the conversation usuallylimited to lsquoexcuse mersquo Somebody is always pushing andyou spend half your time trying to avoid falling over so thatby the time you arrive you feel as though yoursquove alreadydone half a dayrsquos work

Yourself and others

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1119

Unit 1 Yourself and others 9

3 You overhear a woman talking on the phone

Well Irsquom very sorry but Irsquom just not prepared to pay for itemsI didnrsquot receive As you say I ordered the DVDs a fortnightago and when I did so I gave your sales department all thedetails they needed to deliver them to the right address anditrsquos not my fault if they sent them somewhere else The onlymistake I made was in dealing with your company in the 1047297rstplace Next time I want things like that Irsquoll buy them onlineinstead Like most people do these days

4 You hear a man talking about reading books

Irsquom an editor in a publishing company and this month Irsquomworking particularly hard on a rather long novel so it mayseem a little surprising that my favourite way of relaxing inthe evenings is to sit down somewhere quiet with a goodbook Whenever I can I go into the study and settle down toread for as long as possible I just wish I could do so moreoften as Irsquom the kind of person who needs to get away fromother people for a while but these days Irsquom usually just toobusy helping out with the housework and the kids

5 You overhear a conversation in a holiday resort

Man The weatherrsquos been awful this summer hasnrsquot it Irsquomnot surprised people are looking so miserable Thosewho havenrsquot already gone home that is Non-stoprain spoils everything at the seaside

Woman I know If I were a tourist I wouldrsquove left too Theplace is half-empty and Irsquove already had to reduce thenumber of staff

Man Really Is it that bad

Woman Yes with so few customers I just couldnrsquot afford tokeep paying their wages I hated having to let themgo especially as I used to be a waitress myself Butwhat else could I do

Man You had no choice The same thingrsquos happening

everywhere round here

6 You hear a man talking about staying healthy

I was getting a bit worried about my unhealthy lifestyle soI started spending a few hours each week at the local gymbut it was pretty boring and I havenrsquot been for a while Thensomeone suggested I should try going to the of1047297ce on footrather than taking the car and I took her advice I live a longway out in the suburbs and in fact I go right past the gymevery day but itrsquos really helping me get in shape And thefunny thing is that with all this exercise I get more hungryand Irsquom actually having bigger meals now but Irsquom told itdoesnrsquot matter because Irsquom using up a lot more energy

7 You hear a woman talking about her home

Irsquom staying at a friendrsquos apartment downtown but Irsquoll move

back into my place when they 1047297nish repainting it probablyon Friday Itrsquos pleasant enough here though I miss mygarden with its beautiful bushes and trees Itrsquos almost likebeing in the countryside there even though itrsquos actually onthe outskirts of town Itrsquos right on top of a hill so from myupstairs window you can see the city-centre of1047297ce buildingsin one direction and a rural area not far away in the other

And a south-facing room gets lots of sunshine too

8 You overhear two people talking about finding something

Woman Yes itrsquos just as well that memory stick turned upwhen it did If itrsquod been missing any longer Irsquod begetting a bit worried by now

Man I knew it must be somewhere in the living room If youremember I suggested looking there the other day

Woman Actually that wasnrsquot where I found it

Man No Where was it

Woman It was in the spare room plugged into that old laptopof yours

Man Was it Oh I remember now I was using it last yearto copy some 1047297les Sorry about that

Woman It doesnrsquot matter now Forget it

Exam task answers

2 A 3 B 4 B 5 C 6 C 7 B 8 B

5 Point out that candidates do not lose marks for incorrect

answers as this may not be the case in other exams they

have taken Allow 30 seconds for them to check then go

through the answers

GrammarReview of present tenses

1 This activity could be done in pairs Give the class plenty

of time to match the extracts then check the answers If

yoursquore teaching in the southern hemisphere explain that

3 f seemed always true for the European who said it Elicit

or give more examples of each usage and of stative verbs

Answers

1 c 2 b 3 f 4 a 5 g 6 d 7 e

2 Go through the answers when everyone has 1047297nished If

there is time you may want to ask the class why they think

each mistake has been made

Answers

1 you understand 2 having fun 3 you like 4 rsquomam waiting

5 I prefer 6 have 7 rsquomam standing

3 This exercise practises all the uses presented in Exercise 1

If there is time elicit these from the class and ask which is

a stative verb

Answers

1 rsquosis writing (something happening right now)

2 are rising (a situation that is changing or developing)

3 quite often goes (a routine or habit)

4 are always shouting (something irritating or surprising)

5 belongs (stative verb)

6 rsquomam staying (a temporary situation)7 sets (something which is always true)

8 rsquosis having (something happening right now)

Present simple in time clauses

4 The studentsrsquo 1047297rst language may use a future form in these

clauses so itrsquos important they realise that in these extracts

we are using the present simple with future meaning as in

1047297rst conditional forms Elicit the answers and then some

more examples with a variety of time expressions such as

before after or until

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1219

10 Unit 1 Yourself and others

5 Make sure that everyone studies the Exam tip and answer

any questions about this Then give students about 20

minutes to do the multiple-matching task on their own in

exam conditions If you donrsquot want them to underline in

the book tell them to note down the 1047297rst few words of eachrelevant phrase or sentence Go through the answers and

elicit the relevant phrases and sentences If there is time

also elicit some of the distractors eg Arsquos reference to

missing the train relates to the past not the present (7)

Exam task answers

1 C 2 A 3 C 4 B 5 A 6 D 7 A 8 B 9 D 10 B

Underlining

A

(5) lsquoAssuming I donrsquot oversleep which can happen

(7) I do the uphill walk into town which wakes me up and

enables me to plan what Irsquom going to do in the morning

and afternoon

(2) I sometimes head for the gym but not as often as I

should

B

(4) a dash to the station to catch the 715

(10) dealing with client queries which for me is one of the

most interesting challenging and worthwhile aspects of

the job

(8) At 1047297rst I found working here pretty stressful but Irsquom

used to it now and it doesnrsquot bother me

C

(3) the previous evening lsquoIf I have a creative peakrsquo he

says lsquothatrsquos when it is

(1) having a 20-minute lie-down after lunch Then when I

wake up

D

(9) Itrsquos the custom here to have a sleep after lunch but I

havenrsquot got time for that In any case Irsquom not tired then (6) can be a bit irritating if I end up doing unpaid overtime

Adjectives ending in -ed and - ing

6 Give students time to study the context of each word and

work out the rules If necessary explain the meaning of

the B2-level words (exhausted fascinating challenging

refreshed distracted irritating) as listed by English Pro1047297le

Check the answers and elicit the corresponding -ed-ing

adjective for each of the eight words then elicit further

examples such as amazedamazing and boredboring

Answers

1 -ed 2 -ing

7 Point out that this exercise is partly a preparation for Word

Formation in Reading and Use of English later in this

unit and that spelling is important eg dropping the 1047297nal

e in some cases Both parts of the exercise could be done

individually or in pairs Encourage brief answers to the

questions using the words given Check answers to the

sentence-completion part of the exercise and elicit some

answers to the questions Also elicit the other form of each

adjective

Note one of the forms of all eight adjectives is listed as B2

level by English Pro1047297le

Answers

yes present simple

5 Give students a little time to study the sentences then go

through the answers

Answers

1 rsquoll get go 2 Irsquoll wait come 3 ends rsquoll catch 4 wonrsquot start

5 arrive rsquoll be 6 rsquoll talk get

6 Allow a minute or two for students working on their own to

write their answers then get them to work in pairs Elicit

some answers for each question

Suggested answers

1 I get home 2 I go on holiday 3 I have enough money

4 Irsquom thirty 5 I pass Pro1047297ciency 6 I 1047297nish my homework

Reading and Use of EnglishReading Part 7

1 This activity could be done in pairs Allow plenty of time

for discussion of the daily lives of the people in the photos

The four people talk about their lives in the Reading text

but donrsquot mention this yet ndash it will give students an extra

reason for reading later on

2 Give the class a minute or two to look at the instructions

the prompt Which person the question numbers and the text

layout Then check the answers

Answers

1 four 2 one text in four sections 3 four peoplersquos daily lives

4 which person does or thinks particular things

5 ten 6 yes

3 Give students two or three minutes to skim the text for the

answers to the two questions Then check the answers

Answers

1 B Assistant Sales Manager

2 A University student

3 C Website Designer

4 D Tour Guide

earliest B latest C

4 Explain that in many cases there are lsquodistractorsrsquo ndash words

or sentences in the text which appear to give the right

answer if they are not read carefully This activity raises

awareness of how distractors work Go through the answers

once students have had enough time to study the three

highlighted parts

Answers

B Correct ndash if lunch is the 1047297rst meal of the day for her she canrsquot

have eaten breakfast

A If therersquos time he has tea and toast so itrsquos not true to say he

never has breakfast

D Usually she skips (misses) breakfast but not always ndash she

sometimes has lsquocereal or somethingrsquo

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1319

Unit 1 Yourself and others 11

Answers

1 relaxed 2 amusing 3 worried 4 depressing 5 motivated

6 terri1047297ed 7 astonishing 8 puzzling

8 Where possible students should work with others they donrsquotknow very well using the prompts from Exercise 7 and as

many -ing -ed adjectives as they can

SpeakingPart 1

Optional activity

Make sure that students know what Part 1 consists of You

could ask the following questions Encourage students to 1047297nd

the answers in the Speaking guide on page 97 if they donrsquot

already know them

1 How many examiners are there

2 Do you answer questions from just one examiner 3 How many candidates are there

4 Do you talk to the other candidate(s) in Part 1

Answers

1 two 2 yes 3 usually two but occasionally there may be

three 4 no

1 Explain that in the exam students may be asked questions

about future plans and ambitions and that these will be

practised in Unit 5 You may also want to point out that

candidates are always asked the 1047297rst two questions here while

the others are taken from lists that examiners may choose

from

Answers

1 your town

2 what you like about your town

3 your family

4 your favourite season and why

5 what you like doing on holiday

6 what you use the Internet for

(all questions are about you)

You would use the present simple to reply although in some

cases you may also need to use the present continuous for

example to say a relative is studying abroad

2 Focus attention on the Exam tip before students start this

activity and perhaps mention that the two mistakes are both

incorrect uses of verb tenses Allow time for pairs to work on

this then elicit the answers

Suggested answers

1 One-word answer He gives examples when asked in what

ways but he could have done this without being prompted

2 The verb form should be I stay

3 She doesnrsquot give a reason She could reply as she does after

the examiner asks why without being prompted

4 The verb form should be I go

5 Not polite He could say Could you repeat that please

6 He doesnrsquot give a reason for not liking newspapers He could

say something like because therersquos too much in them about

politics or I listen to the radio news so I donrsquot need to

3 Students should be familiar with all the basic frequency

adverbs like usually and aware that these normally go

before the main verb Elicit the answer to the 1047297rst question

then tell the class to look at the six expressions and answer

the questions Go through the answers and elicit moreexamples such as twice a month and every few minutes

Point out that hardly ever is quite often tested in Reading

and Use of English and other parts of the exam

Answers

1 at the end ( hardly ever goes before the verb)

2 hardly ever

3 from time to time now and then

4 If possible get everyone to sit with somebody they donrsquot

know very well this activity can be a useful ice-breaker

Monitor pairs and feed in language where necessary

5 Tell pairs to be polite and constructive in their comments

about each otherrsquos speaking Allow a minute for thisand then elicit some comments on the studentsrsquo own

performance (not on their partnersrsquo speaking) and note any

particular dif1047297culties

Character adjectives

6 Point out that this is a light-hearted activity with no lsquorightrsquo

or lsquowrongrsquo answers ndash or lsquokeyrsquo purporting to analyse their

personality Give students a couple of minutes each to

answer

7 These adjectives are all B2 level as shown by English

Pro1047297le Encourage the use of dictionaries if students have

any dif1047297culties then check that everyone has the right

answers They then compare their impressions of each other

using some of the adjectives Advise students to be careful

not to upset their partners avoiding answers such as always

bossy even if itrsquos true Monitor pairs to make sure that they

do so and to avoid possible embarrassment donrsquot elicit

answers when everyone has 1047297nished Finally students use

modals such as could might and may to speculate about the

character of the people in the photos Elicit some answers

and point out that the language used in this activity is useful

practice for Writing later in this unit

Answers

1 thoughtful 2 optimistic 3 childish 4 bossy 5 practical

6 impatient 7 ambitious 8 sensitive 9 decisive

10 unpredictable 11 reasonable 12 disorganised

Reading and Use of EnglishForming adjectives

1 Get students to note down the words and then underline

them if you donrsquot want them to write in the book Make

sure that everyone has the right answers You may want to

elicit the base words eg ambition boss etc pointing out

that some are nouns but others are verbs and adjectives

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1419

12 Unit 1 Yourself and others

Answers

reasonable ( also unpredictable) practical disorganised

thoughtful optimistic impatient childish sensitive decisive

ambitious unpredictable bossy

2 Elicit that when adding a suf1047297x beginning with a vowel we

drop the 1047297nal e eg adventure ndash adventurous Encourage

the use of dictionaries to 1047297nd antonyms and check spelling

Remind students to add both a pre1047297x and suf1047297x eg

unadventurous where possible Then elicit all the answers

possibly putting them on the board or OHP Elicit more

adjectives (not necessarily of character) with each of these

pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes plus their meanings and possibly also

their opposites

Answers

(un)adventurous aggressive anxious artistic cautious cheeky

competitive (un)emotional energetic (un)enthusiastic foolish

greedy (un)helpful dishonest pessimistic impolite unpopular(un)reliable (dis)respectful (un)sympathetic

Optional activity

Encourage discussion about whether some of these

adjectives describe positive or negative characteristics

pointing out that in certain cases eg pessimistic cautious

the answers are subjective Elicit answers from the class

making sure that all the words are understood

Suggested answers

lsquogoodrsquo ndash artistic energetic enthusiastic helpful honest polite

reliable sympathetic

lsquobadrsquo ndash opposites of the above ( unenthusiastic unhelpful

unreliable unsympathetic ) plus aggressive cheeky foolish

greedy dishonest impolite unpopular

lsquogoodrsquo or lsquobadrsquo ndash adventurous anxious cautious competitive

emotional pessimistic and respectful could be positive or

negative in certain circumstances

Part 3

3 Explain that all the mistakes in these sentences involve

pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes students have studied in this unit

though in most cases with different adjectives Elicit

answers when they have 1047297nished You may want to ask

what students think the most common mistakes are by

speakers of their 1047297rst language(s)

Answers

1 charming 2 impolite 3 healthy 4 disorganised 5 sociable

6 stressful

4 Like Exercise 1 this exercise focuses on pre1047297xes and

suf1047297xes studied in this unit Students have also seen all the

base words although they will have to be careful which

form to choose as two or three pre1047297xes andor suf1047297xes may

be possible Explain that this is in effect a sentence-level

version of Word Formation although of course in the exam

it is unlikely that all the target words would be adjectives

requiring pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes Go through the answers

once students have 1047297nished highlighting spelling

Answers

1 optimistic 2 challenging 3 depressed 4 unsympathetic

5 refreshed 6 unenthusiastic

5 Tell the class to read the instructions carefully and lookvery quickly at the way the text and the words in capitals

are laid out Then go through the answers

Answers

1 eight

2 a word formed from the word in capitals at the end of the

same line

3 mainly vocabulary (especially pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes)

6 Set a time limit for this of no more than a minute and

advise students to do this every time they do a Word

Formation task Explain that some answers may require

an understanding of more than one sentence or the

text as a whole Check the answers and deal with any

comprehension dif1047297culties that relate to the gist of the text

but not the detail

Answers

The purpose of the text is to show how different people from

the same family can be

paragraph 1 to introduce the topic

paragraph 2 to describe one of the daughters

paragraph 3 to describe the other daughter

paragraph 4 to describe the son

7 Explain that students should look at the example and its

context every time they begin a Word Formation task as

this will give them an introduction to the text and also

remind them of what they must do in this task type Gothrough the answers with the class

Answers

1 an adjective 2 what causes a feeling (to friends of the family)

3 - ing 4 drop the 1047297nal e

Point out that students have already seen some form or

other of all the target words in this exam task You may

also want to give some clues or further tips before they

begin - for instance the need to watch out for plural forms

Allow ten to twelve minutes for students working on their

own to 1047297ll in or note down their answers Remind them to

make sure they have changed all the words in capital letters

Then check answers Elicit the pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes usedand highlight the use of two of these in question 4 Pay

particular attention to spelling in 1 5 6 7 and 8

Exam task answers

1 personalities 2 motivated 3 ambitious 4 unemotional

5 sensitive 6 sympathetic 7 adventurous 8 anxious

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1519

Unit 1 Yourself and others 13

WritingPart 2 informal letter

1 When the class has had time to look at the exam task elicit

the answers

Answers

1 an English friend Alex

2 write back saying how important friends are to you who your

best friend is what you like about him or her

3 informal

a Irsquove donrsquot Irsquod Whorsquos b kid do c So and

d exclamation mark e Looking forward to hearing from you

2 Give students a few minutes to read the model answer and

answer the questions Elicit the answers

Answers

1 yes

2 no3 Dear Alex Best wishes

4 Introduction she thanks Alex for hisher message and

comments on this

Conclusion she talks about the future and asks Alex to write

back soon and give her more information

5 Yes the importance of friends in the 1047297rst main paragraph

who her best friend is in the second main paragraph a

description of her friendrsquos personality in the third main

paragraph

6 Informal expressions such as thanks just down the road

mates a bit dash and exclamation marks contracted

forms theyrsquore whorsquos wersquove shersquos linkers and but friendly

expressions It was great to hear from you Write soon

7 indecisive practical bossy thoughtful sympathetic

8 tell each other can be at times whenever I shersquos always

cheer me up sense of humour have the chance etc

3 Refer the class to the instructions in the exam task and to

the Exam tip This is very much a personal task and best

done individually ndash point out there are no lsquorightrsquo or lsquowrongrsquo

answers to these questions either Monitor studentsrsquo work

and make suggestions where necessary especially for

question 1 but donrsquot elicit answers

4 Get students to make their plan quickly using very brief

notes

5 Give the class no more than 40 minutes to write their

answers as that is what they will have in the exam and they

have already studied the task and planned their work Tell

students always to leave at least 1047297ve minutes at the end of

each Writing task to check their work and to refer back to

these 1047297ve points in future units and other Part 1 and Part 2

tasks Checking could be done as a peer correction activity

although of course this will not be possible in the exam

itself

Model answer

Hi Alex

Itrsquos always great to hear from you

Yoursquore absolutely right about how much friendship matters Life just wouldnrsquot be the same if we didnrsquot have friends would it

My very best friend is called Luis and wersquove grown up together

really We 1047297rst met at primary school and hersquos been my best

mate ever since

Wersquore quite similar in a lot of ways For instance wersquore the same

age almost exactly the same height and weight and wersquore both

crazy about sports especially basketball and swimming

Like me he can be rather shy at times though hersquos perhaps a

little more talkative than me Hersquos also someone you can rely on

to help you if yoursquore in trouble or worried about something Hersquos

a fantastic friend and Irsquom sure yoursquod get on really well with him

Hope to hear from you again soon

Bye for now

Enrique

Revision

1 Answers

1 rsquomam staying rsquomam working

2 usually eat rsquoreare having

3 rsquomam waiting seems

4 is changing are getting

5 is rsquosis always complaining

6 own donrsquot live

7 gets rsquomam thinking

2 Answers

1 greedy 2 dishonest 3 artistic 4 impolite 5 energetic

6 cautious 7 pessimistic

3 Answers

1 unpredictable 2 sympathetic 3 unreasonable

4 challenging 5 thoughtful 6 decisive

4 Answers

1 relaxing 2 reliable 3 practical 4 terrifying

5 astonished 6 aggressive 7 competitive 8 childish

9 puzzling 10 exhausted

Remind students that there is more practice on the CD-ROM

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1619

Part 7

Look at the exam task Answer thesequestions

1 Whatrsquos the text about

2 How many people can you choose from3 What must you find4 How many questions are there

Now do the exam task

Exam task

You are going to read an article in which fourpeople talk about their friends For questions1ndash10 choose from the people (AndashD) The peoplemay be chosen more than once

Which person

earns less money than theirfriend

1

says the two of them did not likeeach other at first

2

denies that their friend is bossy 3

has had a similar upbringing to their friendrsquos

4

once fell out with their friend 5

shares a hobby with their friend 6

says their friend has a goodsense of humour

7

describes their friend as rather

shy

8

has a friend who is veryoptimistic

9

has a very ambitious friend 10

READING AND USE OF ENGLISH

The best of friendsA Nadia Hassan has been friends with Amina since they were fourteen

lsquoWe were born in the same monthrsquo says Nadia lsquoand we grew up in

the same small town though the funny thing is we didnrsquot actually

know each other until we both took up horse riding something we

still enjoyrsquo There are according to Nadia some differences between

them lsquoWhereas I tend to be a bit negative about the future always

expecting the worst to happen Amina is the complete opposite

Maybe between us we just about strike the right balance Though

of course having such different ways of looking at the same thing

can lead to tensions and a couple of years ago we actually stoppedspeaking for a while but that didnrsquot last longrsquo

B Liam Doherty first met his friend Marc when they were both doing

summer jobs at a seaside hotel Marc has since moved to another

part of the country but they still keep in touch by email and

chatting online lsquoHe comes round to my house whenever hersquos in

town which is actually quite often Hersquos got a good job and can

travel wherever he likes every weekend which is something I wish I

could afford to do on my salary But hersquos different from me in that

hersquos always had this strong desire for success in life whereas I prefer

to take things a bit easier with plenty of time for hobbies like hill-

walking and readingrsquo

C Maxim Salenko has been friendly with Andriy ever since they wereat primary school lsquoWe grew up in much the same kind of family

environment and we usually sat together at school and enjoyed the

same sports though in some ways hersquos not like me Irsquom fairly quiet

perhaps a little shy at times but Andriy is always a fun guy to be

withrsquo says Maxim lsquoHe can be noisy and some people say he tries to

tell everyone what to do but I donrsquot think thatrsquos true He just likes to

make sure everyone else has a good time too Once or twice Irsquove felt

a bit irritated by things he said but that was probably because I was

in a bad mood at the time and I donrsquot think he even noticed I was

annoyedrsquo

D Camille Leroy and her friend Lara have known each other for three

years now lsquoWersquore from different backgroundsrsquo says Camille lsquoand

to be honest when we were introduced at a party we didnrsquot hit it offat all She seemed a bit unfriendly and it took quite a while before I

realised that she was in fact lacking in self-confidence particularly

when meeting new people To some extent she still is but once you

get to know Lara you realise what good company she is She always

has interesting things to say and she tells some great jokes too I

often see her on the bus home from work because nowadays she

lives just round the corner from me She moved there to be close to

the golf course and Irsquom thinking of taking it up toorsquo

4 UNIT 1 YOURSELF AND OTHERS

Yourself and others1

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1719

5YOURSELF AND OTHERS UNIT 1

Grammar

Present tenses

1 Some of these sentences written by examcandidates contain mistakes Correct anymistakes using the present simple or presentcontinuous

1 Irsquom belonging to a tennis club and it is my

favourite sport

2 Irsquoll pick you up from the airport when yoursquoll

arrive at 930

3 Irsquom having a lovely holiday here on the island4 Every day we are spending about eight hours

at work

5 When you will receive my letter please tell

Mary about this

6 Pablo is needing to talk to somebody but he

never calls me

7 Nowadays it becomes more and more

important to have a good education

8 I promise that Irsquoll phone you tonight when I

get home

9I need to earn some money and this is themain reason why I apply for this job

10 They are the kind of people who are driving

to work every day in big cars

2 Complete the sentences with the present simpleor present continuous form of these verbs Useeach verb only once

end get hear own rise see take try

1 I usually go to work by car but this week Ithe train because the road

bridge is closed

2 It harder to find a job and youth

unemployment is now very high3 As soon as the college term

Irsquom going away on holiday

4 Her parents are very rich They

homes in both London and New York

5 I Marcos later this evening

when he leaves the club6 Please turn the music down a bit I

to sleep

7 In every part of the world the sun

in the east

8 I promise Irsquoll get up as soon as I

the alarm clock

LISTENINGPart 1

Look at questions 1ndash4 in the exam task Answer these questions

1 How many speakers will you hear

2 Will they be female or male voices

3 What is the situation

4 What is the focus eg place opinion of the question

02 Now listen and do the exam task

Exam task

You will hear people talking in four different situations (in the exam youwill hear eight) For questions 1ndash4 choose the best answer (A B or C)

1 You hear a teenager talking about her new bedroom

What does she like about it

A the way it is decorated

B the furniture in it C its size and shape

2 You overhear a conversation on a bus

Where is the man going first A to a shop B to the library C to work

3 You hear a man talking on the phone

Why is he calling

A to apologise B to ask for information

C to complain

4 You hear part of an interview with a businesswoman

What does she do A She hires out bicycles B She hires out cars

C She hires out motorcycles

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1819

6 UNIT 1 YOURSELF AND OTHERS

Part 3

1 Correct the mistakes in these sentenceswritten by exam candidates using the

correct form of the word in brackets Add aprefix andor a suffix in each case

1 I am worry (worry) about you so can I talk

to you

2 The biggest disadvantage is that you are

always stressy (stress) when you do that job

3 These are my recommendations for the

most attraction (attract) places in my town

4 Suddenly I heard something strange near

the door I was terrorised (terrify)

5 Your report about the music festival isabsolutely inacceptable (accept)

6 It was really surprised (surprise) to hear

that Marta was the winner

7 The streets wouldnrsquot be so crowdy (crowd)and they would be safer for people

8 Staying at your house next week will be

really enjoyful (enjoy)

9 That festival was a completely

unorganised (organise) and dull event

10 There are some interesting and

impressing (impress) museums in this city

2 Look at the exam task example (0) andanswer these questions

1 What kind of word goes between the

superlative form the most and the noun

features

2 Does this word describe how someone

feels or what causes a feeling3 What suffix do we use for this

Now do the exam task

Exam task

For questions 1ndash8 read the text below Use the word given in capitals atthe end of some of the lines to form a word that fits in the gap in the sameline There is an example at the beginning (0)

Example 0 SURPRISING

Staying safe online

One of the most (0) features of the

computer age is the huge amount of time that youngpeople spend communicating with each other

Whereas a generation ago children would go home

after a (1) day at school and watch TV

nowadays they are likely to do something much more

(2) such as chat online with their

friends

Others exchange information on (3)popular social networking sites such as Facebook What

some parents find rather (4) however is

how easily they can make online lsquofriendsrsquo who they have

never actually met and also the amount of information

that their children are so (5) puttingonto these websites for anyone to see

Parents are right to be (6) but with

many children spending hours a day online it is simply

(7) for adults constantly to watch over

them All they can do is advise them to be extremely

(8) about contact with strangers and to

warn them not to put personal information such as their

phone number or home address online

SURPRISE

TIRE

SOCIETY

INCREASE

WORRY

ENTHUSIASM

ANXIETY

PRACTICE

CAUTION

READING AND USE OF ENGLISH

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1919

3 Plan and write your letter to Sam Try to include some of Matteorsquosexpressions and character adjectives

WRITINGPart 2 informal letter

1 Look at the exam task and answer thesequestions

1 Who has written to you

2 Who do they want to know about

3 What examples of informal language can

you find

Exam task

Here is part of an email you have received fromSam an English-speaking friend

Write your email to Sam in 140ndash190 words Donot write any addresses

2 Read the model letter and answer thesequestions

1 Does Matteo answer Samrsquos questions2 Where would you split the second

paragraph to form two shorter

paragraphs

3 Is Matteorsquos message written in an informal

style Find examples4 Find and correct these mistakes in the

letter

a a comparative

b a verb tense c an article

d three adjective suffixes5 Which of Matteorsquos expressions could you

use in your letter

Though my sisterrsquos quite a bit younger than me

wersquore good friends most of the time

So tell me about a relative of yours who you see a lot

ndash and why you enjoy being with him or her

Hope to hear from you soon

Hi Sam

Thanks for writing Itrsquos always nice to get a message from you

Itrsquos great that you have such a close friendship with your sister My sisterrsquos actually

a lot older that me and my brotherrsquos much younger so we donrsquot of ten like doing the

same things but I have a cousin called Lorenzo whorsquos about my age and we get on

really well He lives not far from here and like me hersquos a student ndash though not at the

same college Wersquove been friends since we were k ids and wersquore seeing each other

most weekends and of course in the holidays Wersquove got lots of things in common

For instance we love the mountain biking and something I really like about him is that

hersquos so adventurous We have great fun when wersquore out together because hersquos so

enthusiastic about doing excited things but without getting too competitious He can

also be quite sensitive and thoughtful and whenever I have any kind of problem hersquos

always sympatic In short hersquos a fantastic friend

Hope to hear from you again soon

Bye for now

Matteo

7YOURSELF AND OTHERS UNIT 1

Page 2: Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 219

8 UNIT 1 LISTENING

Part 1

1 Look at the photos What are the people doing Howmuch time each day do you spend a) studying or workingb) travelling and c) relaxing

2 Look at question 1 in the exam task Answer thesequestions

1 How many speakers will you hear Are they female ormale What is the situation

2 Part 1 questions may focus for instance on opinion

purpose or place What is the focus of Where is he

3 Read the recording script for question 1 Which is the correctanswer (A B or C) Why Why are the other two wrong

Irsquom standing here in Church Avenue with aboutthirty other media people but by the look of theplace there isnrsquot anybody in Nobodyrsquos quite sure ifhersquoll be back later this afternoon ndash or whether hersquosspending the weekend away perhaps at a luxury

hotel in the city centre What does seem clearthough is that hersquos unlikely to play in Sundayrsquosbig match ndash otherwise these TV crews would bewaiting at the gates of the clubrsquos training groundto film him not here

4 102 Work in pairs For each of questions 2ndash8 askand answer the questions in Exercise 2 Then listen and

do the exam task

Page 94

C

B

A

Exam task You will hear people talking in eight different situationsFor questions 1ndash8 choose the best answer (A B or C)

1 You hear a reporter talking on the radio Where is he

A outside a training ground

B outside an expensive hotel

C outside somebodyrsquos house

2 You hear a woman talking about travelling to work every

day How does she feel about the daily train journey

A It is often quite tiring B It is a good opportunity to talk to people

C It is a relaxing way to begin the day

3 You overhear a woman talking on the phone Why is she calling A to apologise for a mistake

B to refuse to do something

C to deny she did something

4 You hear a man talking about reading books

Why does he enjoy reading at home A It helps him pass the time

B It enables him to spend time alone

C It makes a change from his job

5 You overhear a conversation in a holiday resort

Who is the woman A a waitress B a tourist

C a cafeacute owner

6 You hear a man talking about staying healthy

What is he doing to improve his fitness

A eating less food B going to the gym

C walking to work

7 You hear a woman talking about her home Where does she live

A in a city-centre flat B in a house in the suburbs C in a country cottage

8 You overhear two people talking about finding something

How does the woman feel

A grateful

B relieved C concerned

5 Have you chosen an answer for every question Even ifyoursquore not sure you could be right

Quick steps to Listening Part 1

Donrsquot choose an answer until yoursquove heard the whole extract

You can always change your mind about an answer while

yoursquore listening or when you listen again

LISTENING1Yourself and others

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 319

9GRAMMAR UNIT 1

Review of present tenses Page 103

1 Match extracts andashg from the recording inListening with rules 1ndash7

a Irsquom standing here in Church Avenueb I live a long way out in the suburbs

c Whenever I can I go into the study

d The traffic into town is getting worse all the

timee Somebody is always pushingf A south-facing room gets lots of sunshine

g This month Irsquom working particularly hard

We use the present simple to talk about1 a routine or habit2 a permanent situation3 something which is always true

We use the present continuous to talk about

4 something happening right now

5 a temporary situation

6 a situation that is changing or developing7 something irritating or surprising using

always

Note verbs which describe states eg think own have understand are normally used in

simple tenses but some can be continuouswhen they describe something we do eg Irsquom

thinking of buying a bike

See Grammar reference page 103 stative verbs

2 Correct the mistakes in these sentenceswritten by exam candidates

1 I suppose that you are understanding my

situation

2 This evening people are playing music and

have fun3 I know that you are liking your job but in my

opinion you are working too hard4 I wait for your answer to my let ter

5 Nowadays Irsquom preferring to go to work by

bicycle6 In summer itrsquos nice to go on a boat and

having dinner on the lake

7 lsquoSara can you hear me I stand on your left

by the bridgersquo

3

Complete the sentences with the correct form of the verbs inbrackets

1 Katiersquos in but she (write) an email to someone at the

moment2 Scientists believe that sea levels (rise) because of

global warming

3 My brother Oliver (quite often go) mountain biking on

Sundays

4 My neighbours (always shout) early in the morning

Itrsquos really annoying5 That notebook on the table (belong) to me

6 I (stay) with my friends this week while my family are

away

7 In every continent on Earth the sun (set) in the west8 Listen Ellie (have) an argument with her boyfriend

Present simple in time clauses Page 103

4 Look at these extracts from the recording in Listening Do allthe verbs refer to the future What tense do we use after timeexpressions like when

Irsquoll move back into my place when they finish repainting it on FridayNext time I want things like that Irsquoll buy them online instead

5 Choose the correct option

1 I get rsquoll get some more milk when I go rsquoll go shoppingtomorrow

2 I wait rsquoll wait here until you come rsquoll come back later on3 As soon as the film ends will end tonight I catch rsquoll catch the

bus home

4 I donrsquot wonrsquot move house before I start rsquoll start my new job next

month

5 By the time you arrive rsquoll arrive at 830 I am rsquoll be ready to go

out6 I talk rsquoll talk to my flatmates tonight once I get rsquoll get home

6 Complete the sentences about yourself Then tell your partner

1 Irsquoll have a meal as soon as hellip

2 Irsquoll spend less money the next time hellip3 Irsquom going to buy a house when hellip

4 I donrsquot think Irsquoll have children before hellip

5 I wonrsquot stop studying English until hellip

6 I think Irsquoll watch TV after hellip

GRAMMAR1

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 419

10 UNIT 1 READING AND USE OF ENGLISH

Part 7

1 Look at photos 1ndash4 What do you think a typical day is l ike

for each person Think about

when they do things like having meals

where they go and how they travel

who they see what they do to relax

how they feel at various times of the day

2 Look at the exam task Answer these questions

1 How many people are there2 Is it one text in sections or is it several short texts

3 Whatrsquos the topic

4 What must you find (eg Which place hellip )

5 How many questions are there6 Can you use letters A B C and D several times each

3 Look quickly at the text and match parts AndashD with photos1ndash4 Which person starts working earliest Who finisheslatest

4 Look at this Part 7 example question and the underlinedwords in the text There are references to this in parts AB and D Why is B right Why are A and D wrong

ExampleWhich person never has breakfast B

5 Do the exam task Underline the words or sentences that tell

you the right answers

Exam task

You are going to read an article about four peoplersquos daily livesFor questions 1ndash10 choose from the people (AndashD) The peoplemay be chosen more than once

Which person

sometimes sleeps in the early afternoon 1

thinks they ought to do more frequent exercise 2

says they have their best ideas late in their

working day

3

has to hurry to catch the train to work 4

does not always get up at the same time every

day5

dislikes working later than they should do 6

believes exercise helps them prepare for the day

ahead

7

is now more relaxed at work 8

chooses not to follow local tradition 9

enjoys answering questions from customers 10

Quick steps to Reading and Use of English Part 7

Look at the instructions title and layout then readquickly through the questions

Remember that the information you need may not be inthe same order as the questions

Be careful with words that only seem to say the same asa particular question but in fact mean something quitedifferent

1 2 3

4

1 READING AND USE OF ENGLISH

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 519

11READING AND USE OF ENGLISH UNIT 1

When you have finished make sure you have answeredall ten questions

Exam tip

Adjectives ending in -ed and -ing

6 Find these words in the text and complete the rules with-ed and -ing

exhausted fascinating (A) interesting challenging (B)

refreshed distracted (C) tired irritating (D)

1 We use adjectives with to describe how

somebody feels about something

2 We use adjectives with to describe the thing

or person which causes the feeling

7 Complete these sentences with -ing and -ed adjectives

formed from the verbs in brackets Then answer the

questions about yourself

1 At what time of day do you feel most (relax)2 Whatrsquos the most (amuse) film yoursquove ever

seen

3 When do you sometimes feel a little (worry)4 Whatrsquos the most (depress) news item yoursquove

heard recently

5 When do you feel most (motivate) to study6 Are you (terrify) of anything such as spiders

or heights

7 Whatrsquos the most (astonish) story yoursquove ever

heard

8 Whatrsquos the most (puzzle) thing about the

English language

8 Compare a typical day in your life with those of the fourpeople in the text What are the different times in your

day like and how do you feel Use words from Exercises 6and 7

B For Assistant Sales Manager Julia Anderson eachday begins at 630 am with a quick shower a fewminutes to get ready and then a dash to the station tocatch the 715 into Manhattan By eight orsquoclock shersquosat her workstation lsquoI need to be there then before thesalespeople start arriving I spend the rest of the morningin meetings and dealing with client queries whichfor me is one of the most interesting challenging andworthwhile aspects of the job Then itrsquos out for a quicklunch ndash my first meal of the day ndash and back to workat 1 pm followed by more of the same up to 5 pmThatrsquos how things are here you have to keep to a tightschedule At first I found working here pretty stressful butIrsquom used to it now and it doesnrsquot bother mersquo

C Website Designer Oliver McShane works at home andunsurprisingly is a late riser lsquorolling out of bedrsquo as he

puts it lsquoat 9 amrsquo Switching on his laptop his first task isto answer any early-morning emails and then he carrieson from where he left off the previous evening lsquoIf I havea creative peakrsquo he says lsquothatrsquos when it is and it takesme a while to get going again the next day WheneverIrsquove stayed up working very late I make up for it byhaving a 20-minute lie-down after lunch Then whenI wake up I feel refreshed and ready for another longworking session Occasionally I pack my laptop and sitin a cafeacute for a while although I can get distracted fromwork if I run into someone I knowrsquo

D Anita Ramos is a Tourist Guide who works morningsand evenings lsquoItrsquos just too hot to walk around the cityin the afternoonrsquo she says lsquoso I spend it at homeItrsquos the custom here to have a sleep after lunch but Ihavenrsquot got time for that In any case Irsquom not tired thenbecause I donrsquot get up particularly early When I do Iusually skip breakfast though sometimes I have cerealor something Then itrsquos off to the office before headingdowntown to wherever Irsquom meeting the first group I takefour or five groups out before lunch and Irsquom supposed tofinish around 2 pm though there always seems to besomeone in the last group who asks lots of questionswhich can be a bit irritating if I end up doing unpaidovertime It also means I risk missing the 215 train homersquo

livesDifferent A University student Jake Harris is in his first year

lsquoAssuming I donrsquot oversleep which can happen Irsquom outof bed by 745 If therersquos time I have some tea andtoast then set off I used to aim for the 825 train butI kept missing it so nowadays I do the uphill walk intotown which wakes me up and enables me to plan whatIrsquom going to do in the morning and afternoon From ninetill one itrsquos lessons and a group activity with a quickbreak at eleven to grab something to keep me going tilllunch The afternoon is similar to the morning really Afterthat I sometimes head for the gym but not as often as Ishould Once I get home I work for a few hours and laterndash if Irsquom not feeling too exhausted ndash I go out with friends

Irsquove met some fascinating people herersquo

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 619

12 UNIT 1 SPEAKING

Part 11 In Part 1 the examiner may ask you questions like these

What are they about Which verb tense would you mainlyuse to reply

1 Where are you from

2 What do you like about living there

3 Tell me a little about your family4 Which time of the year is your favourite Why

5 What do you enjoy doing when you are on holiday

6 What do you use the Internet for

2 In pairs read this example conversation from Part 1

What is wrong with Nicorsquos and Lenarsquos replies (1ndash6)Correct two mistakes Then study the Quick steps for waysof improving the other four replies

Examiner Is your routine at weekends different fromyour daily routine in the week

Nico (1) Yes

Examiner In what ways

Nico (2) I am staying in bed later of course I go

out with friends after lunchExaminer And what about your routine at weekends

Lena Is it different from your daily routine

Lena (3) Not really I have to get up at about the

same time

Examiner WhyLena (4) Well I have a job in a shop and Irsquom going

to work early Itrsquos a long way from my house

And I arrive home late every day

Examiner Now tell me Nico How often do you read

newspapers or magazines

Nico (5) RepeatExaminer How often do you read newspapersNico (6) Not often I donrsquot like them much

3 Lena says I arrive home late every day Look at theseexpressions and answer the questions

every hour or so from time to time most weekends

five times a week hardly ever now and then

1 Where do frequency expressions like every day go in

the sentence

2 Which one means lsquoalmost neverrsquo

3 Which two mean lsquooccasionallyrsquo

Page 97

Use as wide a range of grammar and vocabulary as you can

Exam tip

4 Work with a different partner Ask and answer theexaminerrsquos questions in Exercises 1 and 2

5 How well did you answer the Part 1 questions How goodwere your partnerrsquos answers Tell each other what youthink

Character adjectives

6 Find out what kind of person your partner is by asking

them questions 1ndash12 Give examples using expressionslike now and then and nearly always in your replies

What are you like 1 Do you think about what other people need or want

2 Do you usually expect good things to happen

3 Do you behave in a way that is silly and not adult

4 Do you like telling other people what to do

5 Are you good at dealing with problems

6 Do you get annoyed if things happen too slowly

7 Do you want to be very successful in life

8 Are you easily upset and do you know when others

are upset 9 Do you find it easy to make up your mind quickly

10 Do you do things that nobody expects

11 Are you sensible and fair with other people

12 Do you find it difficult to plan things well

7 Match the adjectives with questions 1ndash12 Do you thinkthey describe your character correctly Then use some ofthese adjectives to say what you think each person in thepictures might be like

ambitious bossy childish decisive disorganised

impatient optimistic practical reasonable sensitive

thoughtful unpredictable

Quick steps to Speaking Part 1

Be friendly to the examiners and to the other candidate

Donrsquot just reply yes no or I donrsquot know Give reasons

(because hellip so hellip) or examples (such as hellip like hellip) You can politely ask the examiner to repeat a question

Ask Pardon Could you say that again please Sorry

1 SPEAKING

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 719

13READING AND USE OF ENGLISH UNIT 1

Forming adjectives1 Underline these prefixes and suffixes in the

words in Speaking Exercise 7 One word hasboth a prefix and a suffix

-able -al dis- -ful -ic im- -ish

-itive -ive -ous un- -y

2 Form character adjectives from these wordswith the prefixes and suffixes in Exercise 1Be careful with spelling changes

adventure aggression anxiety artistcaution cheek compete emotion

energy enthusiasm fool greed help

honest pessimist polite popular rely

respect sympathy

Part 3

3 Correct the mistakes in thesesentences written by exam candidates

1 You were a charmful host as always

2 Joey can be quite rude and unpolite3 I think that going to work or to school by

bike is very healthful4 We really enjoyed the festival in spite of

the disorganising programme

5 Irsquom helpful and sociality so Irsquod like a job

working with people

6 Sometimes shopping can be a stressing

experience

4 Complete the sentences with the correctform of the words in brackets In each caseadd a prefix andor a suffix

1 Amelia thinks shersquoll win and her family arequite (optimism) too

2 Question 9 in the quiz was quite

(challenge) but I got it right3 The team has lost every game so their

fans are feeling (depress)

4 The staff disliked the boss and they were

(sympathy) when he lost

his job

5 It was a hot day but Chloe felt

(refresh) after having a coolshower

6 People seem (enthusiasm)

about the TV show Few are watching it

5

Look at the exam task Answer these questions1 How many gaps are there in the text

2 What do you have to put in each of them

3 Does this task mainly test grammar or vocabulary

6 Quickly read the text ignoring the gaps for now What is the purposeof the text What is each paragraph about

7 Look at the example (0) Answer the questions Then do the exam task

1 What kind of word probably goes between the and thing

2 Does it describe how someone feels or what causes a feeling3 What suffix do we use for this

4 If this suffix begins with a vowel how does fascinate change

Exam task

For questions 1ndash8 read the text below Use the word given in capitals at theend of some of the lines to form a word that fits in the gap in the same lineThere is an example at the beginning (0)

Example 0 FASCINATING

Same family different people

The three children grew up in the same home but for friends of

the family the (0) thing is that now as young adults

they all have very different (1)

Grace 23 always has to be busy Ever since she was a young girl

she has been highly (2) to succeed and now that

she is working in a business environment she makes no secret of

how (3) she is her aim is to be Managing Director

before she is 30

Whereas Grace can sometimes appear rather (4)

even cold her 21-year-old sister Evie can be quite(5) to what others say particularly if their

comments are unfair But she is always kind to her friends and

(6) whenever anyone wants to talk about their

problems

Daniel just 19 is the (7) one Hersquos mad about

sports like rock climbing snowboarding and motorcycling

He takes too many risks and he gives his family some

(8) moments but somehow he always manages to

get home safely

FASCINATE

PERSONAL

MOTIVATE

AMBITION

EMOTION

SENSE

SYMPATHY

ADVENTURE

ANXIETY

Quick steps to Reading and Use of English Part 3

Read the text quickly to find out its purpose and main points

Look at each word in capitals then the words next to the gap Do youneed a noun an adjec tive or another part of speech

Does the word in capitals need more than one change

1 READING AND USE OF ENGLISH

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 819

14 UNIT 1 WRITING

Part 2 informal letter1 Look at the exam task and answer these

questions

1 Who has written to you

2 What does this person want you to do

3 What style is the extract from the letter

written in Find examples of the following a contrac ted forms eg Irsquom

b short common words eg got

c simple linking words eg because

d informal punctuation eg dash (ndash)

e friendly expressions eg tell me

Exam task

This is part of an email from an English friendAlex

Write your email to Alex in 140ndash190 words Donot write any addresses

P age 90 2

Read the model letter and answer these questions1 Is Lydiarsquos letter the right length2 Has she made any language mistakes3 How does she open and close her message

4 What does she talk about in her introduction and conclusion

5 Does she answer all of Alexrsquos questions In which main paragraphs

6 What examples of informal language can you find

7 What character adjectives does she use8 Which phrases of hers might be particularly useful when you write

other letters

3 Think about these questions and note down some ideas for your ownletter to Alex

1 What does friendship mean to you

2 How often do you see your friends3 Who are you going to write about4 How long have you known each other

5 Which character adjectives best descr ibe your friend

4 Make a plan for your letter Put your best ideas from Exercise 3 underthese headings 1 Friends in general 2 Best friend who 3 Best friend why Then add some details such as the personrsquos age or job You couldput the points under each heading into main paragraphs 1 2 and 3

5 Write your letter When you have finished check it for the following

correct length

all the content asked for in the instructions

good organisation into paragraphs

correct grammar spelling and punctuation suitable style of language

Dear Alex

Many thanks for your message It was great to hear from youThe first thing I want to say is that I completely agree with you about friends I see some of

mine almost every day and I really miss them when theyrsquore away

My closest friend is Nicole whorsquos also a student is the same age as me and lives just

down the road Wersquove been best mates for many years and we tell each other everything

but I think wersquove got quite dif ferent personalities

For instance I can be a bit indecisive at times but shersquos very practical and gets everything

done quickly Shersquos not bossy though In fact shersquos really thoughtful Whenever I get upset

shersquos always sympathetic and then she finds a way to cheer me up ndash shersquos got a wonderful

sense of humour

I hope one day you can get to know her and that I have the chance to meet your friends

too Please tell me more about them in your next letter Write soon

Best wishesLydia

Irsquom lucky because Irsquove got really good friends ndash especially

those Irsquove known since I was a kid I donrsquot know what Irsquod

do without them So tell me how important are friends to

you Whorsquos your best friend and what do you like about

him or her

Looking forward to hearing from you soon

Quick steps to writing a Part 2 informalletter

Look at the task including any text anddecide who you are writing to why andwhich points to include

Note down ideas and decide how manymain paragraphs you will need Then putyour ideas under paragraph headings

Begin Dear (friendrsquos first name) and thankthem for their last message

Keep to your plan and use informallanguage throughout

Close in a friendly way asking them to writeback End Lots of love Best wishes etc

Make sure you leave enough time at the end to check your letter formistakes

Exam tip

WRITING1

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 919

See the CD-ROM for more practice

1

Complete the sentences with the presentsimple or present continuous form of theverbs in brackets

1 This summer I (stay) at the

seaside and I (work) in a

local shop in the mornings

2 My friends (usually eat) at

home but this evening they

(have) dinner in a restaurant

3 Hi I (wait) to get onto the

plane but there (seem) to be

a delay

4 The climate (change) all

the time and the temperatures here

(get) higher every year

5 Natalie (be) quite annoying

She (always complain) about

something

6 My grandparents (own)

a house in the village though they

(not live) there any more

7 This far north it (get)dark very early at this time of year so

I (think) of spending the

winter in Australia

2 Add a prefix or suffix to these words andcomplete the sentences

artist caution energy greed honest

pessimism polite

1 Martin always eats too much food Hersquos

really

2 Itrsquos to take things from a

shop without paying for them

3 The quality of these drawings and

paintings shows how

Alexia is

4 If someone helps you itrsquosnot to say lsquothank yoursquo

5 Paola is usually quite but

she doesnrsquot feel like doing sports today

6 Jerry likes to take risks but his brother

Anton is a much more boy

7 Irsquom sorry to be so but I just

know wersquore going to lose this game

3

Complete the sentences with the correct form of the words in brackets1 Terry is quite (predict) You never know what hersquos going

to do next

2 I thanked my friends for being so (sympathy) when Ihad to go into hospital

3 Itrsquos (reason) to expect people to do all your work for

you

4 Going up that mountain is quite (challenge) even for

an expert climber

5 It was (thought) of you to remember my motherrsquos

birthday

6 To succeed in business you have to be (decision) and

not keep changing your mind

4 Read the text below Use the word given in capitals at the end of someof the lines to form a word that fits in the gap in the same line

In the morning I normally take the underground At

that time of day itrsquos crowded you have to stand and itrsquos

certainly not a (1) way to travel But the

service is quick frequent and (2) which

makes it by far the most (3) way to get

across the city in the rush hour

Occasionally though I travel into town in a friendrsquos car

to go shopping and quite honestly I often 1047297nd it an

absolutely (4) experience Every time we

get onto the ring road Irsquom (5) by the waypeople behave when they drive a car Some are extremely

(6) driving straight at you to make you

get out of their way while others are (7)

trying to have races with other drivers all the time They

just seem (8) to me

What I 1047297nd most (9) about this is the

fact that by the time they actually get to their of1047297ces

theyrsquore probably too (10) to do a proper

dayrsquos work

RELAX

RELY

PRACTICE

TERRIFY

ASTONISH

AGGRESSION

COMPETE

CHILD

PUZZLE

EXHAUST

REVISION UNIT 1 15

REVISION1

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1019

8 Unit 1 Yourself and others

Unit objectivesTOPICS daily life peopleGRAMMAR review of present tenses present

simple in time clauses VOCABULARY adjectives ending in -ed and - ing

character adjectives adjectivepre1047297xes and suf1047297xes - able - al dis--ful - ic im- - ish - itive - ive -ousun- - y

READING and Part 7 studying an example itemUSE OF ENGLISH Part 3 word building gist-reading

studying the exampleWRITING Part 2 informal letter getting ideas

planning checkingLISTENING Part 1 studying an example script

SPEAKING Part 1 asking for repetition givingreasons and examples

ListeningPart 1

1 This activity could be done in pairs Allow a few minutesrsquo

discussion time Then ask students for their overall

1047297ndings and whether they think they have a good balance

between workstudy and relaxation

Optional activity

Look at the exam task with the class Make sure that

students know what Part 1 consists of You could ask the

following questions Encourage students to 1047297nd the answersin the Listening guide on page 94 if they donrsquot already

know them

1 How many extracts will you hear

2 Is there any connection between the extracts

3 Do you both read and hear the introductory sentence

about each speaker and situation

4 Do you both read and hear each question

Answers

1 eight 2 no 3 yes 4 no

2 Get students to study question 1 but not the transcript in

Exercise 3 Check the answers

Answers

1 one male radio journalist reporting from the street

2 the focus is place

3 Explain to the class that multiple-choice questions in

Listening (and Reading) often contain lsquodistractorsrsquo within

the text that are designed to mislead them and that in this

task type there are always two distractors for each question

Allow time for students to talk about why C is right and A

and B are wrong then elicit the answers

Answers

C is the correct answer there isnrsquot anybody in means the

people who live there are not at home and by the look of the

place indicates that the reporter is outside the house

B is the wrong answer the reporter says away at a luxury

hotel in the city centre so he is not there

A is the wrong answer he uses the conditional would be about

someone else (the TV crews )

4 102 Encourage pairs to look at the introductory

sentence and question of each item not the options If they

1047297nd it dif1047297cult to identify the focus put the answers on

the board in jumbled order Go through the answers and

suggest that students ask themselves these questions every

time they do Listening Part 1 Make sure that everyonereads and understands the Quick steps then get students to

work alone Remind students to listen to the speakersrsquo tone

as well as to the actual words they use Play the recording

through without pausing

Answers

2 one female talking about travelling by train every day focus

feelingsattitude

3 one female making a phone call focus purpose

4 one male talking about reading books at home focus reason

5 female and male (probably) talking in a holiday resort focus

person

6 one male talking about staying healthy focus something hersquos

doing

7 one female talking about where she lives focus place typeof home

8 female and male (probably) talking about 1047297nding something

focus feelings

Recording script

You will hear people talking in eight different situations Forquestions 1ndash8 choose the best answer (A B or C)

1 You hear a reporter talking on the radio

Irsquom standing here in Church Avenue with about thirty othermedia people but by the look of the place there isnrsquotanybody in Nobodyrsquos quite sure if hersquoll be back later thisafternoon ndash or whether hersquos spending the weekend awayperhaps at a luxury hotel in the city centre What does seem

clear though is that hersquos unlikely to play in Sundayrsquos bigmatch ndash otherwise these TV crews would be waiting at thegates of the clubrsquos training ground to 1047297lm him not here

2 You hear a woman talking about travelling to work every day

The traf1047297c into town is getting worse all the time so thetrain was the obvious alternative Irsquod kind of assumed Irsquodbe able to sit back and relax with a newspaper and a cupof coffee maybe chat with my fellow passengers and soon but actually most mornings itrsquos standing-room onlywith everyone squashed together the conversation usuallylimited to lsquoexcuse mersquo Somebody is always pushing andyou spend half your time trying to avoid falling over so thatby the time you arrive you feel as though yoursquove alreadydone half a dayrsquos work

Yourself and others

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1119

Unit 1 Yourself and others 9

3 You overhear a woman talking on the phone

Well Irsquom very sorry but Irsquom just not prepared to pay for itemsI didnrsquot receive As you say I ordered the DVDs a fortnightago and when I did so I gave your sales department all thedetails they needed to deliver them to the right address anditrsquos not my fault if they sent them somewhere else The onlymistake I made was in dealing with your company in the 1047297rstplace Next time I want things like that Irsquoll buy them onlineinstead Like most people do these days

4 You hear a man talking about reading books

Irsquom an editor in a publishing company and this month Irsquomworking particularly hard on a rather long novel so it mayseem a little surprising that my favourite way of relaxing inthe evenings is to sit down somewhere quiet with a goodbook Whenever I can I go into the study and settle down toread for as long as possible I just wish I could do so moreoften as Irsquom the kind of person who needs to get away fromother people for a while but these days Irsquom usually just toobusy helping out with the housework and the kids

5 You overhear a conversation in a holiday resort

Man The weatherrsquos been awful this summer hasnrsquot it Irsquomnot surprised people are looking so miserable Thosewho havenrsquot already gone home that is Non-stoprain spoils everything at the seaside

Woman I know If I were a tourist I wouldrsquove left too Theplace is half-empty and Irsquove already had to reduce thenumber of staff

Man Really Is it that bad

Woman Yes with so few customers I just couldnrsquot afford tokeep paying their wages I hated having to let themgo especially as I used to be a waitress myself Butwhat else could I do

Man You had no choice The same thingrsquos happening

everywhere round here

6 You hear a man talking about staying healthy

I was getting a bit worried about my unhealthy lifestyle soI started spending a few hours each week at the local gymbut it was pretty boring and I havenrsquot been for a while Thensomeone suggested I should try going to the of1047297ce on footrather than taking the car and I took her advice I live a longway out in the suburbs and in fact I go right past the gymevery day but itrsquos really helping me get in shape And thefunny thing is that with all this exercise I get more hungryand Irsquom actually having bigger meals now but Irsquom told itdoesnrsquot matter because Irsquom using up a lot more energy

7 You hear a woman talking about her home

Irsquom staying at a friendrsquos apartment downtown but Irsquoll move

back into my place when they 1047297nish repainting it probablyon Friday Itrsquos pleasant enough here though I miss mygarden with its beautiful bushes and trees Itrsquos almost likebeing in the countryside there even though itrsquos actually onthe outskirts of town Itrsquos right on top of a hill so from myupstairs window you can see the city-centre of1047297ce buildingsin one direction and a rural area not far away in the other

And a south-facing room gets lots of sunshine too

8 You overhear two people talking about finding something

Woman Yes itrsquos just as well that memory stick turned upwhen it did If itrsquod been missing any longer Irsquod begetting a bit worried by now

Man I knew it must be somewhere in the living room If youremember I suggested looking there the other day

Woman Actually that wasnrsquot where I found it

Man No Where was it

Woman It was in the spare room plugged into that old laptopof yours

Man Was it Oh I remember now I was using it last yearto copy some 1047297les Sorry about that

Woman It doesnrsquot matter now Forget it

Exam task answers

2 A 3 B 4 B 5 C 6 C 7 B 8 B

5 Point out that candidates do not lose marks for incorrect

answers as this may not be the case in other exams they

have taken Allow 30 seconds for them to check then go

through the answers

GrammarReview of present tenses

1 This activity could be done in pairs Give the class plenty

of time to match the extracts then check the answers If

yoursquore teaching in the southern hemisphere explain that

3 f seemed always true for the European who said it Elicit

or give more examples of each usage and of stative verbs

Answers

1 c 2 b 3 f 4 a 5 g 6 d 7 e

2 Go through the answers when everyone has 1047297nished If

there is time you may want to ask the class why they think

each mistake has been made

Answers

1 you understand 2 having fun 3 you like 4 rsquomam waiting

5 I prefer 6 have 7 rsquomam standing

3 This exercise practises all the uses presented in Exercise 1

If there is time elicit these from the class and ask which is

a stative verb

Answers

1 rsquosis writing (something happening right now)

2 are rising (a situation that is changing or developing)

3 quite often goes (a routine or habit)

4 are always shouting (something irritating or surprising)

5 belongs (stative verb)

6 rsquomam staying (a temporary situation)7 sets (something which is always true)

8 rsquosis having (something happening right now)

Present simple in time clauses

4 The studentsrsquo 1047297rst language may use a future form in these

clauses so itrsquos important they realise that in these extracts

we are using the present simple with future meaning as in

1047297rst conditional forms Elicit the answers and then some

more examples with a variety of time expressions such as

before after or until

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1219

10 Unit 1 Yourself and others

5 Make sure that everyone studies the Exam tip and answer

any questions about this Then give students about 20

minutes to do the multiple-matching task on their own in

exam conditions If you donrsquot want them to underline in

the book tell them to note down the 1047297rst few words of eachrelevant phrase or sentence Go through the answers and

elicit the relevant phrases and sentences If there is time

also elicit some of the distractors eg Arsquos reference to

missing the train relates to the past not the present (7)

Exam task answers

1 C 2 A 3 C 4 B 5 A 6 D 7 A 8 B 9 D 10 B

Underlining

A

(5) lsquoAssuming I donrsquot oversleep which can happen

(7) I do the uphill walk into town which wakes me up and

enables me to plan what Irsquom going to do in the morning

and afternoon

(2) I sometimes head for the gym but not as often as I

should

B

(4) a dash to the station to catch the 715

(10) dealing with client queries which for me is one of the

most interesting challenging and worthwhile aspects of

the job

(8) At 1047297rst I found working here pretty stressful but Irsquom

used to it now and it doesnrsquot bother me

C

(3) the previous evening lsquoIf I have a creative peakrsquo he

says lsquothatrsquos when it is

(1) having a 20-minute lie-down after lunch Then when I

wake up

D

(9) Itrsquos the custom here to have a sleep after lunch but I

havenrsquot got time for that In any case Irsquom not tired then (6) can be a bit irritating if I end up doing unpaid overtime

Adjectives ending in -ed and - ing

6 Give students time to study the context of each word and

work out the rules If necessary explain the meaning of

the B2-level words (exhausted fascinating challenging

refreshed distracted irritating) as listed by English Pro1047297le

Check the answers and elicit the corresponding -ed-ing

adjective for each of the eight words then elicit further

examples such as amazedamazing and boredboring

Answers

1 -ed 2 -ing

7 Point out that this exercise is partly a preparation for Word

Formation in Reading and Use of English later in this

unit and that spelling is important eg dropping the 1047297nal

e in some cases Both parts of the exercise could be done

individually or in pairs Encourage brief answers to the

questions using the words given Check answers to the

sentence-completion part of the exercise and elicit some

answers to the questions Also elicit the other form of each

adjective

Note one of the forms of all eight adjectives is listed as B2

level by English Pro1047297le

Answers

yes present simple

5 Give students a little time to study the sentences then go

through the answers

Answers

1 rsquoll get go 2 Irsquoll wait come 3 ends rsquoll catch 4 wonrsquot start

5 arrive rsquoll be 6 rsquoll talk get

6 Allow a minute or two for students working on their own to

write their answers then get them to work in pairs Elicit

some answers for each question

Suggested answers

1 I get home 2 I go on holiday 3 I have enough money

4 Irsquom thirty 5 I pass Pro1047297ciency 6 I 1047297nish my homework

Reading and Use of EnglishReading Part 7

1 This activity could be done in pairs Allow plenty of time

for discussion of the daily lives of the people in the photos

The four people talk about their lives in the Reading text

but donrsquot mention this yet ndash it will give students an extra

reason for reading later on

2 Give the class a minute or two to look at the instructions

the prompt Which person the question numbers and the text

layout Then check the answers

Answers

1 four 2 one text in four sections 3 four peoplersquos daily lives

4 which person does or thinks particular things

5 ten 6 yes

3 Give students two or three minutes to skim the text for the

answers to the two questions Then check the answers

Answers

1 B Assistant Sales Manager

2 A University student

3 C Website Designer

4 D Tour Guide

earliest B latest C

4 Explain that in many cases there are lsquodistractorsrsquo ndash words

or sentences in the text which appear to give the right

answer if they are not read carefully This activity raises

awareness of how distractors work Go through the answers

once students have had enough time to study the three

highlighted parts

Answers

B Correct ndash if lunch is the 1047297rst meal of the day for her she canrsquot

have eaten breakfast

A If therersquos time he has tea and toast so itrsquos not true to say he

never has breakfast

D Usually she skips (misses) breakfast but not always ndash she

sometimes has lsquocereal or somethingrsquo

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1319

Unit 1 Yourself and others 11

Answers

1 relaxed 2 amusing 3 worried 4 depressing 5 motivated

6 terri1047297ed 7 astonishing 8 puzzling

8 Where possible students should work with others they donrsquotknow very well using the prompts from Exercise 7 and as

many -ing -ed adjectives as they can

SpeakingPart 1

Optional activity

Make sure that students know what Part 1 consists of You

could ask the following questions Encourage students to 1047297nd

the answers in the Speaking guide on page 97 if they donrsquot

already know them

1 How many examiners are there

2 Do you answer questions from just one examiner 3 How many candidates are there

4 Do you talk to the other candidate(s) in Part 1

Answers

1 two 2 yes 3 usually two but occasionally there may be

three 4 no

1 Explain that in the exam students may be asked questions

about future plans and ambitions and that these will be

practised in Unit 5 You may also want to point out that

candidates are always asked the 1047297rst two questions here while

the others are taken from lists that examiners may choose

from

Answers

1 your town

2 what you like about your town

3 your family

4 your favourite season and why

5 what you like doing on holiday

6 what you use the Internet for

(all questions are about you)

You would use the present simple to reply although in some

cases you may also need to use the present continuous for

example to say a relative is studying abroad

2 Focus attention on the Exam tip before students start this

activity and perhaps mention that the two mistakes are both

incorrect uses of verb tenses Allow time for pairs to work on

this then elicit the answers

Suggested answers

1 One-word answer He gives examples when asked in what

ways but he could have done this without being prompted

2 The verb form should be I stay

3 She doesnrsquot give a reason She could reply as she does after

the examiner asks why without being prompted

4 The verb form should be I go

5 Not polite He could say Could you repeat that please

6 He doesnrsquot give a reason for not liking newspapers He could

say something like because therersquos too much in them about

politics or I listen to the radio news so I donrsquot need to

3 Students should be familiar with all the basic frequency

adverbs like usually and aware that these normally go

before the main verb Elicit the answer to the 1047297rst question

then tell the class to look at the six expressions and answer

the questions Go through the answers and elicit moreexamples such as twice a month and every few minutes

Point out that hardly ever is quite often tested in Reading

and Use of English and other parts of the exam

Answers

1 at the end ( hardly ever goes before the verb)

2 hardly ever

3 from time to time now and then

4 If possible get everyone to sit with somebody they donrsquot

know very well this activity can be a useful ice-breaker

Monitor pairs and feed in language where necessary

5 Tell pairs to be polite and constructive in their comments

about each otherrsquos speaking Allow a minute for thisand then elicit some comments on the studentsrsquo own

performance (not on their partnersrsquo speaking) and note any

particular dif1047297culties

Character adjectives

6 Point out that this is a light-hearted activity with no lsquorightrsquo

or lsquowrongrsquo answers ndash or lsquokeyrsquo purporting to analyse their

personality Give students a couple of minutes each to

answer

7 These adjectives are all B2 level as shown by English

Pro1047297le Encourage the use of dictionaries if students have

any dif1047297culties then check that everyone has the right

answers They then compare their impressions of each other

using some of the adjectives Advise students to be careful

not to upset their partners avoiding answers such as always

bossy even if itrsquos true Monitor pairs to make sure that they

do so and to avoid possible embarrassment donrsquot elicit

answers when everyone has 1047297nished Finally students use

modals such as could might and may to speculate about the

character of the people in the photos Elicit some answers

and point out that the language used in this activity is useful

practice for Writing later in this unit

Answers

1 thoughtful 2 optimistic 3 childish 4 bossy 5 practical

6 impatient 7 ambitious 8 sensitive 9 decisive

10 unpredictable 11 reasonable 12 disorganised

Reading and Use of EnglishForming adjectives

1 Get students to note down the words and then underline

them if you donrsquot want them to write in the book Make

sure that everyone has the right answers You may want to

elicit the base words eg ambition boss etc pointing out

that some are nouns but others are verbs and adjectives

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1419

12 Unit 1 Yourself and others

Answers

reasonable ( also unpredictable) practical disorganised

thoughtful optimistic impatient childish sensitive decisive

ambitious unpredictable bossy

2 Elicit that when adding a suf1047297x beginning with a vowel we

drop the 1047297nal e eg adventure ndash adventurous Encourage

the use of dictionaries to 1047297nd antonyms and check spelling

Remind students to add both a pre1047297x and suf1047297x eg

unadventurous where possible Then elicit all the answers

possibly putting them on the board or OHP Elicit more

adjectives (not necessarily of character) with each of these

pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes plus their meanings and possibly also

their opposites

Answers

(un)adventurous aggressive anxious artistic cautious cheeky

competitive (un)emotional energetic (un)enthusiastic foolish

greedy (un)helpful dishonest pessimistic impolite unpopular(un)reliable (dis)respectful (un)sympathetic

Optional activity

Encourage discussion about whether some of these

adjectives describe positive or negative characteristics

pointing out that in certain cases eg pessimistic cautious

the answers are subjective Elicit answers from the class

making sure that all the words are understood

Suggested answers

lsquogoodrsquo ndash artistic energetic enthusiastic helpful honest polite

reliable sympathetic

lsquobadrsquo ndash opposites of the above ( unenthusiastic unhelpful

unreliable unsympathetic ) plus aggressive cheeky foolish

greedy dishonest impolite unpopular

lsquogoodrsquo or lsquobadrsquo ndash adventurous anxious cautious competitive

emotional pessimistic and respectful could be positive or

negative in certain circumstances

Part 3

3 Explain that all the mistakes in these sentences involve

pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes students have studied in this unit

though in most cases with different adjectives Elicit

answers when they have 1047297nished You may want to ask

what students think the most common mistakes are by

speakers of their 1047297rst language(s)

Answers

1 charming 2 impolite 3 healthy 4 disorganised 5 sociable

6 stressful

4 Like Exercise 1 this exercise focuses on pre1047297xes and

suf1047297xes studied in this unit Students have also seen all the

base words although they will have to be careful which

form to choose as two or three pre1047297xes andor suf1047297xes may

be possible Explain that this is in effect a sentence-level

version of Word Formation although of course in the exam

it is unlikely that all the target words would be adjectives

requiring pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes Go through the answers

once students have 1047297nished highlighting spelling

Answers

1 optimistic 2 challenging 3 depressed 4 unsympathetic

5 refreshed 6 unenthusiastic

5 Tell the class to read the instructions carefully and lookvery quickly at the way the text and the words in capitals

are laid out Then go through the answers

Answers

1 eight

2 a word formed from the word in capitals at the end of the

same line

3 mainly vocabulary (especially pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes)

6 Set a time limit for this of no more than a minute and

advise students to do this every time they do a Word

Formation task Explain that some answers may require

an understanding of more than one sentence or the

text as a whole Check the answers and deal with any

comprehension dif1047297culties that relate to the gist of the text

but not the detail

Answers

The purpose of the text is to show how different people from

the same family can be

paragraph 1 to introduce the topic

paragraph 2 to describe one of the daughters

paragraph 3 to describe the other daughter

paragraph 4 to describe the son

7 Explain that students should look at the example and its

context every time they begin a Word Formation task as

this will give them an introduction to the text and also

remind them of what they must do in this task type Gothrough the answers with the class

Answers

1 an adjective 2 what causes a feeling (to friends of the family)

3 - ing 4 drop the 1047297nal e

Point out that students have already seen some form or

other of all the target words in this exam task You may

also want to give some clues or further tips before they

begin - for instance the need to watch out for plural forms

Allow ten to twelve minutes for students working on their

own to 1047297ll in or note down their answers Remind them to

make sure they have changed all the words in capital letters

Then check answers Elicit the pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes usedand highlight the use of two of these in question 4 Pay

particular attention to spelling in 1 5 6 7 and 8

Exam task answers

1 personalities 2 motivated 3 ambitious 4 unemotional

5 sensitive 6 sympathetic 7 adventurous 8 anxious

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1519

Unit 1 Yourself and others 13

WritingPart 2 informal letter

1 When the class has had time to look at the exam task elicit

the answers

Answers

1 an English friend Alex

2 write back saying how important friends are to you who your

best friend is what you like about him or her

3 informal

a Irsquove donrsquot Irsquod Whorsquos b kid do c So and

d exclamation mark e Looking forward to hearing from you

2 Give students a few minutes to read the model answer and

answer the questions Elicit the answers

Answers

1 yes

2 no3 Dear Alex Best wishes

4 Introduction she thanks Alex for hisher message and

comments on this

Conclusion she talks about the future and asks Alex to write

back soon and give her more information

5 Yes the importance of friends in the 1047297rst main paragraph

who her best friend is in the second main paragraph a

description of her friendrsquos personality in the third main

paragraph

6 Informal expressions such as thanks just down the road

mates a bit dash and exclamation marks contracted

forms theyrsquore whorsquos wersquove shersquos linkers and but friendly

expressions It was great to hear from you Write soon

7 indecisive practical bossy thoughtful sympathetic

8 tell each other can be at times whenever I shersquos always

cheer me up sense of humour have the chance etc

3 Refer the class to the instructions in the exam task and to

the Exam tip This is very much a personal task and best

done individually ndash point out there are no lsquorightrsquo or lsquowrongrsquo

answers to these questions either Monitor studentsrsquo work

and make suggestions where necessary especially for

question 1 but donrsquot elicit answers

4 Get students to make their plan quickly using very brief

notes

5 Give the class no more than 40 minutes to write their

answers as that is what they will have in the exam and they

have already studied the task and planned their work Tell

students always to leave at least 1047297ve minutes at the end of

each Writing task to check their work and to refer back to

these 1047297ve points in future units and other Part 1 and Part 2

tasks Checking could be done as a peer correction activity

although of course this will not be possible in the exam

itself

Model answer

Hi Alex

Itrsquos always great to hear from you

Yoursquore absolutely right about how much friendship matters Life just wouldnrsquot be the same if we didnrsquot have friends would it

My very best friend is called Luis and wersquove grown up together

really We 1047297rst met at primary school and hersquos been my best

mate ever since

Wersquore quite similar in a lot of ways For instance wersquore the same

age almost exactly the same height and weight and wersquore both

crazy about sports especially basketball and swimming

Like me he can be rather shy at times though hersquos perhaps a

little more talkative than me Hersquos also someone you can rely on

to help you if yoursquore in trouble or worried about something Hersquos

a fantastic friend and Irsquom sure yoursquod get on really well with him

Hope to hear from you again soon

Bye for now

Enrique

Revision

1 Answers

1 rsquomam staying rsquomam working

2 usually eat rsquoreare having

3 rsquomam waiting seems

4 is changing are getting

5 is rsquosis always complaining

6 own donrsquot live

7 gets rsquomam thinking

2 Answers

1 greedy 2 dishonest 3 artistic 4 impolite 5 energetic

6 cautious 7 pessimistic

3 Answers

1 unpredictable 2 sympathetic 3 unreasonable

4 challenging 5 thoughtful 6 decisive

4 Answers

1 relaxing 2 reliable 3 practical 4 terrifying

5 astonished 6 aggressive 7 competitive 8 childish

9 puzzling 10 exhausted

Remind students that there is more practice on the CD-ROM

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1619

Part 7

Look at the exam task Answer thesequestions

1 Whatrsquos the text about

2 How many people can you choose from3 What must you find4 How many questions are there

Now do the exam task

Exam task

You are going to read an article in which fourpeople talk about their friends For questions1ndash10 choose from the people (AndashD) The peoplemay be chosen more than once

Which person

earns less money than theirfriend

1

says the two of them did not likeeach other at first

2

denies that their friend is bossy 3

has had a similar upbringing to their friendrsquos

4

once fell out with their friend 5

shares a hobby with their friend 6

says their friend has a goodsense of humour

7

describes their friend as rather

shy

8

has a friend who is veryoptimistic

9

has a very ambitious friend 10

READING AND USE OF ENGLISH

The best of friendsA Nadia Hassan has been friends with Amina since they were fourteen

lsquoWe were born in the same monthrsquo says Nadia lsquoand we grew up in

the same small town though the funny thing is we didnrsquot actually

know each other until we both took up horse riding something we

still enjoyrsquo There are according to Nadia some differences between

them lsquoWhereas I tend to be a bit negative about the future always

expecting the worst to happen Amina is the complete opposite

Maybe between us we just about strike the right balance Though

of course having such different ways of looking at the same thing

can lead to tensions and a couple of years ago we actually stoppedspeaking for a while but that didnrsquot last longrsquo

B Liam Doherty first met his friend Marc when they were both doing

summer jobs at a seaside hotel Marc has since moved to another

part of the country but they still keep in touch by email and

chatting online lsquoHe comes round to my house whenever hersquos in

town which is actually quite often Hersquos got a good job and can

travel wherever he likes every weekend which is something I wish I

could afford to do on my salary But hersquos different from me in that

hersquos always had this strong desire for success in life whereas I prefer

to take things a bit easier with plenty of time for hobbies like hill-

walking and readingrsquo

C Maxim Salenko has been friendly with Andriy ever since they wereat primary school lsquoWe grew up in much the same kind of family

environment and we usually sat together at school and enjoyed the

same sports though in some ways hersquos not like me Irsquom fairly quiet

perhaps a little shy at times but Andriy is always a fun guy to be

withrsquo says Maxim lsquoHe can be noisy and some people say he tries to

tell everyone what to do but I donrsquot think thatrsquos true He just likes to

make sure everyone else has a good time too Once or twice Irsquove felt

a bit irritated by things he said but that was probably because I was

in a bad mood at the time and I donrsquot think he even noticed I was

annoyedrsquo

D Camille Leroy and her friend Lara have known each other for three

years now lsquoWersquore from different backgroundsrsquo says Camille lsquoand

to be honest when we were introduced at a party we didnrsquot hit it offat all She seemed a bit unfriendly and it took quite a while before I

realised that she was in fact lacking in self-confidence particularly

when meeting new people To some extent she still is but once you

get to know Lara you realise what good company she is She always

has interesting things to say and she tells some great jokes too I

often see her on the bus home from work because nowadays she

lives just round the corner from me She moved there to be close to

the golf course and Irsquom thinking of taking it up toorsquo

4 UNIT 1 YOURSELF AND OTHERS

Yourself and others1

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1719

5YOURSELF AND OTHERS UNIT 1

Grammar

Present tenses

1 Some of these sentences written by examcandidates contain mistakes Correct anymistakes using the present simple or presentcontinuous

1 Irsquom belonging to a tennis club and it is my

favourite sport

2 Irsquoll pick you up from the airport when yoursquoll

arrive at 930

3 Irsquom having a lovely holiday here on the island4 Every day we are spending about eight hours

at work

5 When you will receive my letter please tell

Mary about this

6 Pablo is needing to talk to somebody but he

never calls me

7 Nowadays it becomes more and more

important to have a good education

8 I promise that Irsquoll phone you tonight when I

get home

9I need to earn some money and this is themain reason why I apply for this job

10 They are the kind of people who are driving

to work every day in big cars

2 Complete the sentences with the present simpleor present continuous form of these verbs Useeach verb only once

end get hear own rise see take try

1 I usually go to work by car but this week Ithe train because the road

bridge is closed

2 It harder to find a job and youth

unemployment is now very high3 As soon as the college term

Irsquom going away on holiday

4 Her parents are very rich They

homes in both London and New York

5 I Marcos later this evening

when he leaves the club6 Please turn the music down a bit I

to sleep

7 In every part of the world the sun

in the east

8 I promise Irsquoll get up as soon as I

the alarm clock

LISTENINGPart 1

Look at questions 1ndash4 in the exam task Answer these questions

1 How many speakers will you hear

2 Will they be female or male voices

3 What is the situation

4 What is the focus eg place opinion of the question

02 Now listen and do the exam task

Exam task

You will hear people talking in four different situations (in the exam youwill hear eight) For questions 1ndash4 choose the best answer (A B or C)

1 You hear a teenager talking about her new bedroom

What does she like about it

A the way it is decorated

B the furniture in it C its size and shape

2 You overhear a conversation on a bus

Where is the man going first A to a shop B to the library C to work

3 You hear a man talking on the phone

Why is he calling

A to apologise B to ask for information

C to complain

4 You hear part of an interview with a businesswoman

What does she do A She hires out bicycles B She hires out cars

C She hires out motorcycles

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1819

6 UNIT 1 YOURSELF AND OTHERS

Part 3

1 Correct the mistakes in these sentenceswritten by exam candidates using the

correct form of the word in brackets Add aprefix andor a suffix in each case

1 I am worry (worry) about you so can I talk

to you

2 The biggest disadvantage is that you are

always stressy (stress) when you do that job

3 These are my recommendations for the

most attraction (attract) places in my town

4 Suddenly I heard something strange near

the door I was terrorised (terrify)

5 Your report about the music festival isabsolutely inacceptable (accept)

6 It was really surprised (surprise) to hear

that Marta was the winner

7 The streets wouldnrsquot be so crowdy (crowd)and they would be safer for people

8 Staying at your house next week will be

really enjoyful (enjoy)

9 That festival was a completely

unorganised (organise) and dull event

10 There are some interesting and

impressing (impress) museums in this city

2 Look at the exam task example (0) andanswer these questions

1 What kind of word goes between the

superlative form the most and the noun

features

2 Does this word describe how someone

feels or what causes a feeling3 What suffix do we use for this

Now do the exam task

Exam task

For questions 1ndash8 read the text below Use the word given in capitals atthe end of some of the lines to form a word that fits in the gap in the sameline There is an example at the beginning (0)

Example 0 SURPRISING

Staying safe online

One of the most (0) features of the

computer age is the huge amount of time that youngpeople spend communicating with each other

Whereas a generation ago children would go home

after a (1) day at school and watch TV

nowadays they are likely to do something much more

(2) such as chat online with their

friends

Others exchange information on (3)popular social networking sites such as Facebook What

some parents find rather (4) however is

how easily they can make online lsquofriendsrsquo who they have

never actually met and also the amount of information

that their children are so (5) puttingonto these websites for anyone to see

Parents are right to be (6) but with

many children spending hours a day online it is simply

(7) for adults constantly to watch over

them All they can do is advise them to be extremely

(8) about contact with strangers and to

warn them not to put personal information such as their

phone number or home address online

SURPRISE

TIRE

SOCIETY

INCREASE

WORRY

ENTHUSIASM

ANXIETY

PRACTICE

CAUTION

READING AND USE OF ENGLISH

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1919

3 Plan and write your letter to Sam Try to include some of Matteorsquosexpressions and character adjectives

WRITINGPart 2 informal letter

1 Look at the exam task and answer thesequestions

1 Who has written to you

2 Who do they want to know about

3 What examples of informal language can

you find

Exam task

Here is part of an email you have received fromSam an English-speaking friend

Write your email to Sam in 140ndash190 words Donot write any addresses

2 Read the model letter and answer thesequestions

1 Does Matteo answer Samrsquos questions2 Where would you split the second

paragraph to form two shorter

paragraphs

3 Is Matteorsquos message written in an informal

style Find examples4 Find and correct these mistakes in the

letter

a a comparative

b a verb tense c an article

d three adjective suffixes5 Which of Matteorsquos expressions could you

use in your letter

Though my sisterrsquos quite a bit younger than me

wersquore good friends most of the time

So tell me about a relative of yours who you see a lot

ndash and why you enjoy being with him or her

Hope to hear from you soon

Hi Sam

Thanks for writing Itrsquos always nice to get a message from you

Itrsquos great that you have such a close friendship with your sister My sisterrsquos actually

a lot older that me and my brotherrsquos much younger so we donrsquot of ten like doing the

same things but I have a cousin called Lorenzo whorsquos about my age and we get on

really well He lives not far from here and like me hersquos a student ndash though not at the

same college Wersquove been friends since we were k ids and wersquore seeing each other

most weekends and of course in the holidays Wersquove got lots of things in common

For instance we love the mountain biking and something I really like about him is that

hersquos so adventurous We have great fun when wersquore out together because hersquos so

enthusiastic about doing excited things but without getting too competitious He can

also be quite sensitive and thoughtful and whenever I have any kind of problem hersquos

always sympatic In short hersquos a fantastic friend

Hope to hear from you again soon

Bye for now

Matteo

7YOURSELF AND OTHERS UNIT 1

Page 3: Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 319

9GRAMMAR UNIT 1

Review of present tenses Page 103

1 Match extracts andashg from the recording inListening with rules 1ndash7

a Irsquom standing here in Church Avenueb I live a long way out in the suburbs

c Whenever I can I go into the study

d The traffic into town is getting worse all the

timee Somebody is always pushingf A south-facing room gets lots of sunshine

g This month Irsquom working particularly hard

We use the present simple to talk about1 a routine or habit2 a permanent situation3 something which is always true

We use the present continuous to talk about

4 something happening right now

5 a temporary situation

6 a situation that is changing or developing7 something irritating or surprising using

always

Note verbs which describe states eg think own have understand are normally used in

simple tenses but some can be continuouswhen they describe something we do eg Irsquom

thinking of buying a bike

See Grammar reference page 103 stative verbs

2 Correct the mistakes in these sentenceswritten by exam candidates

1 I suppose that you are understanding my

situation

2 This evening people are playing music and

have fun3 I know that you are liking your job but in my

opinion you are working too hard4 I wait for your answer to my let ter

5 Nowadays Irsquom preferring to go to work by

bicycle6 In summer itrsquos nice to go on a boat and

having dinner on the lake

7 lsquoSara can you hear me I stand on your left

by the bridgersquo

3

Complete the sentences with the correct form of the verbs inbrackets

1 Katiersquos in but she (write) an email to someone at the

moment2 Scientists believe that sea levels (rise) because of

global warming

3 My brother Oliver (quite often go) mountain biking on

Sundays

4 My neighbours (always shout) early in the morning

Itrsquos really annoying5 That notebook on the table (belong) to me

6 I (stay) with my friends this week while my family are

away

7 In every continent on Earth the sun (set) in the west8 Listen Ellie (have) an argument with her boyfriend

Present simple in time clauses Page 103

4 Look at these extracts from the recording in Listening Do allthe verbs refer to the future What tense do we use after timeexpressions like when

Irsquoll move back into my place when they finish repainting it on FridayNext time I want things like that Irsquoll buy them online instead

5 Choose the correct option

1 I get rsquoll get some more milk when I go rsquoll go shoppingtomorrow

2 I wait rsquoll wait here until you come rsquoll come back later on3 As soon as the film ends will end tonight I catch rsquoll catch the

bus home

4 I donrsquot wonrsquot move house before I start rsquoll start my new job next

month

5 By the time you arrive rsquoll arrive at 830 I am rsquoll be ready to go

out6 I talk rsquoll talk to my flatmates tonight once I get rsquoll get home

6 Complete the sentences about yourself Then tell your partner

1 Irsquoll have a meal as soon as hellip

2 Irsquoll spend less money the next time hellip3 Irsquom going to buy a house when hellip

4 I donrsquot think Irsquoll have children before hellip

5 I wonrsquot stop studying English until hellip

6 I think Irsquoll watch TV after hellip

GRAMMAR1

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 419

10 UNIT 1 READING AND USE OF ENGLISH

Part 7

1 Look at photos 1ndash4 What do you think a typical day is l ike

for each person Think about

when they do things like having meals

where they go and how they travel

who they see what they do to relax

how they feel at various times of the day

2 Look at the exam task Answer these questions

1 How many people are there2 Is it one text in sections or is it several short texts

3 Whatrsquos the topic

4 What must you find (eg Which place hellip )

5 How many questions are there6 Can you use letters A B C and D several times each

3 Look quickly at the text and match parts AndashD with photos1ndash4 Which person starts working earliest Who finisheslatest

4 Look at this Part 7 example question and the underlinedwords in the text There are references to this in parts AB and D Why is B right Why are A and D wrong

ExampleWhich person never has breakfast B

5 Do the exam task Underline the words or sentences that tell

you the right answers

Exam task

You are going to read an article about four peoplersquos daily livesFor questions 1ndash10 choose from the people (AndashD) The peoplemay be chosen more than once

Which person

sometimes sleeps in the early afternoon 1

thinks they ought to do more frequent exercise 2

says they have their best ideas late in their

working day

3

has to hurry to catch the train to work 4

does not always get up at the same time every

day5

dislikes working later than they should do 6

believes exercise helps them prepare for the day

ahead

7

is now more relaxed at work 8

chooses not to follow local tradition 9

enjoys answering questions from customers 10

Quick steps to Reading and Use of English Part 7

Look at the instructions title and layout then readquickly through the questions

Remember that the information you need may not be inthe same order as the questions

Be careful with words that only seem to say the same asa particular question but in fact mean something quitedifferent

1 2 3

4

1 READING AND USE OF ENGLISH

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 519

11READING AND USE OF ENGLISH UNIT 1

When you have finished make sure you have answeredall ten questions

Exam tip

Adjectives ending in -ed and -ing

6 Find these words in the text and complete the rules with-ed and -ing

exhausted fascinating (A) interesting challenging (B)

refreshed distracted (C) tired irritating (D)

1 We use adjectives with to describe how

somebody feels about something

2 We use adjectives with to describe the thing

or person which causes the feeling

7 Complete these sentences with -ing and -ed adjectives

formed from the verbs in brackets Then answer the

questions about yourself

1 At what time of day do you feel most (relax)2 Whatrsquos the most (amuse) film yoursquove ever

seen

3 When do you sometimes feel a little (worry)4 Whatrsquos the most (depress) news item yoursquove

heard recently

5 When do you feel most (motivate) to study6 Are you (terrify) of anything such as spiders

or heights

7 Whatrsquos the most (astonish) story yoursquove ever

heard

8 Whatrsquos the most (puzzle) thing about the

English language

8 Compare a typical day in your life with those of the fourpeople in the text What are the different times in your

day like and how do you feel Use words from Exercises 6and 7

B For Assistant Sales Manager Julia Anderson eachday begins at 630 am with a quick shower a fewminutes to get ready and then a dash to the station tocatch the 715 into Manhattan By eight orsquoclock shersquosat her workstation lsquoI need to be there then before thesalespeople start arriving I spend the rest of the morningin meetings and dealing with client queries whichfor me is one of the most interesting challenging andworthwhile aspects of the job Then itrsquos out for a quicklunch ndash my first meal of the day ndash and back to workat 1 pm followed by more of the same up to 5 pmThatrsquos how things are here you have to keep to a tightschedule At first I found working here pretty stressful butIrsquom used to it now and it doesnrsquot bother mersquo

C Website Designer Oliver McShane works at home andunsurprisingly is a late riser lsquorolling out of bedrsquo as he

puts it lsquoat 9 amrsquo Switching on his laptop his first task isto answer any early-morning emails and then he carrieson from where he left off the previous evening lsquoIf I havea creative peakrsquo he says lsquothatrsquos when it is and it takesme a while to get going again the next day WheneverIrsquove stayed up working very late I make up for it byhaving a 20-minute lie-down after lunch Then whenI wake up I feel refreshed and ready for another longworking session Occasionally I pack my laptop and sitin a cafeacute for a while although I can get distracted fromwork if I run into someone I knowrsquo

D Anita Ramos is a Tourist Guide who works morningsand evenings lsquoItrsquos just too hot to walk around the cityin the afternoonrsquo she says lsquoso I spend it at homeItrsquos the custom here to have a sleep after lunch but Ihavenrsquot got time for that In any case Irsquom not tired thenbecause I donrsquot get up particularly early When I do Iusually skip breakfast though sometimes I have cerealor something Then itrsquos off to the office before headingdowntown to wherever Irsquom meeting the first group I takefour or five groups out before lunch and Irsquom supposed tofinish around 2 pm though there always seems to besomeone in the last group who asks lots of questionswhich can be a bit irritating if I end up doing unpaidovertime It also means I risk missing the 215 train homersquo

livesDifferent A University student Jake Harris is in his first year

lsquoAssuming I donrsquot oversleep which can happen Irsquom outof bed by 745 If therersquos time I have some tea andtoast then set off I used to aim for the 825 train butI kept missing it so nowadays I do the uphill walk intotown which wakes me up and enables me to plan whatIrsquom going to do in the morning and afternoon From ninetill one itrsquos lessons and a group activity with a quickbreak at eleven to grab something to keep me going tilllunch The afternoon is similar to the morning really Afterthat I sometimes head for the gym but not as often as Ishould Once I get home I work for a few hours and laterndash if Irsquom not feeling too exhausted ndash I go out with friends

Irsquove met some fascinating people herersquo

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 619

12 UNIT 1 SPEAKING

Part 11 In Part 1 the examiner may ask you questions like these

What are they about Which verb tense would you mainlyuse to reply

1 Where are you from

2 What do you like about living there

3 Tell me a little about your family4 Which time of the year is your favourite Why

5 What do you enjoy doing when you are on holiday

6 What do you use the Internet for

2 In pairs read this example conversation from Part 1

What is wrong with Nicorsquos and Lenarsquos replies (1ndash6)Correct two mistakes Then study the Quick steps for waysof improving the other four replies

Examiner Is your routine at weekends different fromyour daily routine in the week

Nico (1) Yes

Examiner In what ways

Nico (2) I am staying in bed later of course I go

out with friends after lunchExaminer And what about your routine at weekends

Lena Is it different from your daily routine

Lena (3) Not really I have to get up at about the

same time

Examiner WhyLena (4) Well I have a job in a shop and Irsquom going

to work early Itrsquos a long way from my house

And I arrive home late every day

Examiner Now tell me Nico How often do you read

newspapers or magazines

Nico (5) RepeatExaminer How often do you read newspapersNico (6) Not often I donrsquot like them much

3 Lena says I arrive home late every day Look at theseexpressions and answer the questions

every hour or so from time to time most weekends

five times a week hardly ever now and then

1 Where do frequency expressions like every day go in

the sentence

2 Which one means lsquoalmost neverrsquo

3 Which two mean lsquooccasionallyrsquo

Page 97

Use as wide a range of grammar and vocabulary as you can

Exam tip

4 Work with a different partner Ask and answer theexaminerrsquos questions in Exercises 1 and 2

5 How well did you answer the Part 1 questions How goodwere your partnerrsquos answers Tell each other what youthink

Character adjectives

6 Find out what kind of person your partner is by asking

them questions 1ndash12 Give examples using expressionslike now and then and nearly always in your replies

What are you like 1 Do you think about what other people need or want

2 Do you usually expect good things to happen

3 Do you behave in a way that is silly and not adult

4 Do you like telling other people what to do

5 Are you good at dealing with problems

6 Do you get annoyed if things happen too slowly

7 Do you want to be very successful in life

8 Are you easily upset and do you know when others

are upset 9 Do you find it easy to make up your mind quickly

10 Do you do things that nobody expects

11 Are you sensible and fair with other people

12 Do you find it difficult to plan things well

7 Match the adjectives with questions 1ndash12 Do you thinkthey describe your character correctly Then use some ofthese adjectives to say what you think each person in thepictures might be like

ambitious bossy childish decisive disorganised

impatient optimistic practical reasonable sensitive

thoughtful unpredictable

Quick steps to Speaking Part 1

Be friendly to the examiners and to the other candidate

Donrsquot just reply yes no or I donrsquot know Give reasons

(because hellip so hellip) or examples (such as hellip like hellip) You can politely ask the examiner to repeat a question

Ask Pardon Could you say that again please Sorry

1 SPEAKING

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 719

13READING AND USE OF ENGLISH UNIT 1

Forming adjectives1 Underline these prefixes and suffixes in the

words in Speaking Exercise 7 One word hasboth a prefix and a suffix

-able -al dis- -ful -ic im- -ish

-itive -ive -ous un- -y

2 Form character adjectives from these wordswith the prefixes and suffixes in Exercise 1Be careful with spelling changes

adventure aggression anxiety artistcaution cheek compete emotion

energy enthusiasm fool greed help

honest pessimist polite popular rely

respect sympathy

Part 3

3 Correct the mistakes in thesesentences written by exam candidates

1 You were a charmful host as always

2 Joey can be quite rude and unpolite3 I think that going to work or to school by

bike is very healthful4 We really enjoyed the festival in spite of

the disorganising programme

5 Irsquom helpful and sociality so Irsquod like a job

working with people

6 Sometimes shopping can be a stressing

experience

4 Complete the sentences with the correctform of the words in brackets In each caseadd a prefix andor a suffix

1 Amelia thinks shersquoll win and her family arequite (optimism) too

2 Question 9 in the quiz was quite

(challenge) but I got it right3 The team has lost every game so their

fans are feeling (depress)

4 The staff disliked the boss and they were

(sympathy) when he lost

his job

5 It was a hot day but Chloe felt

(refresh) after having a coolshower

6 People seem (enthusiasm)

about the TV show Few are watching it

5

Look at the exam task Answer these questions1 How many gaps are there in the text

2 What do you have to put in each of them

3 Does this task mainly test grammar or vocabulary

6 Quickly read the text ignoring the gaps for now What is the purposeof the text What is each paragraph about

7 Look at the example (0) Answer the questions Then do the exam task

1 What kind of word probably goes between the and thing

2 Does it describe how someone feels or what causes a feeling3 What suffix do we use for this

4 If this suffix begins with a vowel how does fascinate change

Exam task

For questions 1ndash8 read the text below Use the word given in capitals at theend of some of the lines to form a word that fits in the gap in the same lineThere is an example at the beginning (0)

Example 0 FASCINATING

Same family different people

The three children grew up in the same home but for friends of

the family the (0) thing is that now as young adults

they all have very different (1)

Grace 23 always has to be busy Ever since she was a young girl

she has been highly (2) to succeed and now that

she is working in a business environment she makes no secret of

how (3) she is her aim is to be Managing Director

before she is 30

Whereas Grace can sometimes appear rather (4)

even cold her 21-year-old sister Evie can be quite(5) to what others say particularly if their

comments are unfair But she is always kind to her friends and

(6) whenever anyone wants to talk about their

problems

Daniel just 19 is the (7) one Hersquos mad about

sports like rock climbing snowboarding and motorcycling

He takes too many risks and he gives his family some

(8) moments but somehow he always manages to

get home safely

FASCINATE

PERSONAL

MOTIVATE

AMBITION

EMOTION

SENSE

SYMPATHY

ADVENTURE

ANXIETY

Quick steps to Reading and Use of English Part 3

Read the text quickly to find out its purpose and main points

Look at each word in capitals then the words next to the gap Do youneed a noun an adjec tive or another part of speech

Does the word in capitals need more than one change

1 READING AND USE OF ENGLISH

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 819

14 UNIT 1 WRITING

Part 2 informal letter1 Look at the exam task and answer these

questions

1 Who has written to you

2 What does this person want you to do

3 What style is the extract from the letter

written in Find examples of the following a contrac ted forms eg Irsquom

b short common words eg got

c simple linking words eg because

d informal punctuation eg dash (ndash)

e friendly expressions eg tell me

Exam task

This is part of an email from an English friendAlex

Write your email to Alex in 140ndash190 words Donot write any addresses

P age 90 2

Read the model letter and answer these questions1 Is Lydiarsquos letter the right length2 Has she made any language mistakes3 How does she open and close her message

4 What does she talk about in her introduction and conclusion

5 Does she answer all of Alexrsquos questions In which main paragraphs

6 What examples of informal language can you find

7 What character adjectives does she use8 Which phrases of hers might be particularly useful when you write

other letters

3 Think about these questions and note down some ideas for your ownletter to Alex

1 What does friendship mean to you

2 How often do you see your friends3 Who are you going to write about4 How long have you known each other

5 Which character adjectives best descr ibe your friend

4 Make a plan for your letter Put your best ideas from Exercise 3 underthese headings 1 Friends in general 2 Best friend who 3 Best friend why Then add some details such as the personrsquos age or job You couldput the points under each heading into main paragraphs 1 2 and 3

5 Write your letter When you have finished check it for the following

correct length

all the content asked for in the instructions

good organisation into paragraphs

correct grammar spelling and punctuation suitable style of language

Dear Alex

Many thanks for your message It was great to hear from youThe first thing I want to say is that I completely agree with you about friends I see some of

mine almost every day and I really miss them when theyrsquore away

My closest friend is Nicole whorsquos also a student is the same age as me and lives just

down the road Wersquove been best mates for many years and we tell each other everything

but I think wersquove got quite dif ferent personalities

For instance I can be a bit indecisive at times but shersquos very practical and gets everything

done quickly Shersquos not bossy though In fact shersquos really thoughtful Whenever I get upset

shersquos always sympathetic and then she finds a way to cheer me up ndash shersquos got a wonderful

sense of humour

I hope one day you can get to know her and that I have the chance to meet your friends

too Please tell me more about them in your next letter Write soon

Best wishesLydia

Irsquom lucky because Irsquove got really good friends ndash especially

those Irsquove known since I was a kid I donrsquot know what Irsquod

do without them So tell me how important are friends to

you Whorsquos your best friend and what do you like about

him or her

Looking forward to hearing from you soon

Quick steps to writing a Part 2 informalletter

Look at the task including any text anddecide who you are writing to why andwhich points to include

Note down ideas and decide how manymain paragraphs you will need Then putyour ideas under paragraph headings

Begin Dear (friendrsquos first name) and thankthem for their last message

Keep to your plan and use informallanguage throughout

Close in a friendly way asking them to writeback End Lots of love Best wishes etc

Make sure you leave enough time at the end to check your letter formistakes

Exam tip

WRITING1

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 919

See the CD-ROM for more practice

1

Complete the sentences with the presentsimple or present continuous form of theverbs in brackets

1 This summer I (stay) at the

seaside and I (work) in a

local shop in the mornings

2 My friends (usually eat) at

home but this evening they

(have) dinner in a restaurant

3 Hi I (wait) to get onto the

plane but there (seem) to be

a delay

4 The climate (change) all

the time and the temperatures here

(get) higher every year

5 Natalie (be) quite annoying

She (always complain) about

something

6 My grandparents (own)

a house in the village though they

(not live) there any more

7 This far north it (get)dark very early at this time of year so

I (think) of spending the

winter in Australia

2 Add a prefix or suffix to these words andcomplete the sentences

artist caution energy greed honest

pessimism polite

1 Martin always eats too much food Hersquos

really

2 Itrsquos to take things from a

shop without paying for them

3 The quality of these drawings and

paintings shows how

Alexia is

4 If someone helps you itrsquosnot to say lsquothank yoursquo

5 Paola is usually quite but

she doesnrsquot feel like doing sports today

6 Jerry likes to take risks but his brother

Anton is a much more boy

7 Irsquom sorry to be so but I just

know wersquore going to lose this game

3

Complete the sentences with the correct form of the words in brackets1 Terry is quite (predict) You never know what hersquos going

to do next

2 I thanked my friends for being so (sympathy) when Ihad to go into hospital

3 Itrsquos (reason) to expect people to do all your work for

you

4 Going up that mountain is quite (challenge) even for

an expert climber

5 It was (thought) of you to remember my motherrsquos

birthday

6 To succeed in business you have to be (decision) and

not keep changing your mind

4 Read the text below Use the word given in capitals at the end of someof the lines to form a word that fits in the gap in the same line

In the morning I normally take the underground At

that time of day itrsquos crowded you have to stand and itrsquos

certainly not a (1) way to travel But the

service is quick frequent and (2) which

makes it by far the most (3) way to get

across the city in the rush hour

Occasionally though I travel into town in a friendrsquos car

to go shopping and quite honestly I often 1047297nd it an

absolutely (4) experience Every time we

get onto the ring road Irsquom (5) by the waypeople behave when they drive a car Some are extremely

(6) driving straight at you to make you

get out of their way while others are (7)

trying to have races with other drivers all the time They

just seem (8) to me

What I 1047297nd most (9) about this is the

fact that by the time they actually get to their of1047297ces

theyrsquore probably too (10) to do a proper

dayrsquos work

RELAX

RELY

PRACTICE

TERRIFY

ASTONISH

AGGRESSION

COMPETE

CHILD

PUZZLE

EXHAUST

REVISION UNIT 1 15

REVISION1

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1019

8 Unit 1 Yourself and others

Unit objectivesTOPICS daily life peopleGRAMMAR review of present tenses present

simple in time clauses VOCABULARY adjectives ending in -ed and - ing

character adjectives adjectivepre1047297xes and suf1047297xes - able - al dis--ful - ic im- - ish - itive - ive -ousun- - y

READING and Part 7 studying an example itemUSE OF ENGLISH Part 3 word building gist-reading

studying the exampleWRITING Part 2 informal letter getting ideas

planning checkingLISTENING Part 1 studying an example script

SPEAKING Part 1 asking for repetition givingreasons and examples

ListeningPart 1

1 This activity could be done in pairs Allow a few minutesrsquo

discussion time Then ask students for their overall

1047297ndings and whether they think they have a good balance

between workstudy and relaxation

Optional activity

Look at the exam task with the class Make sure that

students know what Part 1 consists of You could ask the

following questions Encourage students to 1047297nd the answersin the Listening guide on page 94 if they donrsquot already

know them

1 How many extracts will you hear

2 Is there any connection between the extracts

3 Do you both read and hear the introductory sentence

about each speaker and situation

4 Do you both read and hear each question

Answers

1 eight 2 no 3 yes 4 no

2 Get students to study question 1 but not the transcript in

Exercise 3 Check the answers

Answers

1 one male radio journalist reporting from the street

2 the focus is place

3 Explain to the class that multiple-choice questions in

Listening (and Reading) often contain lsquodistractorsrsquo within

the text that are designed to mislead them and that in this

task type there are always two distractors for each question

Allow time for students to talk about why C is right and A

and B are wrong then elicit the answers

Answers

C is the correct answer there isnrsquot anybody in means the

people who live there are not at home and by the look of the

place indicates that the reporter is outside the house

B is the wrong answer the reporter says away at a luxury

hotel in the city centre so he is not there

A is the wrong answer he uses the conditional would be about

someone else (the TV crews )

4 102 Encourage pairs to look at the introductory

sentence and question of each item not the options If they

1047297nd it dif1047297cult to identify the focus put the answers on

the board in jumbled order Go through the answers and

suggest that students ask themselves these questions every

time they do Listening Part 1 Make sure that everyonereads and understands the Quick steps then get students to

work alone Remind students to listen to the speakersrsquo tone

as well as to the actual words they use Play the recording

through without pausing

Answers

2 one female talking about travelling by train every day focus

feelingsattitude

3 one female making a phone call focus purpose

4 one male talking about reading books at home focus reason

5 female and male (probably) talking in a holiday resort focus

person

6 one male talking about staying healthy focus something hersquos

doing

7 one female talking about where she lives focus place typeof home

8 female and male (probably) talking about 1047297nding something

focus feelings

Recording script

You will hear people talking in eight different situations Forquestions 1ndash8 choose the best answer (A B or C)

1 You hear a reporter talking on the radio

Irsquom standing here in Church Avenue with about thirty othermedia people but by the look of the place there isnrsquotanybody in Nobodyrsquos quite sure if hersquoll be back later thisafternoon ndash or whether hersquos spending the weekend awayperhaps at a luxury hotel in the city centre What does seem

clear though is that hersquos unlikely to play in Sundayrsquos bigmatch ndash otherwise these TV crews would be waiting at thegates of the clubrsquos training ground to 1047297lm him not here

2 You hear a woman talking about travelling to work every day

The traf1047297c into town is getting worse all the time so thetrain was the obvious alternative Irsquod kind of assumed Irsquodbe able to sit back and relax with a newspaper and a cupof coffee maybe chat with my fellow passengers and soon but actually most mornings itrsquos standing-room onlywith everyone squashed together the conversation usuallylimited to lsquoexcuse mersquo Somebody is always pushing andyou spend half your time trying to avoid falling over so thatby the time you arrive you feel as though yoursquove alreadydone half a dayrsquos work

Yourself and others

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1119

Unit 1 Yourself and others 9

3 You overhear a woman talking on the phone

Well Irsquom very sorry but Irsquom just not prepared to pay for itemsI didnrsquot receive As you say I ordered the DVDs a fortnightago and when I did so I gave your sales department all thedetails they needed to deliver them to the right address anditrsquos not my fault if they sent them somewhere else The onlymistake I made was in dealing with your company in the 1047297rstplace Next time I want things like that Irsquoll buy them onlineinstead Like most people do these days

4 You hear a man talking about reading books

Irsquom an editor in a publishing company and this month Irsquomworking particularly hard on a rather long novel so it mayseem a little surprising that my favourite way of relaxing inthe evenings is to sit down somewhere quiet with a goodbook Whenever I can I go into the study and settle down toread for as long as possible I just wish I could do so moreoften as Irsquom the kind of person who needs to get away fromother people for a while but these days Irsquom usually just toobusy helping out with the housework and the kids

5 You overhear a conversation in a holiday resort

Man The weatherrsquos been awful this summer hasnrsquot it Irsquomnot surprised people are looking so miserable Thosewho havenrsquot already gone home that is Non-stoprain spoils everything at the seaside

Woman I know If I were a tourist I wouldrsquove left too Theplace is half-empty and Irsquove already had to reduce thenumber of staff

Man Really Is it that bad

Woman Yes with so few customers I just couldnrsquot afford tokeep paying their wages I hated having to let themgo especially as I used to be a waitress myself Butwhat else could I do

Man You had no choice The same thingrsquos happening

everywhere round here

6 You hear a man talking about staying healthy

I was getting a bit worried about my unhealthy lifestyle soI started spending a few hours each week at the local gymbut it was pretty boring and I havenrsquot been for a while Thensomeone suggested I should try going to the of1047297ce on footrather than taking the car and I took her advice I live a longway out in the suburbs and in fact I go right past the gymevery day but itrsquos really helping me get in shape And thefunny thing is that with all this exercise I get more hungryand Irsquom actually having bigger meals now but Irsquom told itdoesnrsquot matter because Irsquom using up a lot more energy

7 You hear a woman talking about her home

Irsquom staying at a friendrsquos apartment downtown but Irsquoll move

back into my place when they 1047297nish repainting it probablyon Friday Itrsquos pleasant enough here though I miss mygarden with its beautiful bushes and trees Itrsquos almost likebeing in the countryside there even though itrsquos actually onthe outskirts of town Itrsquos right on top of a hill so from myupstairs window you can see the city-centre of1047297ce buildingsin one direction and a rural area not far away in the other

And a south-facing room gets lots of sunshine too

8 You overhear two people talking about finding something

Woman Yes itrsquos just as well that memory stick turned upwhen it did If itrsquod been missing any longer Irsquod begetting a bit worried by now

Man I knew it must be somewhere in the living room If youremember I suggested looking there the other day

Woman Actually that wasnrsquot where I found it

Man No Where was it

Woman It was in the spare room plugged into that old laptopof yours

Man Was it Oh I remember now I was using it last yearto copy some 1047297les Sorry about that

Woman It doesnrsquot matter now Forget it

Exam task answers

2 A 3 B 4 B 5 C 6 C 7 B 8 B

5 Point out that candidates do not lose marks for incorrect

answers as this may not be the case in other exams they

have taken Allow 30 seconds for them to check then go

through the answers

GrammarReview of present tenses

1 This activity could be done in pairs Give the class plenty

of time to match the extracts then check the answers If

yoursquore teaching in the southern hemisphere explain that

3 f seemed always true for the European who said it Elicit

or give more examples of each usage and of stative verbs

Answers

1 c 2 b 3 f 4 a 5 g 6 d 7 e

2 Go through the answers when everyone has 1047297nished If

there is time you may want to ask the class why they think

each mistake has been made

Answers

1 you understand 2 having fun 3 you like 4 rsquomam waiting

5 I prefer 6 have 7 rsquomam standing

3 This exercise practises all the uses presented in Exercise 1

If there is time elicit these from the class and ask which is

a stative verb

Answers

1 rsquosis writing (something happening right now)

2 are rising (a situation that is changing or developing)

3 quite often goes (a routine or habit)

4 are always shouting (something irritating or surprising)

5 belongs (stative verb)

6 rsquomam staying (a temporary situation)7 sets (something which is always true)

8 rsquosis having (something happening right now)

Present simple in time clauses

4 The studentsrsquo 1047297rst language may use a future form in these

clauses so itrsquos important they realise that in these extracts

we are using the present simple with future meaning as in

1047297rst conditional forms Elicit the answers and then some

more examples with a variety of time expressions such as

before after or until

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1219

10 Unit 1 Yourself and others

5 Make sure that everyone studies the Exam tip and answer

any questions about this Then give students about 20

minutes to do the multiple-matching task on their own in

exam conditions If you donrsquot want them to underline in

the book tell them to note down the 1047297rst few words of eachrelevant phrase or sentence Go through the answers and

elicit the relevant phrases and sentences If there is time

also elicit some of the distractors eg Arsquos reference to

missing the train relates to the past not the present (7)

Exam task answers

1 C 2 A 3 C 4 B 5 A 6 D 7 A 8 B 9 D 10 B

Underlining

A

(5) lsquoAssuming I donrsquot oversleep which can happen

(7) I do the uphill walk into town which wakes me up and

enables me to plan what Irsquom going to do in the morning

and afternoon

(2) I sometimes head for the gym but not as often as I

should

B

(4) a dash to the station to catch the 715

(10) dealing with client queries which for me is one of the

most interesting challenging and worthwhile aspects of

the job

(8) At 1047297rst I found working here pretty stressful but Irsquom

used to it now and it doesnrsquot bother me

C

(3) the previous evening lsquoIf I have a creative peakrsquo he

says lsquothatrsquos when it is

(1) having a 20-minute lie-down after lunch Then when I

wake up

D

(9) Itrsquos the custom here to have a sleep after lunch but I

havenrsquot got time for that In any case Irsquom not tired then (6) can be a bit irritating if I end up doing unpaid overtime

Adjectives ending in -ed and - ing

6 Give students time to study the context of each word and

work out the rules If necessary explain the meaning of

the B2-level words (exhausted fascinating challenging

refreshed distracted irritating) as listed by English Pro1047297le

Check the answers and elicit the corresponding -ed-ing

adjective for each of the eight words then elicit further

examples such as amazedamazing and boredboring

Answers

1 -ed 2 -ing

7 Point out that this exercise is partly a preparation for Word

Formation in Reading and Use of English later in this

unit and that spelling is important eg dropping the 1047297nal

e in some cases Both parts of the exercise could be done

individually or in pairs Encourage brief answers to the

questions using the words given Check answers to the

sentence-completion part of the exercise and elicit some

answers to the questions Also elicit the other form of each

adjective

Note one of the forms of all eight adjectives is listed as B2

level by English Pro1047297le

Answers

yes present simple

5 Give students a little time to study the sentences then go

through the answers

Answers

1 rsquoll get go 2 Irsquoll wait come 3 ends rsquoll catch 4 wonrsquot start

5 arrive rsquoll be 6 rsquoll talk get

6 Allow a minute or two for students working on their own to

write their answers then get them to work in pairs Elicit

some answers for each question

Suggested answers

1 I get home 2 I go on holiday 3 I have enough money

4 Irsquom thirty 5 I pass Pro1047297ciency 6 I 1047297nish my homework

Reading and Use of EnglishReading Part 7

1 This activity could be done in pairs Allow plenty of time

for discussion of the daily lives of the people in the photos

The four people talk about their lives in the Reading text

but donrsquot mention this yet ndash it will give students an extra

reason for reading later on

2 Give the class a minute or two to look at the instructions

the prompt Which person the question numbers and the text

layout Then check the answers

Answers

1 four 2 one text in four sections 3 four peoplersquos daily lives

4 which person does or thinks particular things

5 ten 6 yes

3 Give students two or three minutes to skim the text for the

answers to the two questions Then check the answers

Answers

1 B Assistant Sales Manager

2 A University student

3 C Website Designer

4 D Tour Guide

earliest B latest C

4 Explain that in many cases there are lsquodistractorsrsquo ndash words

or sentences in the text which appear to give the right

answer if they are not read carefully This activity raises

awareness of how distractors work Go through the answers

once students have had enough time to study the three

highlighted parts

Answers

B Correct ndash if lunch is the 1047297rst meal of the day for her she canrsquot

have eaten breakfast

A If therersquos time he has tea and toast so itrsquos not true to say he

never has breakfast

D Usually she skips (misses) breakfast but not always ndash she

sometimes has lsquocereal or somethingrsquo

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1319

Unit 1 Yourself and others 11

Answers

1 relaxed 2 amusing 3 worried 4 depressing 5 motivated

6 terri1047297ed 7 astonishing 8 puzzling

8 Where possible students should work with others they donrsquotknow very well using the prompts from Exercise 7 and as

many -ing -ed adjectives as they can

SpeakingPart 1

Optional activity

Make sure that students know what Part 1 consists of You

could ask the following questions Encourage students to 1047297nd

the answers in the Speaking guide on page 97 if they donrsquot

already know them

1 How many examiners are there

2 Do you answer questions from just one examiner 3 How many candidates are there

4 Do you talk to the other candidate(s) in Part 1

Answers

1 two 2 yes 3 usually two but occasionally there may be

three 4 no

1 Explain that in the exam students may be asked questions

about future plans and ambitions and that these will be

practised in Unit 5 You may also want to point out that

candidates are always asked the 1047297rst two questions here while

the others are taken from lists that examiners may choose

from

Answers

1 your town

2 what you like about your town

3 your family

4 your favourite season and why

5 what you like doing on holiday

6 what you use the Internet for

(all questions are about you)

You would use the present simple to reply although in some

cases you may also need to use the present continuous for

example to say a relative is studying abroad

2 Focus attention on the Exam tip before students start this

activity and perhaps mention that the two mistakes are both

incorrect uses of verb tenses Allow time for pairs to work on

this then elicit the answers

Suggested answers

1 One-word answer He gives examples when asked in what

ways but he could have done this without being prompted

2 The verb form should be I stay

3 She doesnrsquot give a reason She could reply as she does after

the examiner asks why without being prompted

4 The verb form should be I go

5 Not polite He could say Could you repeat that please

6 He doesnrsquot give a reason for not liking newspapers He could

say something like because therersquos too much in them about

politics or I listen to the radio news so I donrsquot need to

3 Students should be familiar with all the basic frequency

adverbs like usually and aware that these normally go

before the main verb Elicit the answer to the 1047297rst question

then tell the class to look at the six expressions and answer

the questions Go through the answers and elicit moreexamples such as twice a month and every few minutes

Point out that hardly ever is quite often tested in Reading

and Use of English and other parts of the exam

Answers

1 at the end ( hardly ever goes before the verb)

2 hardly ever

3 from time to time now and then

4 If possible get everyone to sit with somebody they donrsquot

know very well this activity can be a useful ice-breaker

Monitor pairs and feed in language where necessary

5 Tell pairs to be polite and constructive in their comments

about each otherrsquos speaking Allow a minute for thisand then elicit some comments on the studentsrsquo own

performance (not on their partnersrsquo speaking) and note any

particular dif1047297culties

Character adjectives

6 Point out that this is a light-hearted activity with no lsquorightrsquo

or lsquowrongrsquo answers ndash or lsquokeyrsquo purporting to analyse their

personality Give students a couple of minutes each to

answer

7 These adjectives are all B2 level as shown by English

Pro1047297le Encourage the use of dictionaries if students have

any dif1047297culties then check that everyone has the right

answers They then compare their impressions of each other

using some of the adjectives Advise students to be careful

not to upset their partners avoiding answers such as always

bossy even if itrsquos true Monitor pairs to make sure that they

do so and to avoid possible embarrassment donrsquot elicit

answers when everyone has 1047297nished Finally students use

modals such as could might and may to speculate about the

character of the people in the photos Elicit some answers

and point out that the language used in this activity is useful

practice for Writing later in this unit

Answers

1 thoughtful 2 optimistic 3 childish 4 bossy 5 practical

6 impatient 7 ambitious 8 sensitive 9 decisive

10 unpredictable 11 reasonable 12 disorganised

Reading and Use of EnglishForming adjectives

1 Get students to note down the words and then underline

them if you donrsquot want them to write in the book Make

sure that everyone has the right answers You may want to

elicit the base words eg ambition boss etc pointing out

that some are nouns but others are verbs and adjectives

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1419

12 Unit 1 Yourself and others

Answers

reasonable ( also unpredictable) practical disorganised

thoughtful optimistic impatient childish sensitive decisive

ambitious unpredictable bossy

2 Elicit that when adding a suf1047297x beginning with a vowel we

drop the 1047297nal e eg adventure ndash adventurous Encourage

the use of dictionaries to 1047297nd antonyms and check spelling

Remind students to add both a pre1047297x and suf1047297x eg

unadventurous where possible Then elicit all the answers

possibly putting them on the board or OHP Elicit more

adjectives (not necessarily of character) with each of these

pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes plus their meanings and possibly also

their opposites

Answers

(un)adventurous aggressive anxious artistic cautious cheeky

competitive (un)emotional energetic (un)enthusiastic foolish

greedy (un)helpful dishonest pessimistic impolite unpopular(un)reliable (dis)respectful (un)sympathetic

Optional activity

Encourage discussion about whether some of these

adjectives describe positive or negative characteristics

pointing out that in certain cases eg pessimistic cautious

the answers are subjective Elicit answers from the class

making sure that all the words are understood

Suggested answers

lsquogoodrsquo ndash artistic energetic enthusiastic helpful honest polite

reliable sympathetic

lsquobadrsquo ndash opposites of the above ( unenthusiastic unhelpful

unreliable unsympathetic ) plus aggressive cheeky foolish

greedy dishonest impolite unpopular

lsquogoodrsquo or lsquobadrsquo ndash adventurous anxious cautious competitive

emotional pessimistic and respectful could be positive or

negative in certain circumstances

Part 3

3 Explain that all the mistakes in these sentences involve

pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes students have studied in this unit

though in most cases with different adjectives Elicit

answers when they have 1047297nished You may want to ask

what students think the most common mistakes are by

speakers of their 1047297rst language(s)

Answers

1 charming 2 impolite 3 healthy 4 disorganised 5 sociable

6 stressful

4 Like Exercise 1 this exercise focuses on pre1047297xes and

suf1047297xes studied in this unit Students have also seen all the

base words although they will have to be careful which

form to choose as two or three pre1047297xes andor suf1047297xes may

be possible Explain that this is in effect a sentence-level

version of Word Formation although of course in the exam

it is unlikely that all the target words would be adjectives

requiring pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes Go through the answers

once students have 1047297nished highlighting spelling

Answers

1 optimistic 2 challenging 3 depressed 4 unsympathetic

5 refreshed 6 unenthusiastic

5 Tell the class to read the instructions carefully and lookvery quickly at the way the text and the words in capitals

are laid out Then go through the answers

Answers

1 eight

2 a word formed from the word in capitals at the end of the

same line

3 mainly vocabulary (especially pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes)

6 Set a time limit for this of no more than a minute and

advise students to do this every time they do a Word

Formation task Explain that some answers may require

an understanding of more than one sentence or the

text as a whole Check the answers and deal with any

comprehension dif1047297culties that relate to the gist of the text

but not the detail

Answers

The purpose of the text is to show how different people from

the same family can be

paragraph 1 to introduce the topic

paragraph 2 to describe one of the daughters

paragraph 3 to describe the other daughter

paragraph 4 to describe the son

7 Explain that students should look at the example and its

context every time they begin a Word Formation task as

this will give them an introduction to the text and also

remind them of what they must do in this task type Gothrough the answers with the class

Answers

1 an adjective 2 what causes a feeling (to friends of the family)

3 - ing 4 drop the 1047297nal e

Point out that students have already seen some form or

other of all the target words in this exam task You may

also want to give some clues or further tips before they

begin - for instance the need to watch out for plural forms

Allow ten to twelve minutes for students working on their

own to 1047297ll in or note down their answers Remind them to

make sure they have changed all the words in capital letters

Then check answers Elicit the pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes usedand highlight the use of two of these in question 4 Pay

particular attention to spelling in 1 5 6 7 and 8

Exam task answers

1 personalities 2 motivated 3 ambitious 4 unemotional

5 sensitive 6 sympathetic 7 adventurous 8 anxious

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1519

Unit 1 Yourself and others 13

WritingPart 2 informal letter

1 When the class has had time to look at the exam task elicit

the answers

Answers

1 an English friend Alex

2 write back saying how important friends are to you who your

best friend is what you like about him or her

3 informal

a Irsquove donrsquot Irsquod Whorsquos b kid do c So and

d exclamation mark e Looking forward to hearing from you

2 Give students a few minutes to read the model answer and

answer the questions Elicit the answers

Answers

1 yes

2 no3 Dear Alex Best wishes

4 Introduction she thanks Alex for hisher message and

comments on this

Conclusion she talks about the future and asks Alex to write

back soon and give her more information

5 Yes the importance of friends in the 1047297rst main paragraph

who her best friend is in the second main paragraph a

description of her friendrsquos personality in the third main

paragraph

6 Informal expressions such as thanks just down the road

mates a bit dash and exclamation marks contracted

forms theyrsquore whorsquos wersquove shersquos linkers and but friendly

expressions It was great to hear from you Write soon

7 indecisive practical bossy thoughtful sympathetic

8 tell each other can be at times whenever I shersquos always

cheer me up sense of humour have the chance etc

3 Refer the class to the instructions in the exam task and to

the Exam tip This is very much a personal task and best

done individually ndash point out there are no lsquorightrsquo or lsquowrongrsquo

answers to these questions either Monitor studentsrsquo work

and make suggestions where necessary especially for

question 1 but donrsquot elicit answers

4 Get students to make their plan quickly using very brief

notes

5 Give the class no more than 40 minutes to write their

answers as that is what they will have in the exam and they

have already studied the task and planned their work Tell

students always to leave at least 1047297ve minutes at the end of

each Writing task to check their work and to refer back to

these 1047297ve points in future units and other Part 1 and Part 2

tasks Checking could be done as a peer correction activity

although of course this will not be possible in the exam

itself

Model answer

Hi Alex

Itrsquos always great to hear from you

Yoursquore absolutely right about how much friendship matters Life just wouldnrsquot be the same if we didnrsquot have friends would it

My very best friend is called Luis and wersquove grown up together

really We 1047297rst met at primary school and hersquos been my best

mate ever since

Wersquore quite similar in a lot of ways For instance wersquore the same

age almost exactly the same height and weight and wersquore both

crazy about sports especially basketball and swimming

Like me he can be rather shy at times though hersquos perhaps a

little more talkative than me Hersquos also someone you can rely on

to help you if yoursquore in trouble or worried about something Hersquos

a fantastic friend and Irsquom sure yoursquod get on really well with him

Hope to hear from you again soon

Bye for now

Enrique

Revision

1 Answers

1 rsquomam staying rsquomam working

2 usually eat rsquoreare having

3 rsquomam waiting seems

4 is changing are getting

5 is rsquosis always complaining

6 own donrsquot live

7 gets rsquomam thinking

2 Answers

1 greedy 2 dishonest 3 artistic 4 impolite 5 energetic

6 cautious 7 pessimistic

3 Answers

1 unpredictable 2 sympathetic 3 unreasonable

4 challenging 5 thoughtful 6 decisive

4 Answers

1 relaxing 2 reliable 3 practical 4 terrifying

5 astonished 6 aggressive 7 competitive 8 childish

9 puzzling 10 exhausted

Remind students that there is more practice on the CD-ROM

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1619

Part 7

Look at the exam task Answer thesequestions

1 Whatrsquos the text about

2 How many people can you choose from3 What must you find4 How many questions are there

Now do the exam task

Exam task

You are going to read an article in which fourpeople talk about their friends For questions1ndash10 choose from the people (AndashD) The peoplemay be chosen more than once

Which person

earns less money than theirfriend

1

says the two of them did not likeeach other at first

2

denies that their friend is bossy 3

has had a similar upbringing to their friendrsquos

4

once fell out with their friend 5

shares a hobby with their friend 6

says their friend has a goodsense of humour

7

describes their friend as rather

shy

8

has a friend who is veryoptimistic

9

has a very ambitious friend 10

READING AND USE OF ENGLISH

The best of friendsA Nadia Hassan has been friends with Amina since they were fourteen

lsquoWe were born in the same monthrsquo says Nadia lsquoand we grew up in

the same small town though the funny thing is we didnrsquot actually

know each other until we both took up horse riding something we

still enjoyrsquo There are according to Nadia some differences between

them lsquoWhereas I tend to be a bit negative about the future always

expecting the worst to happen Amina is the complete opposite

Maybe between us we just about strike the right balance Though

of course having such different ways of looking at the same thing

can lead to tensions and a couple of years ago we actually stoppedspeaking for a while but that didnrsquot last longrsquo

B Liam Doherty first met his friend Marc when they were both doing

summer jobs at a seaside hotel Marc has since moved to another

part of the country but they still keep in touch by email and

chatting online lsquoHe comes round to my house whenever hersquos in

town which is actually quite often Hersquos got a good job and can

travel wherever he likes every weekend which is something I wish I

could afford to do on my salary But hersquos different from me in that

hersquos always had this strong desire for success in life whereas I prefer

to take things a bit easier with plenty of time for hobbies like hill-

walking and readingrsquo

C Maxim Salenko has been friendly with Andriy ever since they wereat primary school lsquoWe grew up in much the same kind of family

environment and we usually sat together at school and enjoyed the

same sports though in some ways hersquos not like me Irsquom fairly quiet

perhaps a little shy at times but Andriy is always a fun guy to be

withrsquo says Maxim lsquoHe can be noisy and some people say he tries to

tell everyone what to do but I donrsquot think thatrsquos true He just likes to

make sure everyone else has a good time too Once or twice Irsquove felt

a bit irritated by things he said but that was probably because I was

in a bad mood at the time and I donrsquot think he even noticed I was

annoyedrsquo

D Camille Leroy and her friend Lara have known each other for three

years now lsquoWersquore from different backgroundsrsquo says Camille lsquoand

to be honest when we were introduced at a party we didnrsquot hit it offat all She seemed a bit unfriendly and it took quite a while before I

realised that she was in fact lacking in self-confidence particularly

when meeting new people To some extent she still is but once you

get to know Lara you realise what good company she is She always

has interesting things to say and she tells some great jokes too I

often see her on the bus home from work because nowadays she

lives just round the corner from me She moved there to be close to

the golf course and Irsquom thinking of taking it up toorsquo

4 UNIT 1 YOURSELF AND OTHERS

Yourself and others1

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1719

5YOURSELF AND OTHERS UNIT 1

Grammar

Present tenses

1 Some of these sentences written by examcandidates contain mistakes Correct anymistakes using the present simple or presentcontinuous

1 Irsquom belonging to a tennis club and it is my

favourite sport

2 Irsquoll pick you up from the airport when yoursquoll

arrive at 930

3 Irsquom having a lovely holiday here on the island4 Every day we are spending about eight hours

at work

5 When you will receive my letter please tell

Mary about this

6 Pablo is needing to talk to somebody but he

never calls me

7 Nowadays it becomes more and more

important to have a good education

8 I promise that Irsquoll phone you tonight when I

get home

9I need to earn some money and this is themain reason why I apply for this job

10 They are the kind of people who are driving

to work every day in big cars

2 Complete the sentences with the present simpleor present continuous form of these verbs Useeach verb only once

end get hear own rise see take try

1 I usually go to work by car but this week Ithe train because the road

bridge is closed

2 It harder to find a job and youth

unemployment is now very high3 As soon as the college term

Irsquom going away on holiday

4 Her parents are very rich They

homes in both London and New York

5 I Marcos later this evening

when he leaves the club6 Please turn the music down a bit I

to sleep

7 In every part of the world the sun

in the east

8 I promise Irsquoll get up as soon as I

the alarm clock

LISTENINGPart 1

Look at questions 1ndash4 in the exam task Answer these questions

1 How many speakers will you hear

2 Will they be female or male voices

3 What is the situation

4 What is the focus eg place opinion of the question

02 Now listen and do the exam task

Exam task

You will hear people talking in four different situations (in the exam youwill hear eight) For questions 1ndash4 choose the best answer (A B or C)

1 You hear a teenager talking about her new bedroom

What does she like about it

A the way it is decorated

B the furniture in it C its size and shape

2 You overhear a conversation on a bus

Where is the man going first A to a shop B to the library C to work

3 You hear a man talking on the phone

Why is he calling

A to apologise B to ask for information

C to complain

4 You hear part of an interview with a businesswoman

What does she do A She hires out bicycles B She hires out cars

C She hires out motorcycles

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1819

6 UNIT 1 YOURSELF AND OTHERS

Part 3

1 Correct the mistakes in these sentenceswritten by exam candidates using the

correct form of the word in brackets Add aprefix andor a suffix in each case

1 I am worry (worry) about you so can I talk

to you

2 The biggest disadvantage is that you are

always stressy (stress) when you do that job

3 These are my recommendations for the

most attraction (attract) places in my town

4 Suddenly I heard something strange near

the door I was terrorised (terrify)

5 Your report about the music festival isabsolutely inacceptable (accept)

6 It was really surprised (surprise) to hear

that Marta was the winner

7 The streets wouldnrsquot be so crowdy (crowd)and they would be safer for people

8 Staying at your house next week will be

really enjoyful (enjoy)

9 That festival was a completely

unorganised (organise) and dull event

10 There are some interesting and

impressing (impress) museums in this city

2 Look at the exam task example (0) andanswer these questions

1 What kind of word goes between the

superlative form the most and the noun

features

2 Does this word describe how someone

feels or what causes a feeling3 What suffix do we use for this

Now do the exam task

Exam task

For questions 1ndash8 read the text below Use the word given in capitals atthe end of some of the lines to form a word that fits in the gap in the sameline There is an example at the beginning (0)

Example 0 SURPRISING

Staying safe online

One of the most (0) features of the

computer age is the huge amount of time that youngpeople spend communicating with each other

Whereas a generation ago children would go home

after a (1) day at school and watch TV

nowadays they are likely to do something much more

(2) such as chat online with their

friends

Others exchange information on (3)popular social networking sites such as Facebook What

some parents find rather (4) however is

how easily they can make online lsquofriendsrsquo who they have

never actually met and also the amount of information

that their children are so (5) puttingonto these websites for anyone to see

Parents are right to be (6) but with

many children spending hours a day online it is simply

(7) for adults constantly to watch over

them All they can do is advise them to be extremely

(8) about contact with strangers and to

warn them not to put personal information such as their

phone number or home address online

SURPRISE

TIRE

SOCIETY

INCREASE

WORRY

ENTHUSIASM

ANXIETY

PRACTICE

CAUTION

READING AND USE OF ENGLISH

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1919

3 Plan and write your letter to Sam Try to include some of Matteorsquosexpressions and character adjectives

WRITINGPart 2 informal letter

1 Look at the exam task and answer thesequestions

1 Who has written to you

2 Who do they want to know about

3 What examples of informal language can

you find

Exam task

Here is part of an email you have received fromSam an English-speaking friend

Write your email to Sam in 140ndash190 words Donot write any addresses

2 Read the model letter and answer thesequestions

1 Does Matteo answer Samrsquos questions2 Where would you split the second

paragraph to form two shorter

paragraphs

3 Is Matteorsquos message written in an informal

style Find examples4 Find and correct these mistakes in the

letter

a a comparative

b a verb tense c an article

d three adjective suffixes5 Which of Matteorsquos expressions could you

use in your letter

Though my sisterrsquos quite a bit younger than me

wersquore good friends most of the time

So tell me about a relative of yours who you see a lot

ndash and why you enjoy being with him or her

Hope to hear from you soon

Hi Sam

Thanks for writing Itrsquos always nice to get a message from you

Itrsquos great that you have such a close friendship with your sister My sisterrsquos actually

a lot older that me and my brotherrsquos much younger so we donrsquot of ten like doing the

same things but I have a cousin called Lorenzo whorsquos about my age and we get on

really well He lives not far from here and like me hersquos a student ndash though not at the

same college Wersquove been friends since we were k ids and wersquore seeing each other

most weekends and of course in the holidays Wersquove got lots of things in common

For instance we love the mountain biking and something I really like about him is that

hersquos so adventurous We have great fun when wersquore out together because hersquos so

enthusiastic about doing excited things but without getting too competitious He can

also be quite sensitive and thoughtful and whenever I have any kind of problem hersquos

always sympatic In short hersquos a fantastic friend

Hope to hear from you again soon

Bye for now

Matteo

7YOURSELF AND OTHERS UNIT 1

Page 4: Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 419

10 UNIT 1 READING AND USE OF ENGLISH

Part 7

1 Look at photos 1ndash4 What do you think a typical day is l ike

for each person Think about

when they do things like having meals

where they go and how they travel

who they see what they do to relax

how they feel at various times of the day

2 Look at the exam task Answer these questions

1 How many people are there2 Is it one text in sections or is it several short texts

3 Whatrsquos the topic

4 What must you find (eg Which place hellip )

5 How many questions are there6 Can you use letters A B C and D several times each

3 Look quickly at the text and match parts AndashD with photos1ndash4 Which person starts working earliest Who finisheslatest

4 Look at this Part 7 example question and the underlinedwords in the text There are references to this in parts AB and D Why is B right Why are A and D wrong

ExampleWhich person never has breakfast B

5 Do the exam task Underline the words or sentences that tell

you the right answers

Exam task

You are going to read an article about four peoplersquos daily livesFor questions 1ndash10 choose from the people (AndashD) The peoplemay be chosen more than once

Which person

sometimes sleeps in the early afternoon 1

thinks they ought to do more frequent exercise 2

says they have their best ideas late in their

working day

3

has to hurry to catch the train to work 4

does not always get up at the same time every

day5

dislikes working later than they should do 6

believes exercise helps them prepare for the day

ahead

7

is now more relaxed at work 8

chooses not to follow local tradition 9

enjoys answering questions from customers 10

Quick steps to Reading and Use of English Part 7

Look at the instructions title and layout then readquickly through the questions

Remember that the information you need may not be inthe same order as the questions

Be careful with words that only seem to say the same asa particular question but in fact mean something quitedifferent

1 2 3

4

1 READING AND USE OF ENGLISH

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 519

11READING AND USE OF ENGLISH UNIT 1

When you have finished make sure you have answeredall ten questions

Exam tip

Adjectives ending in -ed and -ing

6 Find these words in the text and complete the rules with-ed and -ing

exhausted fascinating (A) interesting challenging (B)

refreshed distracted (C) tired irritating (D)

1 We use adjectives with to describe how

somebody feels about something

2 We use adjectives with to describe the thing

or person which causes the feeling

7 Complete these sentences with -ing and -ed adjectives

formed from the verbs in brackets Then answer the

questions about yourself

1 At what time of day do you feel most (relax)2 Whatrsquos the most (amuse) film yoursquove ever

seen

3 When do you sometimes feel a little (worry)4 Whatrsquos the most (depress) news item yoursquove

heard recently

5 When do you feel most (motivate) to study6 Are you (terrify) of anything such as spiders

or heights

7 Whatrsquos the most (astonish) story yoursquove ever

heard

8 Whatrsquos the most (puzzle) thing about the

English language

8 Compare a typical day in your life with those of the fourpeople in the text What are the different times in your

day like and how do you feel Use words from Exercises 6and 7

B For Assistant Sales Manager Julia Anderson eachday begins at 630 am with a quick shower a fewminutes to get ready and then a dash to the station tocatch the 715 into Manhattan By eight orsquoclock shersquosat her workstation lsquoI need to be there then before thesalespeople start arriving I spend the rest of the morningin meetings and dealing with client queries whichfor me is one of the most interesting challenging andworthwhile aspects of the job Then itrsquos out for a quicklunch ndash my first meal of the day ndash and back to workat 1 pm followed by more of the same up to 5 pmThatrsquos how things are here you have to keep to a tightschedule At first I found working here pretty stressful butIrsquom used to it now and it doesnrsquot bother mersquo

C Website Designer Oliver McShane works at home andunsurprisingly is a late riser lsquorolling out of bedrsquo as he

puts it lsquoat 9 amrsquo Switching on his laptop his first task isto answer any early-morning emails and then he carrieson from where he left off the previous evening lsquoIf I havea creative peakrsquo he says lsquothatrsquos when it is and it takesme a while to get going again the next day WheneverIrsquove stayed up working very late I make up for it byhaving a 20-minute lie-down after lunch Then whenI wake up I feel refreshed and ready for another longworking session Occasionally I pack my laptop and sitin a cafeacute for a while although I can get distracted fromwork if I run into someone I knowrsquo

D Anita Ramos is a Tourist Guide who works morningsand evenings lsquoItrsquos just too hot to walk around the cityin the afternoonrsquo she says lsquoso I spend it at homeItrsquos the custom here to have a sleep after lunch but Ihavenrsquot got time for that In any case Irsquom not tired thenbecause I donrsquot get up particularly early When I do Iusually skip breakfast though sometimes I have cerealor something Then itrsquos off to the office before headingdowntown to wherever Irsquom meeting the first group I takefour or five groups out before lunch and Irsquom supposed tofinish around 2 pm though there always seems to besomeone in the last group who asks lots of questionswhich can be a bit irritating if I end up doing unpaidovertime It also means I risk missing the 215 train homersquo

livesDifferent A University student Jake Harris is in his first year

lsquoAssuming I donrsquot oversleep which can happen Irsquom outof bed by 745 If therersquos time I have some tea andtoast then set off I used to aim for the 825 train butI kept missing it so nowadays I do the uphill walk intotown which wakes me up and enables me to plan whatIrsquom going to do in the morning and afternoon From ninetill one itrsquos lessons and a group activity with a quickbreak at eleven to grab something to keep me going tilllunch The afternoon is similar to the morning really Afterthat I sometimes head for the gym but not as often as Ishould Once I get home I work for a few hours and laterndash if Irsquom not feeling too exhausted ndash I go out with friends

Irsquove met some fascinating people herersquo

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 619

12 UNIT 1 SPEAKING

Part 11 In Part 1 the examiner may ask you questions like these

What are they about Which verb tense would you mainlyuse to reply

1 Where are you from

2 What do you like about living there

3 Tell me a little about your family4 Which time of the year is your favourite Why

5 What do you enjoy doing when you are on holiday

6 What do you use the Internet for

2 In pairs read this example conversation from Part 1

What is wrong with Nicorsquos and Lenarsquos replies (1ndash6)Correct two mistakes Then study the Quick steps for waysof improving the other four replies

Examiner Is your routine at weekends different fromyour daily routine in the week

Nico (1) Yes

Examiner In what ways

Nico (2) I am staying in bed later of course I go

out with friends after lunchExaminer And what about your routine at weekends

Lena Is it different from your daily routine

Lena (3) Not really I have to get up at about the

same time

Examiner WhyLena (4) Well I have a job in a shop and Irsquom going

to work early Itrsquos a long way from my house

And I arrive home late every day

Examiner Now tell me Nico How often do you read

newspapers or magazines

Nico (5) RepeatExaminer How often do you read newspapersNico (6) Not often I donrsquot like them much

3 Lena says I arrive home late every day Look at theseexpressions and answer the questions

every hour or so from time to time most weekends

five times a week hardly ever now and then

1 Where do frequency expressions like every day go in

the sentence

2 Which one means lsquoalmost neverrsquo

3 Which two mean lsquooccasionallyrsquo

Page 97

Use as wide a range of grammar and vocabulary as you can

Exam tip

4 Work with a different partner Ask and answer theexaminerrsquos questions in Exercises 1 and 2

5 How well did you answer the Part 1 questions How goodwere your partnerrsquos answers Tell each other what youthink

Character adjectives

6 Find out what kind of person your partner is by asking

them questions 1ndash12 Give examples using expressionslike now and then and nearly always in your replies

What are you like 1 Do you think about what other people need or want

2 Do you usually expect good things to happen

3 Do you behave in a way that is silly and not adult

4 Do you like telling other people what to do

5 Are you good at dealing with problems

6 Do you get annoyed if things happen too slowly

7 Do you want to be very successful in life

8 Are you easily upset and do you know when others

are upset 9 Do you find it easy to make up your mind quickly

10 Do you do things that nobody expects

11 Are you sensible and fair with other people

12 Do you find it difficult to plan things well

7 Match the adjectives with questions 1ndash12 Do you thinkthey describe your character correctly Then use some ofthese adjectives to say what you think each person in thepictures might be like

ambitious bossy childish decisive disorganised

impatient optimistic practical reasonable sensitive

thoughtful unpredictable

Quick steps to Speaking Part 1

Be friendly to the examiners and to the other candidate

Donrsquot just reply yes no or I donrsquot know Give reasons

(because hellip so hellip) or examples (such as hellip like hellip) You can politely ask the examiner to repeat a question

Ask Pardon Could you say that again please Sorry

1 SPEAKING

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 719

13READING AND USE OF ENGLISH UNIT 1

Forming adjectives1 Underline these prefixes and suffixes in the

words in Speaking Exercise 7 One word hasboth a prefix and a suffix

-able -al dis- -ful -ic im- -ish

-itive -ive -ous un- -y

2 Form character adjectives from these wordswith the prefixes and suffixes in Exercise 1Be careful with spelling changes

adventure aggression anxiety artistcaution cheek compete emotion

energy enthusiasm fool greed help

honest pessimist polite popular rely

respect sympathy

Part 3

3 Correct the mistakes in thesesentences written by exam candidates

1 You were a charmful host as always

2 Joey can be quite rude and unpolite3 I think that going to work or to school by

bike is very healthful4 We really enjoyed the festival in spite of

the disorganising programme

5 Irsquom helpful and sociality so Irsquod like a job

working with people

6 Sometimes shopping can be a stressing

experience

4 Complete the sentences with the correctform of the words in brackets In each caseadd a prefix andor a suffix

1 Amelia thinks shersquoll win and her family arequite (optimism) too

2 Question 9 in the quiz was quite

(challenge) but I got it right3 The team has lost every game so their

fans are feeling (depress)

4 The staff disliked the boss and they were

(sympathy) when he lost

his job

5 It was a hot day but Chloe felt

(refresh) after having a coolshower

6 People seem (enthusiasm)

about the TV show Few are watching it

5

Look at the exam task Answer these questions1 How many gaps are there in the text

2 What do you have to put in each of them

3 Does this task mainly test grammar or vocabulary

6 Quickly read the text ignoring the gaps for now What is the purposeof the text What is each paragraph about

7 Look at the example (0) Answer the questions Then do the exam task

1 What kind of word probably goes between the and thing

2 Does it describe how someone feels or what causes a feeling3 What suffix do we use for this

4 If this suffix begins with a vowel how does fascinate change

Exam task

For questions 1ndash8 read the text below Use the word given in capitals at theend of some of the lines to form a word that fits in the gap in the same lineThere is an example at the beginning (0)

Example 0 FASCINATING

Same family different people

The three children grew up in the same home but for friends of

the family the (0) thing is that now as young adults

they all have very different (1)

Grace 23 always has to be busy Ever since she was a young girl

she has been highly (2) to succeed and now that

she is working in a business environment she makes no secret of

how (3) she is her aim is to be Managing Director

before she is 30

Whereas Grace can sometimes appear rather (4)

even cold her 21-year-old sister Evie can be quite(5) to what others say particularly if their

comments are unfair But she is always kind to her friends and

(6) whenever anyone wants to talk about their

problems

Daniel just 19 is the (7) one Hersquos mad about

sports like rock climbing snowboarding and motorcycling

He takes too many risks and he gives his family some

(8) moments but somehow he always manages to

get home safely

FASCINATE

PERSONAL

MOTIVATE

AMBITION

EMOTION

SENSE

SYMPATHY

ADVENTURE

ANXIETY

Quick steps to Reading and Use of English Part 3

Read the text quickly to find out its purpose and main points

Look at each word in capitals then the words next to the gap Do youneed a noun an adjec tive or another part of speech

Does the word in capitals need more than one change

1 READING AND USE OF ENGLISH

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 819

14 UNIT 1 WRITING

Part 2 informal letter1 Look at the exam task and answer these

questions

1 Who has written to you

2 What does this person want you to do

3 What style is the extract from the letter

written in Find examples of the following a contrac ted forms eg Irsquom

b short common words eg got

c simple linking words eg because

d informal punctuation eg dash (ndash)

e friendly expressions eg tell me

Exam task

This is part of an email from an English friendAlex

Write your email to Alex in 140ndash190 words Donot write any addresses

P age 90 2

Read the model letter and answer these questions1 Is Lydiarsquos letter the right length2 Has she made any language mistakes3 How does she open and close her message

4 What does she talk about in her introduction and conclusion

5 Does she answer all of Alexrsquos questions In which main paragraphs

6 What examples of informal language can you find

7 What character adjectives does she use8 Which phrases of hers might be particularly useful when you write

other letters

3 Think about these questions and note down some ideas for your ownletter to Alex

1 What does friendship mean to you

2 How often do you see your friends3 Who are you going to write about4 How long have you known each other

5 Which character adjectives best descr ibe your friend

4 Make a plan for your letter Put your best ideas from Exercise 3 underthese headings 1 Friends in general 2 Best friend who 3 Best friend why Then add some details such as the personrsquos age or job You couldput the points under each heading into main paragraphs 1 2 and 3

5 Write your letter When you have finished check it for the following

correct length

all the content asked for in the instructions

good organisation into paragraphs

correct grammar spelling and punctuation suitable style of language

Dear Alex

Many thanks for your message It was great to hear from youThe first thing I want to say is that I completely agree with you about friends I see some of

mine almost every day and I really miss them when theyrsquore away

My closest friend is Nicole whorsquos also a student is the same age as me and lives just

down the road Wersquove been best mates for many years and we tell each other everything

but I think wersquove got quite dif ferent personalities

For instance I can be a bit indecisive at times but shersquos very practical and gets everything

done quickly Shersquos not bossy though In fact shersquos really thoughtful Whenever I get upset

shersquos always sympathetic and then she finds a way to cheer me up ndash shersquos got a wonderful

sense of humour

I hope one day you can get to know her and that I have the chance to meet your friends

too Please tell me more about them in your next letter Write soon

Best wishesLydia

Irsquom lucky because Irsquove got really good friends ndash especially

those Irsquove known since I was a kid I donrsquot know what Irsquod

do without them So tell me how important are friends to

you Whorsquos your best friend and what do you like about

him or her

Looking forward to hearing from you soon

Quick steps to writing a Part 2 informalletter

Look at the task including any text anddecide who you are writing to why andwhich points to include

Note down ideas and decide how manymain paragraphs you will need Then putyour ideas under paragraph headings

Begin Dear (friendrsquos first name) and thankthem for their last message

Keep to your plan and use informallanguage throughout

Close in a friendly way asking them to writeback End Lots of love Best wishes etc

Make sure you leave enough time at the end to check your letter formistakes

Exam tip

WRITING1

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 919

See the CD-ROM for more practice

1

Complete the sentences with the presentsimple or present continuous form of theverbs in brackets

1 This summer I (stay) at the

seaside and I (work) in a

local shop in the mornings

2 My friends (usually eat) at

home but this evening they

(have) dinner in a restaurant

3 Hi I (wait) to get onto the

plane but there (seem) to be

a delay

4 The climate (change) all

the time and the temperatures here

(get) higher every year

5 Natalie (be) quite annoying

She (always complain) about

something

6 My grandparents (own)

a house in the village though they

(not live) there any more

7 This far north it (get)dark very early at this time of year so

I (think) of spending the

winter in Australia

2 Add a prefix or suffix to these words andcomplete the sentences

artist caution energy greed honest

pessimism polite

1 Martin always eats too much food Hersquos

really

2 Itrsquos to take things from a

shop without paying for them

3 The quality of these drawings and

paintings shows how

Alexia is

4 If someone helps you itrsquosnot to say lsquothank yoursquo

5 Paola is usually quite but

she doesnrsquot feel like doing sports today

6 Jerry likes to take risks but his brother

Anton is a much more boy

7 Irsquom sorry to be so but I just

know wersquore going to lose this game

3

Complete the sentences with the correct form of the words in brackets1 Terry is quite (predict) You never know what hersquos going

to do next

2 I thanked my friends for being so (sympathy) when Ihad to go into hospital

3 Itrsquos (reason) to expect people to do all your work for

you

4 Going up that mountain is quite (challenge) even for

an expert climber

5 It was (thought) of you to remember my motherrsquos

birthday

6 To succeed in business you have to be (decision) and

not keep changing your mind

4 Read the text below Use the word given in capitals at the end of someof the lines to form a word that fits in the gap in the same line

In the morning I normally take the underground At

that time of day itrsquos crowded you have to stand and itrsquos

certainly not a (1) way to travel But the

service is quick frequent and (2) which

makes it by far the most (3) way to get

across the city in the rush hour

Occasionally though I travel into town in a friendrsquos car

to go shopping and quite honestly I often 1047297nd it an

absolutely (4) experience Every time we

get onto the ring road Irsquom (5) by the waypeople behave when they drive a car Some are extremely

(6) driving straight at you to make you

get out of their way while others are (7)

trying to have races with other drivers all the time They

just seem (8) to me

What I 1047297nd most (9) about this is the

fact that by the time they actually get to their of1047297ces

theyrsquore probably too (10) to do a proper

dayrsquos work

RELAX

RELY

PRACTICE

TERRIFY

ASTONISH

AGGRESSION

COMPETE

CHILD

PUZZLE

EXHAUST

REVISION UNIT 1 15

REVISION1

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1019

8 Unit 1 Yourself and others

Unit objectivesTOPICS daily life peopleGRAMMAR review of present tenses present

simple in time clauses VOCABULARY adjectives ending in -ed and - ing

character adjectives adjectivepre1047297xes and suf1047297xes - able - al dis--ful - ic im- - ish - itive - ive -ousun- - y

READING and Part 7 studying an example itemUSE OF ENGLISH Part 3 word building gist-reading

studying the exampleWRITING Part 2 informal letter getting ideas

planning checkingLISTENING Part 1 studying an example script

SPEAKING Part 1 asking for repetition givingreasons and examples

ListeningPart 1

1 This activity could be done in pairs Allow a few minutesrsquo

discussion time Then ask students for their overall

1047297ndings and whether they think they have a good balance

between workstudy and relaxation

Optional activity

Look at the exam task with the class Make sure that

students know what Part 1 consists of You could ask the

following questions Encourage students to 1047297nd the answersin the Listening guide on page 94 if they donrsquot already

know them

1 How many extracts will you hear

2 Is there any connection between the extracts

3 Do you both read and hear the introductory sentence

about each speaker and situation

4 Do you both read and hear each question

Answers

1 eight 2 no 3 yes 4 no

2 Get students to study question 1 but not the transcript in

Exercise 3 Check the answers

Answers

1 one male radio journalist reporting from the street

2 the focus is place

3 Explain to the class that multiple-choice questions in

Listening (and Reading) often contain lsquodistractorsrsquo within

the text that are designed to mislead them and that in this

task type there are always two distractors for each question

Allow time for students to talk about why C is right and A

and B are wrong then elicit the answers

Answers

C is the correct answer there isnrsquot anybody in means the

people who live there are not at home and by the look of the

place indicates that the reporter is outside the house

B is the wrong answer the reporter says away at a luxury

hotel in the city centre so he is not there

A is the wrong answer he uses the conditional would be about

someone else (the TV crews )

4 102 Encourage pairs to look at the introductory

sentence and question of each item not the options If they

1047297nd it dif1047297cult to identify the focus put the answers on

the board in jumbled order Go through the answers and

suggest that students ask themselves these questions every

time they do Listening Part 1 Make sure that everyonereads and understands the Quick steps then get students to

work alone Remind students to listen to the speakersrsquo tone

as well as to the actual words they use Play the recording

through without pausing

Answers

2 one female talking about travelling by train every day focus

feelingsattitude

3 one female making a phone call focus purpose

4 one male talking about reading books at home focus reason

5 female and male (probably) talking in a holiday resort focus

person

6 one male talking about staying healthy focus something hersquos

doing

7 one female talking about where she lives focus place typeof home

8 female and male (probably) talking about 1047297nding something

focus feelings

Recording script

You will hear people talking in eight different situations Forquestions 1ndash8 choose the best answer (A B or C)

1 You hear a reporter talking on the radio

Irsquom standing here in Church Avenue with about thirty othermedia people but by the look of the place there isnrsquotanybody in Nobodyrsquos quite sure if hersquoll be back later thisafternoon ndash or whether hersquos spending the weekend awayperhaps at a luxury hotel in the city centre What does seem

clear though is that hersquos unlikely to play in Sundayrsquos bigmatch ndash otherwise these TV crews would be waiting at thegates of the clubrsquos training ground to 1047297lm him not here

2 You hear a woman talking about travelling to work every day

The traf1047297c into town is getting worse all the time so thetrain was the obvious alternative Irsquod kind of assumed Irsquodbe able to sit back and relax with a newspaper and a cupof coffee maybe chat with my fellow passengers and soon but actually most mornings itrsquos standing-room onlywith everyone squashed together the conversation usuallylimited to lsquoexcuse mersquo Somebody is always pushing andyou spend half your time trying to avoid falling over so thatby the time you arrive you feel as though yoursquove alreadydone half a dayrsquos work

Yourself and others

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1119

Unit 1 Yourself and others 9

3 You overhear a woman talking on the phone

Well Irsquom very sorry but Irsquom just not prepared to pay for itemsI didnrsquot receive As you say I ordered the DVDs a fortnightago and when I did so I gave your sales department all thedetails they needed to deliver them to the right address anditrsquos not my fault if they sent them somewhere else The onlymistake I made was in dealing with your company in the 1047297rstplace Next time I want things like that Irsquoll buy them onlineinstead Like most people do these days

4 You hear a man talking about reading books

Irsquom an editor in a publishing company and this month Irsquomworking particularly hard on a rather long novel so it mayseem a little surprising that my favourite way of relaxing inthe evenings is to sit down somewhere quiet with a goodbook Whenever I can I go into the study and settle down toread for as long as possible I just wish I could do so moreoften as Irsquom the kind of person who needs to get away fromother people for a while but these days Irsquom usually just toobusy helping out with the housework and the kids

5 You overhear a conversation in a holiday resort

Man The weatherrsquos been awful this summer hasnrsquot it Irsquomnot surprised people are looking so miserable Thosewho havenrsquot already gone home that is Non-stoprain spoils everything at the seaside

Woman I know If I were a tourist I wouldrsquove left too Theplace is half-empty and Irsquove already had to reduce thenumber of staff

Man Really Is it that bad

Woman Yes with so few customers I just couldnrsquot afford tokeep paying their wages I hated having to let themgo especially as I used to be a waitress myself Butwhat else could I do

Man You had no choice The same thingrsquos happening

everywhere round here

6 You hear a man talking about staying healthy

I was getting a bit worried about my unhealthy lifestyle soI started spending a few hours each week at the local gymbut it was pretty boring and I havenrsquot been for a while Thensomeone suggested I should try going to the of1047297ce on footrather than taking the car and I took her advice I live a longway out in the suburbs and in fact I go right past the gymevery day but itrsquos really helping me get in shape And thefunny thing is that with all this exercise I get more hungryand Irsquom actually having bigger meals now but Irsquom told itdoesnrsquot matter because Irsquom using up a lot more energy

7 You hear a woman talking about her home

Irsquom staying at a friendrsquos apartment downtown but Irsquoll move

back into my place when they 1047297nish repainting it probablyon Friday Itrsquos pleasant enough here though I miss mygarden with its beautiful bushes and trees Itrsquos almost likebeing in the countryside there even though itrsquos actually onthe outskirts of town Itrsquos right on top of a hill so from myupstairs window you can see the city-centre of1047297ce buildingsin one direction and a rural area not far away in the other

And a south-facing room gets lots of sunshine too

8 You overhear two people talking about finding something

Woman Yes itrsquos just as well that memory stick turned upwhen it did If itrsquod been missing any longer Irsquod begetting a bit worried by now

Man I knew it must be somewhere in the living room If youremember I suggested looking there the other day

Woman Actually that wasnrsquot where I found it

Man No Where was it

Woman It was in the spare room plugged into that old laptopof yours

Man Was it Oh I remember now I was using it last yearto copy some 1047297les Sorry about that

Woman It doesnrsquot matter now Forget it

Exam task answers

2 A 3 B 4 B 5 C 6 C 7 B 8 B

5 Point out that candidates do not lose marks for incorrect

answers as this may not be the case in other exams they

have taken Allow 30 seconds for them to check then go

through the answers

GrammarReview of present tenses

1 This activity could be done in pairs Give the class plenty

of time to match the extracts then check the answers If

yoursquore teaching in the southern hemisphere explain that

3 f seemed always true for the European who said it Elicit

or give more examples of each usage and of stative verbs

Answers

1 c 2 b 3 f 4 a 5 g 6 d 7 e

2 Go through the answers when everyone has 1047297nished If

there is time you may want to ask the class why they think

each mistake has been made

Answers

1 you understand 2 having fun 3 you like 4 rsquomam waiting

5 I prefer 6 have 7 rsquomam standing

3 This exercise practises all the uses presented in Exercise 1

If there is time elicit these from the class and ask which is

a stative verb

Answers

1 rsquosis writing (something happening right now)

2 are rising (a situation that is changing or developing)

3 quite often goes (a routine or habit)

4 are always shouting (something irritating or surprising)

5 belongs (stative verb)

6 rsquomam staying (a temporary situation)7 sets (something which is always true)

8 rsquosis having (something happening right now)

Present simple in time clauses

4 The studentsrsquo 1047297rst language may use a future form in these

clauses so itrsquos important they realise that in these extracts

we are using the present simple with future meaning as in

1047297rst conditional forms Elicit the answers and then some

more examples with a variety of time expressions such as

before after or until

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1219

10 Unit 1 Yourself and others

5 Make sure that everyone studies the Exam tip and answer

any questions about this Then give students about 20

minutes to do the multiple-matching task on their own in

exam conditions If you donrsquot want them to underline in

the book tell them to note down the 1047297rst few words of eachrelevant phrase or sentence Go through the answers and

elicit the relevant phrases and sentences If there is time

also elicit some of the distractors eg Arsquos reference to

missing the train relates to the past not the present (7)

Exam task answers

1 C 2 A 3 C 4 B 5 A 6 D 7 A 8 B 9 D 10 B

Underlining

A

(5) lsquoAssuming I donrsquot oversleep which can happen

(7) I do the uphill walk into town which wakes me up and

enables me to plan what Irsquom going to do in the morning

and afternoon

(2) I sometimes head for the gym but not as often as I

should

B

(4) a dash to the station to catch the 715

(10) dealing with client queries which for me is one of the

most interesting challenging and worthwhile aspects of

the job

(8) At 1047297rst I found working here pretty stressful but Irsquom

used to it now and it doesnrsquot bother me

C

(3) the previous evening lsquoIf I have a creative peakrsquo he

says lsquothatrsquos when it is

(1) having a 20-minute lie-down after lunch Then when I

wake up

D

(9) Itrsquos the custom here to have a sleep after lunch but I

havenrsquot got time for that In any case Irsquom not tired then (6) can be a bit irritating if I end up doing unpaid overtime

Adjectives ending in -ed and - ing

6 Give students time to study the context of each word and

work out the rules If necessary explain the meaning of

the B2-level words (exhausted fascinating challenging

refreshed distracted irritating) as listed by English Pro1047297le

Check the answers and elicit the corresponding -ed-ing

adjective for each of the eight words then elicit further

examples such as amazedamazing and boredboring

Answers

1 -ed 2 -ing

7 Point out that this exercise is partly a preparation for Word

Formation in Reading and Use of English later in this

unit and that spelling is important eg dropping the 1047297nal

e in some cases Both parts of the exercise could be done

individually or in pairs Encourage brief answers to the

questions using the words given Check answers to the

sentence-completion part of the exercise and elicit some

answers to the questions Also elicit the other form of each

adjective

Note one of the forms of all eight adjectives is listed as B2

level by English Pro1047297le

Answers

yes present simple

5 Give students a little time to study the sentences then go

through the answers

Answers

1 rsquoll get go 2 Irsquoll wait come 3 ends rsquoll catch 4 wonrsquot start

5 arrive rsquoll be 6 rsquoll talk get

6 Allow a minute or two for students working on their own to

write their answers then get them to work in pairs Elicit

some answers for each question

Suggested answers

1 I get home 2 I go on holiday 3 I have enough money

4 Irsquom thirty 5 I pass Pro1047297ciency 6 I 1047297nish my homework

Reading and Use of EnglishReading Part 7

1 This activity could be done in pairs Allow plenty of time

for discussion of the daily lives of the people in the photos

The four people talk about their lives in the Reading text

but donrsquot mention this yet ndash it will give students an extra

reason for reading later on

2 Give the class a minute or two to look at the instructions

the prompt Which person the question numbers and the text

layout Then check the answers

Answers

1 four 2 one text in four sections 3 four peoplersquos daily lives

4 which person does or thinks particular things

5 ten 6 yes

3 Give students two or three minutes to skim the text for the

answers to the two questions Then check the answers

Answers

1 B Assistant Sales Manager

2 A University student

3 C Website Designer

4 D Tour Guide

earliest B latest C

4 Explain that in many cases there are lsquodistractorsrsquo ndash words

or sentences in the text which appear to give the right

answer if they are not read carefully This activity raises

awareness of how distractors work Go through the answers

once students have had enough time to study the three

highlighted parts

Answers

B Correct ndash if lunch is the 1047297rst meal of the day for her she canrsquot

have eaten breakfast

A If therersquos time he has tea and toast so itrsquos not true to say he

never has breakfast

D Usually she skips (misses) breakfast but not always ndash she

sometimes has lsquocereal or somethingrsquo

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1319

Unit 1 Yourself and others 11

Answers

1 relaxed 2 amusing 3 worried 4 depressing 5 motivated

6 terri1047297ed 7 astonishing 8 puzzling

8 Where possible students should work with others they donrsquotknow very well using the prompts from Exercise 7 and as

many -ing -ed adjectives as they can

SpeakingPart 1

Optional activity

Make sure that students know what Part 1 consists of You

could ask the following questions Encourage students to 1047297nd

the answers in the Speaking guide on page 97 if they donrsquot

already know them

1 How many examiners are there

2 Do you answer questions from just one examiner 3 How many candidates are there

4 Do you talk to the other candidate(s) in Part 1

Answers

1 two 2 yes 3 usually two but occasionally there may be

three 4 no

1 Explain that in the exam students may be asked questions

about future plans and ambitions and that these will be

practised in Unit 5 You may also want to point out that

candidates are always asked the 1047297rst two questions here while

the others are taken from lists that examiners may choose

from

Answers

1 your town

2 what you like about your town

3 your family

4 your favourite season and why

5 what you like doing on holiday

6 what you use the Internet for

(all questions are about you)

You would use the present simple to reply although in some

cases you may also need to use the present continuous for

example to say a relative is studying abroad

2 Focus attention on the Exam tip before students start this

activity and perhaps mention that the two mistakes are both

incorrect uses of verb tenses Allow time for pairs to work on

this then elicit the answers

Suggested answers

1 One-word answer He gives examples when asked in what

ways but he could have done this without being prompted

2 The verb form should be I stay

3 She doesnrsquot give a reason She could reply as she does after

the examiner asks why without being prompted

4 The verb form should be I go

5 Not polite He could say Could you repeat that please

6 He doesnrsquot give a reason for not liking newspapers He could

say something like because therersquos too much in them about

politics or I listen to the radio news so I donrsquot need to

3 Students should be familiar with all the basic frequency

adverbs like usually and aware that these normally go

before the main verb Elicit the answer to the 1047297rst question

then tell the class to look at the six expressions and answer

the questions Go through the answers and elicit moreexamples such as twice a month and every few minutes

Point out that hardly ever is quite often tested in Reading

and Use of English and other parts of the exam

Answers

1 at the end ( hardly ever goes before the verb)

2 hardly ever

3 from time to time now and then

4 If possible get everyone to sit with somebody they donrsquot

know very well this activity can be a useful ice-breaker

Monitor pairs and feed in language where necessary

5 Tell pairs to be polite and constructive in their comments

about each otherrsquos speaking Allow a minute for thisand then elicit some comments on the studentsrsquo own

performance (not on their partnersrsquo speaking) and note any

particular dif1047297culties

Character adjectives

6 Point out that this is a light-hearted activity with no lsquorightrsquo

or lsquowrongrsquo answers ndash or lsquokeyrsquo purporting to analyse their

personality Give students a couple of minutes each to

answer

7 These adjectives are all B2 level as shown by English

Pro1047297le Encourage the use of dictionaries if students have

any dif1047297culties then check that everyone has the right

answers They then compare their impressions of each other

using some of the adjectives Advise students to be careful

not to upset their partners avoiding answers such as always

bossy even if itrsquos true Monitor pairs to make sure that they

do so and to avoid possible embarrassment donrsquot elicit

answers when everyone has 1047297nished Finally students use

modals such as could might and may to speculate about the

character of the people in the photos Elicit some answers

and point out that the language used in this activity is useful

practice for Writing later in this unit

Answers

1 thoughtful 2 optimistic 3 childish 4 bossy 5 practical

6 impatient 7 ambitious 8 sensitive 9 decisive

10 unpredictable 11 reasonable 12 disorganised

Reading and Use of EnglishForming adjectives

1 Get students to note down the words and then underline

them if you donrsquot want them to write in the book Make

sure that everyone has the right answers You may want to

elicit the base words eg ambition boss etc pointing out

that some are nouns but others are verbs and adjectives

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1419

12 Unit 1 Yourself and others

Answers

reasonable ( also unpredictable) practical disorganised

thoughtful optimistic impatient childish sensitive decisive

ambitious unpredictable bossy

2 Elicit that when adding a suf1047297x beginning with a vowel we

drop the 1047297nal e eg adventure ndash adventurous Encourage

the use of dictionaries to 1047297nd antonyms and check spelling

Remind students to add both a pre1047297x and suf1047297x eg

unadventurous where possible Then elicit all the answers

possibly putting them on the board or OHP Elicit more

adjectives (not necessarily of character) with each of these

pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes plus their meanings and possibly also

their opposites

Answers

(un)adventurous aggressive anxious artistic cautious cheeky

competitive (un)emotional energetic (un)enthusiastic foolish

greedy (un)helpful dishonest pessimistic impolite unpopular(un)reliable (dis)respectful (un)sympathetic

Optional activity

Encourage discussion about whether some of these

adjectives describe positive or negative characteristics

pointing out that in certain cases eg pessimistic cautious

the answers are subjective Elicit answers from the class

making sure that all the words are understood

Suggested answers

lsquogoodrsquo ndash artistic energetic enthusiastic helpful honest polite

reliable sympathetic

lsquobadrsquo ndash opposites of the above ( unenthusiastic unhelpful

unreliable unsympathetic ) plus aggressive cheeky foolish

greedy dishonest impolite unpopular

lsquogoodrsquo or lsquobadrsquo ndash adventurous anxious cautious competitive

emotional pessimistic and respectful could be positive or

negative in certain circumstances

Part 3

3 Explain that all the mistakes in these sentences involve

pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes students have studied in this unit

though in most cases with different adjectives Elicit

answers when they have 1047297nished You may want to ask

what students think the most common mistakes are by

speakers of their 1047297rst language(s)

Answers

1 charming 2 impolite 3 healthy 4 disorganised 5 sociable

6 stressful

4 Like Exercise 1 this exercise focuses on pre1047297xes and

suf1047297xes studied in this unit Students have also seen all the

base words although they will have to be careful which

form to choose as two or three pre1047297xes andor suf1047297xes may

be possible Explain that this is in effect a sentence-level

version of Word Formation although of course in the exam

it is unlikely that all the target words would be adjectives

requiring pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes Go through the answers

once students have 1047297nished highlighting spelling

Answers

1 optimistic 2 challenging 3 depressed 4 unsympathetic

5 refreshed 6 unenthusiastic

5 Tell the class to read the instructions carefully and lookvery quickly at the way the text and the words in capitals

are laid out Then go through the answers

Answers

1 eight

2 a word formed from the word in capitals at the end of the

same line

3 mainly vocabulary (especially pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes)

6 Set a time limit for this of no more than a minute and

advise students to do this every time they do a Word

Formation task Explain that some answers may require

an understanding of more than one sentence or the

text as a whole Check the answers and deal with any

comprehension dif1047297culties that relate to the gist of the text

but not the detail

Answers

The purpose of the text is to show how different people from

the same family can be

paragraph 1 to introduce the topic

paragraph 2 to describe one of the daughters

paragraph 3 to describe the other daughter

paragraph 4 to describe the son

7 Explain that students should look at the example and its

context every time they begin a Word Formation task as

this will give them an introduction to the text and also

remind them of what they must do in this task type Gothrough the answers with the class

Answers

1 an adjective 2 what causes a feeling (to friends of the family)

3 - ing 4 drop the 1047297nal e

Point out that students have already seen some form or

other of all the target words in this exam task You may

also want to give some clues or further tips before they

begin - for instance the need to watch out for plural forms

Allow ten to twelve minutes for students working on their

own to 1047297ll in or note down their answers Remind them to

make sure they have changed all the words in capital letters

Then check answers Elicit the pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes usedand highlight the use of two of these in question 4 Pay

particular attention to spelling in 1 5 6 7 and 8

Exam task answers

1 personalities 2 motivated 3 ambitious 4 unemotional

5 sensitive 6 sympathetic 7 adventurous 8 anxious

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1519

Unit 1 Yourself and others 13

WritingPart 2 informal letter

1 When the class has had time to look at the exam task elicit

the answers

Answers

1 an English friend Alex

2 write back saying how important friends are to you who your

best friend is what you like about him or her

3 informal

a Irsquove donrsquot Irsquod Whorsquos b kid do c So and

d exclamation mark e Looking forward to hearing from you

2 Give students a few minutes to read the model answer and

answer the questions Elicit the answers

Answers

1 yes

2 no3 Dear Alex Best wishes

4 Introduction she thanks Alex for hisher message and

comments on this

Conclusion she talks about the future and asks Alex to write

back soon and give her more information

5 Yes the importance of friends in the 1047297rst main paragraph

who her best friend is in the second main paragraph a

description of her friendrsquos personality in the third main

paragraph

6 Informal expressions such as thanks just down the road

mates a bit dash and exclamation marks contracted

forms theyrsquore whorsquos wersquove shersquos linkers and but friendly

expressions It was great to hear from you Write soon

7 indecisive practical bossy thoughtful sympathetic

8 tell each other can be at times whenever I shersquos always

cheer me up sense of humour have the chance etc

3 Refer the class to the instructions in the exam task and to

the Exam tip This is very much a personal task and best

done individually ndash point out there are no lsquorightrsquo or lsquowrongrsquo

answers to these questions either Monitor studentsrsquo work

and make suggestions where necessary especially for

question 1 but donrsquot elicit answers

4 Get students to make their plan quickly using very brief

notes

5 Give the class no more than 40 minutes to write their

answers as that is what they will have in the exam and they

have already studied the task and planned their work Tell

students always to leave at least 1047297ve minutes at the end of

each Writing task to check their work and to refer back to

these 1047297ve points in future units and other Part 1 and Part 2

tasks Checking could be done as a peer correction activity

although of course this will not be possible in the exam

itself

Model answer

Hi Alex

Itrsquos always great to hear from you

Yoursquore absolutely right about how much friendship matters Life just wouldnrsquot be the same if we didnrsquot have friends would it

My very best friend is called Luis and wersquove grown up together

really We 1047297rst met at primary school and hersquos been my best

mate ever since

Wersquore quite similar in a lot of ways For instance wersquore the same

age almost exactly the same height and weight and wersquore both

crazy about sports especially basketball and swimming

Like me he can be rather shy at times though hersquos perhaps a

little more talkative than me Hersquos also someone you can rely on

to help you if yoursquore in trouble or worried about something Hersquos

a fantastic friend and Irsquom sure yoursquod get on really well with him

Hope to hear from you again soon

Bye for now

Enrique

Revision

1 Answers

1 rsquomam staying rsquomam working

2 usually eat rsquoreare having

3 rsquomam waiting seems

4 is changing are getting

5 is rsquosis always complaining

6 own donrsquot live

7 gets rsquomam thinking

2 Answers

1 greedy 2 dishonest 3 artistic 4 impolite 5 energetic

6 cautious 7 pessimistic

3 Answers

1 unpredictable 2 sympathetic 3 unreasonable

4 challenging 5 thoughtful 6 decisive

4 Answers

1 relaxing 2 reliable 3 practical 4 terrifying

5 astonished 6 aggressive 7 competitive 8 childish

9 puzzling 10 exhausted

Remind students that there is more practice on the CD-ROM

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1619

Part 7

Look at the exam task Answer thesequestions

1 Whatrsquos the text about

2 How many people can you choose from3 What must you find4 How many questions are there

Now do the exam task

Exam task

You are going to read an article in which fourpeople talk about their friends For questions1ndash10 choose from the people (AndashD) The peoplemay be chosen more than once

Which person

earns less money than theirfriend

1

says the two of them did not likeeach other at first

2

denies that their friend is bossy 3

has had a similar upbringing to their friendrsquos

4

once fell out with their friend 5

shares a hobby with their friend 6

says their friend has a goodsense of humour

7

describes their friend as rather

shy

8

has a friend who is veryoptimistic

9

has a very ambitious friend 10

READING AND USE OF ENGLISH

The best of friendsA Nadia Hassan has been friends with Amina since they were fourteen

lsquoWe were born in the same monthrsquo says Nadia lsquoand we grew up in

the same small town though the funny thing is we didnrsquot actually

know each other until we both took up horse riding something we

still enjoyrsquo There are according to Nadia some differences between

them lsquoWhereas I tend to be a bit negative about the future always

expecting the worst to happen Amina is the complete opposite

Maybe between us we just about strike the right balance Though

of course having such different ways of looking at the same thing

can lead to tensions and a couple of years ago we actually stoppedspeaking for a while but that didnrsquot last longrsquo

B Liam Doherty first met his friend Marc when they were both doing

summer jobs at a seaside hotel Marc has since moved to another

part of the country but they still keep in touch by email and

chatting online lsquoHe comes round to my house whenever hersquos in

town which is actually quite often Hersquos got a good job and can

travel wherever he likes every weekend which is something I wish I

could afford to do on my salary But hersquos different from me in that

hersquos always had this strong desire for success in life whereas I prefer

to take things a bit easier with plenty of time for hobbies like hill-

walking and readingrsquo

C Maxim Salenko has been friendly with Andriy ever since they wereat primary school lsquoWe grew up in much the same kind of family

environment and we usually sat together at school and enjoyed the

same sports though in some ways hersquos not like me Irsquom fairly quiet

perhaps a little shy at times but Andriy is always a fun guy to be

withrsquo says Maxim lsquoHe can be noisy and some people say he tries to

tell everyone what to do but I donrsquot think thatrsquos true He just likes to

make sure everyone else has a good time too Once or twice Irsquove felt

a bit irritated by things he said but that was probably because I was

in a bad mood at the time and I donrsquot think he even noticed I was

annoyedrsquo

D Camille Leroy and her friend Lara have known each other for three

years now lsquoWersquore from different backgroundsrsquo says Camille lsquoand

to be honest when we were introduced at a party we didnrsquot hit it offat all She seemed a bit unfriendly and it took quite a while before I

realised that she was in fact lacking in self-confidence particularly

when meeting new people To some extent she still is but once you

get to know Lara you realise what good company she is She always

has interesting things to say and she tells some great jokes too I

often see her on the bus home from work because nowadays she

lives just round the corner from me She moved there to be close to

the golf course and Irsquom thinking of taking it up toorsquo

4 UNIT 1 YOURSELF AND OTHERS

Yourself and others1

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1719

5YOURSELF AND OTHERS UNIT 1

Grammar

Present tenses

1 Some of these sentences written by examcandidates contain mistakes Correct anymistakes using the present simple or presentcontinuous

1 Irsquom belonging to a tennis club and it is my

favourite sport

2 Irsquoll pick you up from the airport when yoursquoll

arrive at 930

3 Irsquom having a lovely holiday here on the island4 Every day we are spending about eight hours

at work

5 When you will receive my letter please tell

Mary about this

6 Pablo is needing to talk to somebody but he

never calls me

7 Nowadays it becomes more and more

important to have a good education

8 I promise that Irsquoll phone you tonight when I

get home

9I need to earn some money and this is themain reason why I apply for this job

10 They are the kind of people who are driving

to work every day in big cars

2 Complete the sentences with the present simpleor present continuous form of these verbs Useeach verb only once

end get hear own rise see take try

1 I usually go to work by car but this week Ithe train because the road

bridge is closed

2 It harder to find a job and youth

unemployment is now very high3 As soon as the college term

Irsquom going away on holiday

4 Her parents are very rich They

homes in both London and New York

5 I Marcos later this evening

when he leaves the club6 Please turn the music down a bit I

to sleep

7 In every part of the world the sun

in the east

8 I promise Irsquoll get up as soon as I

the alarm clock

LISTENINGPart 1

Look at questions 1ndash4 in the exam task Answer these questions

1 How many speakers will you hear

2 Will they be female or male voices

3 What is the situation

4 What is the focus eg place opinion of the question

02 Now listen and do the exam task

Exam task

You will hear people talking in four different situations (in the exam youwill hear eight) For questions 1ndash4 choose the best answer (A B or C)

1 You hear a teenager talking about her new bedroom

What does she like about it

A the way it is decorated

B the furniture in it C its size and shape

2 You overhear a conversation on a bus

Where is the man going first A to a shop B to the library C to work

3 You hear a man talking on the phone

Why is he calling

A to apologise B to ask for information

C to complain

4 You hear part of an interview with a businesswoman

What does she do A She hires out bicycles B She hires out cars

C She hires out motorcycles

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1819

6 UNIT 1 YOURSELF AND OTHERS

Part 3

1 Correct the mistakes in these sentenceswritten by exam candidates using the

correct form of the word in brackets Add aprefix andor a suffix in each case

1 I am worry (worry) about you so can I talk

to you

2 The biggest disadvantage is that you are

always stressy (stress) when you do that job

3 These are my recommendations for the

most attraction (attract) places in my town

4 Suddenly I heard something strange near

the door I was terrorised (terrify)

5 Your report about the music festival isabsolutely inacceptable (accept)

6 It was really surprised (surprise) to hear

that Marta was the winner

7 The streets wouldnrsquot be so crowdy (crowd)and they would be safer for people

8 Staying at your house next week will be

really enjoyful (enjoy)

9 That festival was a completely

unorganised (organise) and dull event

10 There are some interesting and

impressing (impress) museums in this city

2 Look at the exam task example (0) andanswer these questions

1 What kind of word goes between the

superlative form the most and the noun

features

2 Does this word describe how someone

feels or what causes a feeling3 What suffix do we use for this

Now do the exam task

Exam task

For questions 1ndash8 read the text below Use the word given in capitals atthe end of some of the lines to form a word that fits in the gap in the sameline There is an example at the beginning (0)

Example 0 SURPRISING

Staying safe online

One of the most (0) features of the

computer age is the huge amount of time that youngpeople spend communicating with each other

Whereas a generation ago children would go home

after a (1) day at school and watch TV

nowadays they are likely to do something much more

(2) such as chat online with their

friends

Others exchange information on (3)popular social networking sites such as Facebook What

some parents find rather (4) however is

how easily they can make online lsquofriendsrsquo who they have

never actually met and also the amount of information

that their children are so (5) puttingonto these websites for anyone to see

Parents are right to be (6) but with

many children spending hours a day online it is simply

(7) for adults constantly to watch over

them All they can do is advise them to be extremely

(8) about contact with strangers and to

warn them not to put personal information such as their

phone number or home address online

SURPRISE

TIRE

SOCIETY

INCREASE

WORRY

ENTHUSIASM

ANXIETY

PRACTICE

CAUTION

READING AND USE OF ENGLISH

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1919

3 Plan and write your letter to Sam Try to include some of Matteorsquosexpressions and character adjectives

WRITINGPart 2 informal letter

1 Look at the exam task and answer thesequestions

1 Who has written to you

2 Who do they want to know about

3 What examples of informal language can

you find

Exam task

Here is part of an email you have received fromSam an English-speaking friend

Write your email to Sam in 140ndash190 words Donot write any addresses

2 Read the model letter and answer thesequestions

1 Does Matteo answer Samrsquos questions2 Where would you split the second

paragraph to form two shorter

paragraphs

3 Is Matteorsquos message written in an informal

style Find examples4 Find and correct these mistakes in the

letter

a a comparative

b a verb tense c an article

d three adjective suffixes5 Which of Matteorsquos expressions could you

use in your letter

Though my sisterrsquos quite a bit younger than me

wersquore good friends most of the time

So tell me about a relative of yours who you see a lot

ndash and why you enjoy being with him or her

Hope to hear from you soon

Hi Sam

Thanks for writing Itrsquos always nice to get a message from you

Itrsquos great that you have such a close friendship with your sister My sisterrsquos actually

a lot older that me and my brotherrsquos much younger so we donrsquot of ten like doing the

same things but I have a cousin called Lorenzo whorsquos about my age and we get on

really well He lives not far from here and like me hersquos a student ndash though not at the

same college Wersquove been friends since we were k ids and wersquore seeing each other

most weekends and of course in the holidays Wersquove got lots of things in common

For instance we love the mountain biking and something I really like about him is that

hersquos so adventurous We have great fun when wersquore out together because hersquos so

enthusiastic about doing excited things but without getting too competitious He can

also be quite sensitive and thoughtful and whenever I have any kind of problem hersquos

always sympatic In short hersquos a fantastic friend

Hope to hear from you again soon

Bye for now

Matteo

7YOURSELF AND OTHERS UNIT 1

Page 5: Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 519

11READING AND USE OF ENGLISH UNIT 1

When you have finished make sure you have answeredall ten questions

Exam tip

Adjectives ending in -ed and -ing

6 Find these words in the text and complete the rules with-ed and -ing

exhausted fascinating (A) interesting challenging (B)

refreshed distracted (C) tired irritating (D)

1 We use adjectives with to describe how

somebody feels about something

2 We use adjectives with to describe the thing

or person which causes the feeling

7 Complete these sentences with -ing and -ed adjectives

formed from the verbs in brackets Then answer the

questions about yourself

1 At what time of day do you feel most (relax)2 Whatrsquos the most (amuse) film yoursquove ever

seen

3 When do you sometimes feel a little (worry)4 Whatrsquos the most (depress) news item yoursquove

heard recently

5 When do you feel most (motivate) to study6 Are you (terrify) of anything such as spiders

or heights

7 Whatrsquos the most (astonish) story yoursquove ever

heard

8 Whatrsquos the most (puzzle) thing about the

English language

8 Compare a typical day in your life with those of the fourpeople in the text What are the different times in your

day like and how do you feel Use words from Exercises 6and 7

B For Assistant Sales Manager Julia Anderson eachday begins at 630 am with a quick shower a fewminutes to get ready and then a dash to the station tocatch the 715 into Manhattan By eight orsquoclock shersquosat her workstation lsquoI need to be there then before thesalespeople start arriving I spend the rest of the morningin meetings and dealing with client queries whichfor me is one of the most interesting challenging andworthwhile aspects of the job Then itrsquos out for a quicklunch ndash my first meal of the day ndash and back to workat 1 pm followed by more of the same up to 5 pmThatrsquos how things are here you have to keep to a tightschedule At first I found working here pretty stressful butIrsquom used to it now and it doesnrsquot bother mersquo

C Website Designer Oliver McShane works at home andunsurprisingly is a late riser lsquorolling out of bedrsquo as he

puts it lsquoat 9 amrsquo Switching on his laptop his first task isto answer any early-morning emails and then he carrieson from where he left off the previous evening lsquoIf I havea creative peakrsquo he says lsquothatrsquos when it is and it takesme a while to get going again the next day WheneverIrsquove stayed up working very late I make up for it byhaving a 20-minute lie-down after lunch Then whenI wake up I feel refreshed and ready for another longworking session Occasionally I pack my laptop and sitin a cafeacute for a while although I can get distracted fromwork if I run into someone I knowrsquo

D Anita Ramos is a Tourist Guide who works morningsand evenings lsquoItrsquos just too hot to walk around the cityin the afternoonrsquo she says lsquoso I spend it at homeItrsquos the custom here to have a sleep after lunch but Ihavenrsquot got time for that In any case Irsquom not tired thenbecause I donrsquot get up particularly early When I do Iusually skip breakfast though sometimes I have cerealor something Then itrsquos off to the office before headingdowntown to wherever Irsquom meeting the first group I takefour or five groups out before lunch and Irsquom supposed tofinish around 2 pm though there always seems to besomeone in the last group who asks lots of questionswhich can be a bit irritating if I end up doing unpaidovertime It also means I risk missing the 215 train homersquo

livesDifferent A University student Jake Harris is in his first year

lsquoAssuming I donrsquot oversleep which can happen Irsquom outof bed by 745 If therersquos time I have some tea andtoast then set off I used to aim for the 825 train butI kept missing it so nowadays I do the uphill walk intotown which wakes me up and enables me to plan whatIrsquom going to do in the morning and afternoon From ninetill one itrsquos lessons and a group activity with a quickbreak at eleven to grab something to keep me going tilllunch The afternoon is similar to the morning really Afterthat I sometimes head for the gym but not as often as Ishould Once I get home I work for a few hours and laterndash if Irsquom not feeling too exhausted ndash I go out with friends

Irsquove met some fascinating people herersquo

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 619

12 UNIT 1 SPEAKING

Part 11 In Part 1 the examiner may ask you questions like these

What are they about Which verb tense would you mainlyuse to reply

1 Where are you from

2 What do you like about living there

3 Tell me a little about your family4 Which time of the year is your favourite Why

5 What do you enjoy doing when you are on holiday

6 What do you use the Internet for

2 In pairs read this example conversation from Part 1

What is wrong with Nicorsquos and Lenarsquos replies (1ndash6)Correct two mistakes Then study the Quick steps for waysof improving the other four replies

Examiner Is your routine at weekends different fromyour daily routine in the week

Nico (1) Yes

Examiner In what ways

Nico (2) I am staying in bed later of course I go

out with friends after lunchExaminer And what about your routine at weekends

Lena Is it different from your daily routine

Lena (3) Not really I have to get up at about the

same time

Examiner WhyLena (4) Well I have a job in a shop and Irsquom going

to work early Itrsquos a long way from my house

And I arrive home late every day

Examiner Now tell me Nico How often do you read

newspapers or magazines

Nico (5) RepeatExaminer How often do you read newspapersNico (6) Not often I donrsquot like them much

3 Lena says I arrive home late every day Look at theseexpressions and answer the questions

every hour or so from time to time most weekends

five times a week hardly ever now and then

1 Where do frequency expressions like every day go in

the sentence

2 Which one means lsquoalmost neverrsquo

3 Which two mean lsquooccasionallyrsquo

Page 97

Use as wide a range of grammar and vocabulary as you can

Exam tip

4 Work with a different partner Ask and answer theexaminerrsquos questions in Exercises 1 and 2

5 How well did you answer the Part 1 questions How goodwere your partnerrsquos answers Tell each other what youthink

Character adjectives

6 Find out what kind of person your partner is by asking

them questions 1ndash12 Give examples using expressionslike now and then and nearly always in your replies

What are you like 1 Do you think about what other people need or want

2 Do you usually expect good things to happen

3 Do you behave in a way that is silly and not adult

4 Do you like telling other people what to do

5 Are you good at dealing with problems

6 Do you get annoyed if things happen too slowly

7 Do you want to be very successful in life

8 Are you easily upset and do you know when others

are upset 9 Do you find it easy to make up your mind quickly

10 Do you do things that nobody expects

11 Are you sensible and fair with other people

12 Do you find it difficult to plan things well

7 Match the adjectives with questions 1ndash12 Do you thinkthey describe your character correctly Then use some ofthese adjectives to say what you think each person in thepictures might be like

ambitious bossy childish decisive disorganised

impatient optimistic practical reasonable sensitive

thoughtful unpredictable

Quick steps to Speaking Part 1

Be friendly to the examiners and to the other candidate

Donrsquot just reply yes no or I donrsquot know Give reasons

(because hellip so hellip) or examples (such as hellip like hellip) You can politely ask the examiner to repeat a question

Ask Pardon Could you say that again please Sorry

1 SPEAKING

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 719

13READING AND USE OF ENGLISH UNIT 1

Forming adjectives1 Underline these prefixes and suffixes in the

words in Speaking Exercise 7 One word hasboth a prefix and a suffix

-able -al dis- -ful -ic im- -ish

-itive -ive -ous un- -y

2 Form character adjectives from these wordswith the prefixes and suffixes in Exercise 1Be careful with spelling changes

adventure aggression anxiety artistcaution cheek compete emotion

energy enthusiasm fool greed help

honest pessimist polite popular rely

respect sympathy

Part 3

3 Correct the mistakes in thesesentences written by exam candidates

1 You were a charmful host as always

2 Joey can be quite rude and unpolite3 I think that going to work or to school by

bike is very healthful4 We really enjoyed the festival in spite of

the disorganising programme

5 Irsquom helpful and sociality so Irsquod like a job

working with people

6 Sometimes shopping can be a stressing

experience

4 Complete the sentences with the correctform of the words in brackets In each caseadd a prefix andor a suffix

1 Amelia thinks shersquoll win and her family arequite (optimism) too

2 Question 9 in the quiz was quite

(challenge) but I got it right3 The team has lost every game so their

fans are feeling (depress)

4 The staff disliked the boss and they were

(sympathy) when he lost

his job

5 It was a hot day but Chloe felt

(refresh) after having a coolshower

6 People seem (enthusiasm)

about the TV show Few are watching it

5

Look at the exam task Answer these questions1 How many gaps are there in the text

2 What do you have to put in each of them

3 Does this task mainly test grammar or vocabulary

6 Quickly read the text ignoring the gaps for now What is the purposeof the text What is each paragraph about

7 Look at the example (0) Answer the questions Then do the exam task

1 What kind of word probably goes between the and thing

2 Does it describe how someone feels or what causes a feeling3 What suffix do we use for this

4 If this suffix begins with a vowel how does fascinate change

Exam task

For questions 1ndash8 read the text below Use the word given in capitals at theend of some of the lines to form a word that fits in the gap in the same lineThere is an example at the beginning (0)

Example 0 FASCINATING

Same family different people

The three children grew up in the same home but for friends of

the family the (0) thing is that now as young adults

they all have very different (1)

Grace 23 always has to be busy Ever since she was a young girl

she has been highly (2) to succeed and now that

she is working in a business environment she makes no secret of

how (3) she is her aim is to be Managing Director

before she is 30

Whereas Grace can sometimes appear rather (4)

even cold her 21-year-old sister Evie can be quite(5) to what others say particularly if their

comments are unfair But she is always kind to her friends and

(6) whenever anyone wants to talk about their

problems

Daniel just 19 is the (7) one Hersquos mad about

sports like rock climbing snowboarding and motorcycling

He takes too many risks and he gives his family some

(8) moments but somehow he always manages to

get home safely

FASCINATE

PERSONAL

MOTIVATE

AMBITION

EMOTION

SENSE

SYMPATHY

ADVENTURE

ANXIETY

Quick steps to Reading and Use of English Part 3

Read the text quickly to find out its purpose and main points

Look at each word in capitals then the words next to the gap Do youneed a noun an adjec tive or another part of speech

Does the word in capitals need more than one change

1 READING AND USE OF ENGLISH

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 819

14 UNIT 1 WRITING

Part 2 informal letter1 Look at the exam task and answer these

questions

1 Who has written to you

2 What does this person want you to do

3 What style is the extract from the letter

written in Find examples of the following a contrac ted forms eg Irsquom

b short common words eg got

c simple linking words eg because

d informal punctuation eg dash (ndash)

e friendly expressions eg tell me

Exam task

This is part of an email from an English friendAlex

Write your email to Alex in 140ndash190 words Donot write any addresses

P age 90 2

Read the model letter and answer these questions1 Is Lydiarsquos letter the right length2 Has she made any language mistakes3 How does she open and close her message

4 What does she talk about in her introduction and conclusion

5 Does she answer all of Alexrsquos questions In which main paragraphs

6 What examples of informal language can you find

7 What character adjectives does she use8 Which phrases of hers might be particularly useful when you write

other letters

3 Think about these questions and note down some ideas for your ownletter to Alex

1 What does friendship mean to you

2 How often do you see your friends3 Who are you going to write about4 How long have you known each other

5 Which character adjectives best descr ibe your friend

4 Make a plan for your letter Put your best ideas from Exercise 3 underthese headings 1 Friends in general 2 Best friend who 3 Best friend why Then add some details such as the personrsquos age or job You couldput the points under each heading into main paragraphs 1 2 and 3

5 Write your letter When you have finished check it for the following

correct length

all the content asked for in the instructions

good organisation into paragraphs

correct grammar spelling and punctuation suitable style of language

Dear Alex

Many thanks for your message It was great to hear from youThe first thing I want to say is that I completely agree with you about friends I see some of

mine almost every day and I really miss them when theyrsquore away

My closest friend is Nicole whorsquos also a student is the same age as me and lives just

down the road Wersquove been best mates for many years and we tell each other everything

but I think wersquove got quite dif ferent personalities

For instance I can be a bit indecisive at times but shersquos very practical and gets everything

done quickly Shersquos not bossy though In fact shersquos really thoughtful Whenever I get upset

shersquos always sympathetic and then she finds a way to cheer me up ndash shersquos got a wonderful

sense of humour

I hope one day you can get to know her and that I have the chance to meet your friends

too Please tell me more about them in your next letter Write soon

Best wishesLydia

Irsquom lucky because Irsquove got really good friends ndash especially

those Irsquove known since I was a kid I donrsquot know what Irsquod

do without them So tell me how important are friends to

you Whorsquos your best friend and what do you like about

him or her

Looking forward to hearing from you soon

Quick steps to writing a Part 2 informalletter

Look at the task including any text anddecide who you are writing to why andwhich points to include

Note down ideas and decide how manymain paragraphs you will need Then putyour ideas under paragraph headings

Begin Dear (friendrsquos first name) and thankthem for their last message

Keep to your plan and use informallanguage throughout

Close in a friendly way asking them to writeback End Lots of love Best wishes etc

Make sure you leave enough time at the end to check your letter formistakes

Exam tip

WRITING1

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 919

See the CD-ROM for more practice

1

Complete the sentences with the presentsimple or present continuous form of theverbs in brackets

1 This summer I (stay) at the

seaside and I (work) in a

local shop in the mornings

2 My friends (usually eat) at

home but this evening they

(have) dinner in a restaurant

3 Hi I (wait) to get onto the

plane but there (seem) to be

a delay

4 The climate (change) all

the time and the temperatures here

(get) higher every year

5 Natalie (be) quite annoying

She (always complain) about

something

6 My grandparents (own)

a house in the village though they

(not live) there any more

7 This far north it (get)dark very early at this time of year so

I (think) of spending the

winter in Australia

2 Add a prefix or suffix to these words andcomplete the sentences

artist caution energy greed honest

pessimism polite

1 Martin always eats too much food Hersquos

really

2 Itrsquos to take things from a

shop without paying for them

3 The quality of these drawings and

paintings shows how

Alexia is

4 If someone helps you itrsquosnot to say lsquothank yoursquo

5 Paola is usually quite but

she doesnrsquot feel like doing sports today

6 Jerry likes to take risks but his brother

Anton is a much more boy

7 Irsquom sorry to be so but I just

know wersquore going to lose this game

3

Complete the sentences with the correct form of the words in brackets1 Terry is quite (predict) You never know what hersquos going

to do next

2 I thanked my friends for being so (sympathy) when Ihad to go into hospital

3 Itrsquos (reason) to expect people to do all your work for

you

4 Going up that mountain is quite (challenge) even for

an expert climber

5 It was (thought) of you to remember my motherrsquos

birthday

6 To succeed in business you have to be (decision) and

not keep changing your mind

4 Read the text below Use the word given in capitals at the end of someof the lines to form a word that fits in the gap in the same line

In the morning I normally take the underground At

that time of day itrsquos crowded you have to stand and itrsquos

certainly not a (1) way to travel But the

service is quick frequent and (2) which

makes it by far the most (3) way to get

across the city in the rush hour

Occasionally though I travel into town in a friendrsquos car

to go shopping and quite honestly I often 1047297nd it an

absolutely (4) experience Every time we

get onto the ring road Irsquom (5) by the waypeople behave when they drive a car Some are extremely

(6) driving straight at you to make you

get out of their way while others are (7)

trying to have races with other drivers all the time They

just seem (8) to me

What I 1047297nd most (9) about this is the

fact that by the time they actually get to their of1047297ces

theyrsquore probably too (10) to do a proper

dayrsquos work

RELAX

RELY

PRACTICE

TERRIFY

ASTONISH

AGGRESSION

COMPETE

CHILD

PUZZLE

EXHAUST

REVISION UNIT 1 15

REVISION1

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1019

8 Unit 1 Yourself and others

Unit objectivesTOPICS daily life peopleGRAMMAR review of present tenses present

simple in time clauses VOCABULARY adjectives ending in -ed and - ing

character adjectives adjectivepre1047297xes and suf1047297xes - able - al dis--ful - ic im- - ish - itive - ive -ousun- - y

READING and Part 7 studying an example itemUSE OF ENGLISH Part 3 word building gist-reading

studying the exampleWRITING Part 2 informal letter getting ideas

planning checkingLISTENING Part 1 studying an example script

SPEAKING Part 1 asking for repetition givingreasons and examples

ListeningPart 1

1 This activity could be done in pairs Allow a few minutesrsquo

discussion time Then ask students for their overall

1047297ndings and whether they think they have a good balance

between workstudy and relaxation

Optional activity

Look at the exam task with the class Make sure that

students know what Part 1 consists of You could ask the

following questions Encourage students to 1047297nd the answersin the Listening guide on page 94 if they donrsquot already

know them

1 How many extracts will you hear

2 Is there any connection between the extracts

3 Do you both read and hear the introductory sentence

about each speaker and situation

4 Do you both read and hear each question

Answers

1 eight 2 no 3 yes 4 no

2 Get students to study question 1 but not the transcript in

Exercise 3 Check the answers

Answers

1 one male radio journalist reporting from the street

2 the focus is place

3 Explain to the class that multiple-choice questions in

Listening (and Reading) often contain lsquodistractorsrsquo within

the text that are designed to mislead them and that in this

task type there are always two distractors for each question

Allow time for students to talk about why C is right and A

and B are wrong then elicit the answers

Answers

C is the correct answer there isnrsquot anybody in means the

people who live there are not at home and by the look of the

place indicates that the reporter is outside the house

B is the wrong answer the reporter says away at a luxury

hotel in the city centre so he is not there

A is the wrong answer he uses the conditional would be about

someone else (the TV crews )

4 102 Encourage pairs to look at the introductory

sentence and question of each item not the options If they

1047297nd it dif1047297cult to identify the focus put the answers on

the board in jumbled order Go through the answers and

suggest that students ask themselves these questions every

time they do Listening Part 1 Make sure that everyonereads and understands the Quick steps then get students to

work alone Remind students to listen to the speakersrsquo tone

as well as to the actual words they use Play the recording

through without pausing

Answers

2 one female talking about travelling by train every day focus

feelingsattitude

3 one female making a phone call focus purpose

4 one male talking about reading books at home focus reason

5 female and male (probably) talking in a holiday resort focus

person

6 one male talking about staying healthy focus something hersquos

doing

7 one female talking about where she lives focus place typeof home

8 female and male (probably) talking about 1047297nding something

focus feelings

Recording script

You will hear people talking in eight different situations Forquestions 1ndash8 choose the best answer (A B or C)

1 You hear a reporter talking on the radio

Irsquom standing here in Church Avenue with about thirty othermedia people but by the look of the place there isnrsquotanybody in Nobodyrsquos quite sure if hersquoll be back later thisafternoon ndash or whether hersquos spending the weekend awayperhaps at a luxury hotel in the city centre What does seem

clear though is that hersquos unlikely to play in Sundayrsquos bigmatch ndash otherwise these TV crews would be waiting at thegates of the clubrsquos training ground to 1047297lm him not here

2 You hear a woman talking about travelling to work every day

The traf1047297c into town is getting worse all the time so thetrain was the obvious alternative Irsquod kind of assumed Irsquodbe able to sit back and relax with a newspaper and a cupof coffee maybe chat with my fellow passengers and soon but actually most mornings itrsquos standing-room onlywith everyone squashed together the conversation usuallylimited to lsquoexcuse mersquo Somebody is always pushing andyou spend half your time trying to avoid falling over so thatby the time you arrive you feel as though yoursquove alreadydone half a dayrsquos work

Yourself and others

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1119

Unit 1 Yourself and others 9

3 You overhear a woman talking on the phone

Well Irsquom very sorry but Irsquom just not prepared to pay for itemsI didnrsquot receive As you say I ordered the DVDs a fortnightago and when I did so I gave your sales department all thedetails they needed to deliver them to the right address anditrsquos not my fault if they sent them somewhere else The onlymistake I made was in dealing with your company in the 1047297rstplace Next time I want things like that Irsquoll buy them onlineinstead Like most people do these days

4 You hear a man talking about reading books

Irsquom an editor in a publishing company and this month Irsquomworking particularly hard on a rather long novel so it mayseem a little surprising that my favourite way of relaxing inthe evenings is to sit down somewhere quiet with a goodbook Whenever I can I go into the study and settle down toread for as long as possible I just wish I could do so moreoften as Irsquom the kind of person who needs to get away fromother people for a while but these days Irsquom usually just toobusy helping out with the housework and the kids

5 You overhear a conversation in a holiday resort

Man The weatherrsquos been awful this summer hasnrsquot it Irsquomnot surprised people are looking so miserable Thosewho havenrsquot already gone home that is Non-stoprain spoils everything at the seaside

Woman I know If I were a tourist I wouldrsquove left too Theplace is half-empty and Irsquove already had to reduce thenumber of staff

Man Really Is it that bad

Woman Yes with so few customers I just couldnrsquot afford tokeep paying their wages I hated having to let themgo especially as I used to be a waitress myself Butwhat else could I do

Man You had no choice The same thingrsquos happening

everywhere round here

6 You hear a man talking about staying healthy

I was getting a bit worried about my unhealthy lifestyle soI started spending a few hours each week at the local gymbut it was pretty boring and I havenrsquot been for a while Thensomeone suggested I should try going to the of1047297ce on footrather than taking the car and I took her advice I live a longway out in the suburbs and in fact I go right past the gymevery day but itrsquos really helping me get in shape And thefunny thing is that with all this exercise I get more hungryand Irsquom actually having bigger meals now but Irsquom told itdoesnrsquot matter because Irsquom using up a lot more energy

7 You hear a woman talking about her home

Irsquom staying at a friendrsquos apartment downtown but Irsquoll move

back into my place when they 1047297nish repainting it probablyon Friday Itrsquos pleasant enough here though I miss mygarden with its beautiful bushes and trees Itrsquos almost likebeing in the countryside there even though itrsquos actually onthe outskirts of town Itrsquos right on top of a hill so from myupstairs window you can see the city-centre of1047297ce buildingsin one direction and a rural area not far away in the other

And a south-facing room gets lots of sunshine too

8 You overhear two people talking about finding something

Woman Yes itrsquos just as well that memory stick turned upwhen it did If itrsquod been missing any longer Irsquod begetting a bit worried by now

Man I knew it must be somewhere in the living room If youremember I suggested looking there the other day

Woman Actually that wasnrsquot where I found it

Man No Where was it

Woman It was in the spare room plugged into that old laptopof yours

Man Was it Oh I remember now I was using it last yearto copy some 1047297les Sorry about that

Woman It doesnrsquot matter now Forget it

Exam task answers

2 A 3 B 4 B 5 C 6 C 7 B 8 B

5 Point out that candidates do not lose marks for incorrect

answers as this may not be the case in other exams they

have taken Allow 30 seconds for them to check then go

through the answers

GrammarReview of present tenses

1 This activity could be done in pairs Give the class plenty

of time to match the extracts then check the answers If

yoursquore teaching in the southern hemisphere explain that

3 f seemed always true for the European who said it Elicit

or give more examples of each usage and of stative verbs

Answers

1 c 2 b 3 f 4 a 5 g 6 d 7 e

2 Go through the answers when everyone has 1047297nished If

there is time you may want to ask the class why they think

each mistake has been made

Answers

1 you understand 2 having fun 3 you like 4 rsquomam waiting

5 I prefer 6 have 7 rsquomam standing

3 This exercise practises all the uses presented in Exercise 1

If there is time elicit these from the class and ask which is

a stative verb

Answers

1 rsquosis writing (something happening right now)

2 are rising (a situation that is changing or developing)

3 quite often goes (a routine or habit)

4 are always shouting (something irritating or surprising)

5 belongs (stative verb)

6 rsquomam staying (a temporary situation)7 sets (something which is always true)

8 rsquosis having (something happening right now)

Present simple in time clauses

4 The studentsrsquo 1047297rst language may use a future form in these

clauses so itrsquos important they realise that in these extracts

we are using the present simple with future meaning as in

1047297rst conditional forms Elicit the answers and then some

more examples with a variety of time expressions such as

before after or until

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1219

10 Unit 1 Yourself and others

5 Make sure that everyone studies the Exam tip and answer

any questions about this Then give students about 20

minutes to do the multiple-matching task on their own in

exam conditions If you donrsquot want them to underline in

the book tell them to note down the 1047297rst few words of eachrelevant phrase or sentence Go through the answers and

elicit the relevant phrases and sentences If there is time

also elicit some of the distractors eg Arsquos reference to

missing the train relates to the past not the present (7)

Exam task answers

1 C 2 A 3 C 4 B 5 A 6 D 7 A 8 B 9 D 10 B

Underlining

A

(5) lsquoAssuming I donrsquot oversleep which can happen

(7) I do the uphill walk into town which wakes me up and

enables me to plan what Irsquom going to do in the morning

and afternoon

(2) I sometimes head for the gym but not as often as I

should

B

(4) a dash to the station to catch the 715

(10) dealing with client queries which for me is one of the

most interesting challenging and worthwhile aspects of

the job

(8) At 1047297rst I found working here pretty stressful but Irsquom

used to it now and it doesnrsquot bother me

C

(3) the previous evening lsquoIf I have a creative peakrsquo he

says lsquothatrsquos when it is

(1) having a 20-minute lie-down after lunch Then when I

wake up

D

(9) Itrsquos the custom here to have a sleep after lunch but I

havenrsquot got time for that In any case Irsquom not tired then (6) can be a bit irritating if I end up doing unpaid overtime

Adjectives ending in -ed and - ing

6 Give students time to study the context of each word and

work out the rules If necessary explain the meaning of

the B2-level words (exhausted fascinating challenging

refreshed distracted irritating) as listed by English Pro1047297le

Check the answers and elicit the corresponding -ed-ing

adjective for each of the eight words then elicit further

examples such as amazedamazing and boredboring

Answers

1 -ed 2 -ing

7 Point out that this exercise is partly a preparation for Word

Formation in Reading and Use of English later in this

unit and that spelling is important eg dropping the 1047297nal

e in some cases Both parts of the exercise could be done

individually or in pairs Encourage brief answers to the

questions using the words given Check answers to the

sentence-completion part of the exercise and elicit some

answers to the questions Also elicit the other form of each

adjective

Note one of the forms of all eight adjectives is listed as B2

level by English Pro1047297le

Answers

yes present simple

5 Give students a little time to study the sentences then go

through the answers

Answers

1 rsquoll get go 2 Irsquoll wait come 3 ends rsquoll catch 4 wonrsquot start

5 arrive rsquoll be 6 rsquoll talk get

6 Allow a minute or two for students working on their own to

write their answers then get them to work in pairs Elicit

some answers for each question

Suggested answers

1 I get home 2 I go on holiday 3 I have enough money

4 Irsquom thirty 5 I pass Pro1047297ciency 6 I 1047297nish my homework

Reading and Use of EnglishReading Part 7

1 This activity could be done in pairs Allow plenty of time

for discussion of the daily lives of the people in the photos

The four people talk about their lives in the Reading text

but donrsquot mention this yet ndash it will give students an extra

reason for reading later on

2 Give the class a minute or two to look at the instructions

the prompt Which person the question numbers and the text

layout Then check the answers

Answers

1 four 2 one text in four sections 3 four peoplersquos daily lives

4 which person does or thinks particular things

5 ten 6 yes

3 Give students two or three minutes to skim the text for the

answers to the two questions Then check the answers

Answers

1 B Assistant Sales Manager

2 A University student

3 C Website Designer

4 D Tour Guide

earliest B latest C

4 Explain that in many cases there are lsquodistractorsrsquo ndash words

or sentences in the text which appear to give the right

answer if they are not read carefully This activity raises

awareness of how distractors work Go through the answers

once students have had enough time to study the three

highlighted parts

Answers

B Correct ndash if lunch is the 1047297rst meal of the day for her she canrsquot

have eaten breakfast

A If therersquos time he has tea and toast so itrsquos not true to say he

never has breakfast

D Usually she skips (misses) breakfast but not always ndash she

sometimes has lsquocereal or somethingrsquo

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1319

Unit 1 Yourself and others 11

Answers

1 relaxed 2 amusing 3 worried 4 depressing 5 motivated

6 terri1047297ed 7 astonishing 8 puzzling

8 Where possible students should work with others they donrsquotknow very well using the prompts from Exercise 7 and as

many -ing -ed adjectives as they can

SpeakingPart 1

Optional activity

Make sure that students know what Part 1 consists of You

could ask the following questions Encourage students to 1047297nd

the answers in the Speaking guide on page 97 if they donrsquot

already know them

1 How many examiners are there

2 Do you answer questions from just one examiner 3 How many candidates are there

4 Do you talk to the other candidate(s) in Part 1

Answers

1 two 2 yes 3 usually two but occasionally there may be

three 4 no

1 Explain that in the exam students may be asked questions

about future plans and ambitions and that these will be

practised in Unit 5 You may also want to point out that

candidates are always asked the 1047297rst two questions here while

the others are taken from lists that examiners may choose

from

Answers

1 your town

2 what you like about your town

3 your family

4 your favourite season and why

5 what you like doing on holiday

6 what you use the Internet for

(all questions are about you)

You would use the present simple to reply although in some

cases you may also need to use the present continuous for

example to say a relative is studying abroad

2 Focus attention on the Exam tip before students start this

activity and perhaps mention that the two mistakes are both

incorrect uses of verb tenses Allow time for pairs to work on

this then elicit the answers

Suggested answers

1 One-word answer He gives examples when asked in what

ways but he could have done this without being prompted

2 The verb form should be I stay

3 She doesnrsquot give a reason She could reply as she does after

the examiner asks why without being prompted

4 The verb form should be I go

5 Not polite He could say Could you repeat that please

6 He doesnrsquot give a reason for not liking newspapers He could

say something like because therersquos too much in them about

politics or I listen to the radio news so I donrsquot need to

3 Students should be familiar with all the basic frequency

adverbs like usually and aware that these normally go

before the main verb Elicit the answer to the 1047297rst question

then tell the class to look at the six expressions and answer

the questions Go through the answers and elicit moreexamples such as twice a month and every few minutes

Point out that hardly ever is quite often tested in Reading

and Use of English and other parts of the exam

Answers

1 at the end ( hardly ever goes before the verb)

2 hardly ever

3 from time to time now and then

4 If possible get everyone to sit with somebody they donrsquot

know very well this activity can be a useful ice-breaker

Monitor pairs and feed in language where necessary

5 Tell pairs to be polite and constructive in their comments

about each otherrsquos speaking Allow a minute for thisand then elicit some comments on the studentsrsquo own

performance (not on their partnersrsquo speaking) and note any

particular dif1047297culties

Character adjectives

6 Point out that this is a light-hearted activity with no lsquorightrsquo

or lsquowrongrsquo answers ndash or lsquokeyrsquo purporting to analyse their

personality Give students a couple of minutes each to

answer

7 These adjectives are all B2 level as shown by English

Pro1047297le Encourage the use of dictionaries if students have

any dif1047297culties then check that everyone has the right

answers They then compare their impressions of each other

using some of the adjectives Advise students to be careful

not to upset their partners avoiding answers such as always

bossy even if itrsquos true Monitor pairs to make sure that they

do so and to avoid possible embarrassment donrsquot elicit

answers when everyone has 1047297nished Finally students use

modals such as could might and may to speculate about the

character of the people in the photos Elicit some answers

and point out that the language used in this activity is useful

practice for Writing later in this unit

Answers

1 thoughtful 2 optimistic 3 childish 4 bossy 5 practical

6 impatient 7 ambitious 8 sensitive 9 decisive

10 unpredictable 11 reasonable 12 disorganised

Reading and Use of EnglishForming adjectives

1 Get students to note down the words and then underline

them if you donrsquot want them to write in the book Make

sure that everyone has the right answers You may want to

elicit the base words eg ambition boss etc pointing out

that some are nouns but others are verbs and adjectives

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1419

12 Unit 1 Yourself and others

Answers

reasonable ( also unpredictable) practical disorganised

thoughtful optimistic impatient childish sensitive decisive

ambitious unpredictable bossy

2 Elicit that when adding a suf1047297x beginning with a vowel we

drop the 1047297nal e eg adventure ndash adventurous Encourage

the use of dictionaries to 1047297nd antonyms and check spelling

Remind students to add both a pre1047297x and suf1047297x eg

unadventurous where possible Then elicit all the answers

possibly putting them on the board or OHP Elicit more

adjectives (not necessarily of character) with each of these

pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes plus their meanings and possibly also

their opposites

Answers

(un)adventurous aggressive anxious artistic cautious cheeky

competitive (un)emotional energetic (un)enthusiastic foolish

greedy (un)helpful dishonest pessimistic impolite unpopular(un)reliable (dis)respectful (un)sympathetic

Optional activity

Encourage discussion about whether some of these

adjectives describe positive or negative characteristics

pointing out that in certain cases eg pessimistic cautious

the answers are subjective Elicit answers from the class

making sure that all the words are understood

Suggested answers

lsquogoodrsquo ndash artistic energetic enthusiastic helpful honest polite

reliable sympathetic

lsquobadrsquo ndash opposites of the above ( unenthusiastic unhelpful

unreliable unsympathetic ) plus aggressive cheeky foolish

greedy dishonest impolite unpopular

lsquogoodrsquo or lsquobadrsquo ndash adventurous anxious cautious competitive

emotional pessimistic and respectful could be positive or

negative in certain circumstances

Part 3

3 Explain that all the mistakes in these sentences involve

pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes students have studied in this unit

though in most cases with different adjectives Elicit

answers when they have 1047297nished You may want to ask

what students think the most common mistakes are by

speakers of their 1047297rst language(s)

Answers

1 charming 2 impolite 3 healthy 4 disorganised 5 sociable

6 stressful

4 Like Exercise 1 this exercise focuses on pre1047297xes and

suf1047297xes studied in this unit Students have also seen all the

base words although they will have to be careful which

form to choose as two or three pre1047297xes andor suf1047297xes may

be possible Explain that this is in effect a sentence-level

version of Word Formation although of course in the exam

it is unlikely that all the target words would be adjectives

requiring pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes Go through the answers

once students have 1047297nished highlighting spelling

Answers

1 optimistic 2 challenging 3 depressed 4 unsympathetic

5 refreshed 6 unenthusiastic

5 Tell the class to read the instructions carefully and lookvery quickly at the way the text and the words in capitals

are laid out Then go through the answers

Answers

1 eight

2 a word formed from the word in capitals at the end of the

same line

3 mainly vocabulary (especially pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes)

6 Set a time limit for this of no more than a minute and

advise students to do this every time they do a Word

Formation task Explain that some answers may require

an understanding of more than one sentence or the

text as a whole Check the answers and deal with any

comprehension dif1047297culties that relate to the gist of the text

but not the detail

Answers

The purpose of the text is to show how different people from

the same family can be

paragraph 1 to introduce the topic

paragraph 2 to describe one of the daughters

paragraph 3 to describe the other daughter

paragraph 4 to describe the son

7 Explain that students should look at the example and its

context every time they begin a Word Formation task as

this will give them an introduction to the text and also

remind them of what they must do in this task type Gothrough the answers with the class

Answers

1 an adjective 2 what causes a feeling (to friends of the family)

3 - ing 4 drop the 1047297nal e

Point out that students have already seen some form or

other of all the target words in this exam task You may

also want to give some clues or further tips before they

begin - for instance the need to watch out for plural forms

Allow ten to twelve minutes for students working on their

own to 1047297ll in or note down their answers Remind them to

make sure they have changed all the words in capital letters

Then check answers Elicit the pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes usedand highlight the use of two of these in question 4 Pay

particular attention to spelling in 1 5 6 7 and 8

Exam task answers

1 personalities 2 motivated 3 ambitious 4 unemotional

5 sensitive 6 sympathetic 7 adventurous 8 anxious

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1519

Unit 1 Yourself and others 13

WritingPart 2 informal letter

1 When the class has had time to look at the exam task elicit

the answers

Answers

1 an English friend Alex

2 write back saying how important friends are to you who your

best friend is what you like about him or her

3 informal

a Irsquove donrsquot Irsquod Whorsquos b kid do c So and

d exclamation mark e Looking forward to hearing from you

2 Give students a few minutes to read the model answer and

answer the questions Elicit the answers

Answers

1 yes

2 no3 Dear Alex Best wishes

4 Introduction she thanks Alex for hisher message and

comments on this

Conclusion she talks about the future and asks Alex to write

back soon and give her more information

5 Yes the importance of friends in the 1047297rst main paragraph

who her best friend is in the second main paragraph a

description of her friendrsquos personality in the third main

paragraph

6 Informal expressions such as thanks just down the road

mates a bit dash and exclamation marks contracted

forms theyrsquore whorsquos wersquove shersquos linkers and but friendly

expressions It was great to hear from you Write soon

7 indecisive practical bossy thoughtful sympathetic

8 tell each other can be at times whenever I shersquos always

cheer me up sense of humour have the chance etc

3 Refer the class to the instructions in the exam task and to

the Exam tip This is very much a personal task and best

done individually ndash point out there are no lsquorightrsquo or lsquowrongrsquo

answers to these questions either Monitor studentsrsquo work

and make suggestions where necessary especially for

question 1 but donrsquot elicit answers

4 Get students to make their plan quickly using very brief

notes

5 Give the class no more than 40 minutes to write their

answers as that is what they will have in the exam and they

have already studied the task and planned their work Tell

students always to leave at least 1047297ve minutes at the end of

each Writing task to check their work and to refer back to

these 1047297ve points in future units and other Part 1 and Part 2

tasks Checking could be done as a peer correction activity

although of course this will not be possible in the exam

itself

Model answer

Hi Alex

Itrsquos always great to hear from you

Yoursquore absolutely right about how much friendship matters Life just wouldnrsquot be the same if we didnrsquot have friends would it

My very best friend is called Luis and wersquove grown up together

really We 1047297rst met at primary school and hersquos been my best

mate ever since

Wersquore quite similar in a lot of ways For instance wersquore the same

age almost exactly the same height and weight and wersquore both

crazy about sports especially basketball and swimming

Like me he can be rather shy at times though hersquos perhaps a

little more talkative than me Hersquos also someone you can rely on

to help you if yoursquore in trouble or worried about something Hersquos

a fantastic friend and Irsquom sure yoursquod get on really well with him

Hope to hear from you again soon

Bye for now

Enrique

Revision

1 Answers

1 rsquomam staying rsquomam working

2 usually eat rsquoreare having

3 rsquomam waiting seems

4 is changing are getting

5 is rsquosis always complaining

6 own donrsquot live

7 gets rsquomam thinking

2 Answers

1 greedy 2 dishonest 3 artistic 4 impolite 5 energetic

6 cautious 7 pessimistic

3 Answers

1 unpredictable 2 sympathetic 3 unreasonable

4 challenging 5 thoughtful 6 decisive

4 Answers

1 relaxing 2 reliable 3 practical 4 terrifying

5 astonished 6 aggressive 7 competitive 8 childish

9 puzzling 10 exhausted

Remind students that there is more practice on the CD-ROM

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1619

Part 7

Look at the exam task Answer thesequestions

1 Whatrsquos the text about

2 How many people can you choose from3 What must you find4 How many questions are there

Now do the exam task

Exam task

You are going to read an article in which fourpeople talk about their friends For questions1ndash10 choose from the people (AndashD) The peoplemay be chosen more than once

Which person

earns less money than theirfriend

1

says the two of them did not likeeach other at first

2

denies that their friend is bossy 3

has had a similar upbringing to their friendrsquos

4

once fell out with their friend 5

shares a hobby with their friend 6

says their friend has a goodsense of humour

7

describes their friend as rather

shy

8

has a friend who is veryoptimistic

9

has a very ambitious friend 10

READING AND USE OF ENGLISH

The best of friendsA Nadia Hassan has been friends with Amina since they were fourteen

lsquoWe were born in the same monthrsquo says Nadia lsquoand we grew up in

the same small town though the funny thing is we didnrsquot actually

know each other until we both took up horse riding something we

still enjoyrsquo There are according to Nadia some differences between

them lsquoWhereas I tend to be a bit negative about the future always

expecting the worst to happen Amina is the complete opposite

Maybe between us we just about strike the right balance Though

of course having such different ways of looking at the same thing

can lead to tensions and a couple of years ago we actually stoppedspeaking for a while but that didnrsquot last longrsquo

B Liam Doherty first met his friend Marc when they were both doing

summer jobs at a seaside hotel Marc has since moved to another

part of the country but they still keep in touch by email and

chatting online lsquoHe comes round to my house whenever hersquos in

town which is actually quite often Hersquos got a good job and can

travel wherever he likes every weekend which is something I wish I

could afford to do on my salary But hersquos different from me in that

hersquos always had this strong desire for success in life whereas I prefer

to take things a bit easier with plenty of time for hobbies like hill-

walking and readingrsquo

C Maxim Salenko has been friendly with Andriy ever since they wereat primary school lsquoWe grew up in much the same kind of family

environment and we usually sat together at school and enjoyed the

same sports though in some ways hersquos not like me Irsquom fairly quiet

perhaps a little shy at times but Andriy is always a fun guy to be

withrsquo says Maxim lsquoHe can be noisy and some people say he tries to

tell everyone what to do but I donrsquot think thatrsquos true He just likes to

make sure everyone else has a good time too Once or twice Irsquove felt

a bit irritated by things he said but that was probably because I was

in a bad mood at the time and I donrsquot think he even noticed I was

annoyedrsquo

D Camille Leroy and her friend Lara have known each other for three

years now lsquoWersquore from different backgroundsrsquo says Camille lsquoand

to be honest when we were introduced at a party we didnrsquot hit it offat all She seemed a bit unfriendly and it took quite a while before I

realised that she was in fact lacking in self-confidence particularly

when meeting new people To some extent she still is but once you

get to know Lara you realise what good company she is She always

has interesting things to say and she tells some great jokes too I

often see her on the bus home from work because nowadays she

lives just round the corner from me She moved there to be close to

the golf course and Irsquom thinking of taking it up toorsquo

4 UNIT 1 YOURSELF AND OTHERS

Yourself and others1

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1719

5YOURSELF AND OTHERS UNIT 1

Grammar

Present tenses

1 Some of these sentences written by examcandidates contain mistakes Correct anymistakes using the present simple or presentcontinuous

1 Irsquom belonging to a tennis club and it is my

favourite sport

2 Irsquoll pick you up from the airport when yoursquoll

arrive at 930

3 Irsquom having a lovely holiday here on the island4 Every day we are spending about eight hours

at work

5 When you will receive my letter please tell

Mary about this

6 Pablo is needing to talk to somebody but he

never calls me

7 Nowadays it becomes more and more

important to have a good education

8 I promise that Irsquoll phone you tonight when I

get home

9I need to earn some money and this is themain reason why I apply for this job

10 They are the kind of people who are driving

to work every day in big cars

2 Complete the sentences with the present simpleor present continuous form of these verbs Useeach verb only once

end get hear own rise see take try

1 I usually go to work by car but this week Ithe train because the road

bridge is closed

2 It harder to find a job and youth

unemployment is now very high3 As soon as the college term

Irsquom going away on holiday

4 Her parents are very rich They

homes in both London and New York

5 I Marcos later this evening

when he leaves the club6 Please turn the music down a bit I

to sleep

7 In every part of the world the sun

in the east

8 I promise Irsquoll get up as soon as I

the alarm clock

LISTENINGPart 1

Look at questions 1ndash4 in the exam task Answer these questions

1 How many speakers will you hear

2 Will they be female or male voices

3 What is the situation

4 What is the focus eg place opinion of the question

02 Now listen and do the exam task

Exam task

You will hear people talking in four different situations (in the exam youwill hear eight) For questions 1ndash4 choose the best answer (A B or C)

1 You hear a teenager talking about her new bedroom

What does she like about it

A the way it is decorated

B the furniture in it C its size and shape

2 You overhear a conversation on a bus

Where is the man going first A to a shop B to the library C to work

3 You hear a man talking on the phone

Why is he calling

A to apologise B to ask for information

C to complain

4 You hear part of an interview with a businesswoman

What does she do A She hires out bicycles B She hires out cars

C She hires out motorcycles

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1819

6 UNIT 1 YOURSELF AND OTHERS

Part 3

1 Correct the mistakes in these sentenceswritten by exam candidates using the

correct form of the word in brackets Add aprefix andor a suffix in each case

1 I am worry (worry) about you so can I talk

to you

2 The biggest disadvantage is that you are

always stressy (stress) when you do that job

3 These are my recommendations for the

most attraction (attract) places in my town

4 Suddenly I heard something strange near

the door I was terrorised (terrify)

5 Your report about the music festival isabsolutely inacceptable (accept)

6 It was really surprised (surprise) to hear

that Marta was the winner

7 The streets wouldnrsquot be so crowdy (crowd)and they would be safer for people

8 Staying at your house next week will be

really enjoyful (enjoy)

9 That festival was a completely

unorganised (organise) and dull event

10 There are some interesting and

impressing (impress) museums in this city

2 Look at the exam task example (0) andanswer these questions

1 What kind of word goes between the

superlative form the most and the noun

features

2 Does this word describe how someone

feels or what causes a feeling3 What suffix do we use for this

Now do the exam task

Exam task

For questions 1ndash8 read the text below Use the word given in capitals atthe end of some of the lines to form a word that fits in the gap in the sameline There is an example at the beginning (0)

Example 0 SURPRISING

Staying safe online

One of the most (0) features of the

computer age is the huge amount of time that youngpeople spend communicating with each other

Whereas a generation ago children would go home

after a (1) day at school and watch TV

nowadays they are likely to do something much more

(2) such as chat online with their

friends

Others exchange information on (3)popular social networking sites such as Facebook What

some parents find rather (4) however is

how easily they can make online lsquofriendsrsquo who they have

never actually met and also the amount of information

that their children are so (5) puttingonto these websites for anyone to see

Parents are right to be (6) but with

many children spending hours a day online it is simply

(7) for adults constantly to watch over

them All they can do is advise them to be extremely

(8) about contact with strangers and to

warn them not to put personal information such as their

phone number or home address online

SURPRISE

TIRE

SOCIETY

INCREASE

WORRY

ENTHUSIASM

ANXIETY

PRACTICE

CAUTION

READING AND USE OF ENGLISH

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1919

3 Plan and write your letter to Sam Try to include some of Matteorsquosexpressions and character adjectives

WRITINGPart 2 informal letter

1 Look at the exam task and answer thesequestions

1 Who has written to you

2 Who do they want to know about

3 What examples of informal language can

you find

Exam task

Here is part of an email you have received fromSam an English-speaking friend

Write your email to Sam in 140ndash190 words Donot write any addresses

2 Read the model letter and answer thesequestions

1 Does Matteo answer Samrsquos questions2 Where would you split the second

paragraph to form two shorter

paragraphs

3 Is Matteorsquos message written in an informal

style Find examples4 Find and correct these mistakes in the

letter

a a comparative

b a verb tense c an article

d three adjective suffixes5 Which of Matteorsquos expressions could you

use in your letter

Though my sisterrsquos quite a bit younger than me

wersquore good friends most of the time

So tell me about a relative of yours who you see a lot

ndash and why you enjoy being with him or her

Hope to hear from you soon

Hi Sam

Thanks for writing Itrsquos always nice to get a message from you

Itrsquos great that you have such a close friendship with your sister My sisterrsquos actually

a lot older that me and my brotherrsquos much younger so we donrsquot of ten like doing the

same things but I have a cousin called Lorenzo whorsquos about my age and we get on

really well He lives not far from here and like me hersquos a student ndash though not at the

same college Wersquove been friends since we were k ids and wersquore seeing each other

most weekends and of course in the holidays Wersquove got lots of things in common

For instance we love the mountain biking and something I really like about him is that

hersquos so adventurous We have great fun when wersquore out together because hersquos so

enthusiastic about doing excited things but without getting too competitious He can

also be quite sensitive and thoughtful and whenever I have any kind of problem hersquos

always sympatic In short hersquos a fantastic friend

Hope to hear from you again soon

Bye for now

Matteo

7YOURSELF AND OTHERS UNIT 1

Page 6: Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 619

12 UNIT 1 SPEAKING

Part 11 In Part 1 the examiner may ask you questions like these

What are they about Which verb tense would you mainlyuse to reply

1 Where are you from

2 What do you like about living there

3 Tell me a little about your family4 Which time of the year is your favourite Why

5 What do you enjoy doing when you are on holiday

6 What do you use the Internet for

2 In pairs read this example conversation from Part 1

What is wrong with Nicorsquos and Lenarsquos replies (1ndash6)Correct two mistakes Then study the Quick steps for waysof improving the other four replies

Examiner Is your routine at weekends different fromyour daily routine in the week

Nico (1) Yes

Examiner In what ways

Nico (2) I am staying in bed later of course I go

out with friends after lunchExaminer And what about your routine at weekends

Lena Is it different from your daily routine

Lena (3) Not really I have to get up at about the

same time

Examiner WhyLena (4) Well I have a job in a shop and Irsquom going

to work early Itrsquos a long way from my house

And I arrive home late every day

Examiner Now tell me Nico How often do you read

newspapers or magazines

Nico (5) RepeatExaminer How often do you read newspapersNico (6) Not often I donrsquot like them much

3 Lena says I arrive home late every day Look at theseexpressions and answer the questions

every hour or so from time to time most weekends

five times a week hardly ever now and then

1 Where do frequency expressions like every day go in

the sentence

2 Which one means lsquoalmost neverrsquo

3 Which two mean lsquooccasionallyrsquo

Page 97

Use as wide a range of grammar and vocabulary as you can

Exam tip

4 Work with a different partner Ask and answer theexaminerrsquos questions in Exercises 1 and 2

5 How well did you answer the Part 1 questions How goodwere your partnerrsquos answers Tell each other what youthink

Character adjectives

6 Find out what kind of person your partner is by asking

them questions 1ndash12 Give examples using expressionslike now and then and nearly always in your replies

What are you like 1 Do you think about what other people need or want

2 Do you usually expect good things to happen

3 Do you behave in a way that is silly and not adult

4 Do you like telling other people what to do

5 Are you good at dealing with problems

6 Do you get annoyed if things happen too slowly

7 Do you want to be very successful in life

8 Are you easily upset and do you know when others

are upset 9 Do you find it easy to make up your mind quickly

10 Do you do things that nobody expects

11 Are you sensible and fair with other people

12 Do you find it difficult to plan things well

7 Match the adjectives with questions 1ndash12 Do you thinkthey describe your character correctly Then use some ofthese adjectives to say what you think each person in thepictures might be like

ambitious bossy childish decisive disorganised

impatient optimistic practical reasonable sensitive

thoughtful unpredictable

Quick steps to Speaking Part 1

Be friendly to the examiners and to the other candidate

Donrsquot just reply yes no or I donrsquot know Give reasons

(because hellip so hellip) or examples (such as hellip like hellip) You can politely ask the examiner to repeat a question

Ask Pardon Could you say that again please Sorry

1 SPEAKING

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 719

13READING AND USE OF ENGLISH UNIT 1

Forming adjectives1 Underline these prefixes and suffixes in the

words in Speaking Exercise 7 One word hasboth a prefix and a suffix

-able -al dis- -ful -ic im- -ish

-itive -ive -ous un- -y

2 Form character adjectives from these wordswith the prefixes and suffixes in Exercise 1Be careful with spelling changes

adventure aggression anxiety artistcaution cheek compete emotion

energy enthusiasm fool greed help

honest pessimist polite popular rely

respect sympathy

Part 3

3 Correct the mistakes in thesesentences written by exam candidates

1 You were a charmful host as always

2 Joey can be quite rude and unpolite3 I think that going to work or to school by

bike is very healthful4 We really enjoyed the festival in spite of

the disorganising programme

5 Irsquom helpful and sociality so Irsquod like a job

working with people

6 Sometimes shopping can be a stressing

experience

4 Complete the sentences with the correctform of the words in brackets In each caseadd a prefix andor a suffix

1 Amelia thinks shersquoll win and her family arequite (optimism) too

2 Question 9 in the quiz was quite

(challenge) but I got it right3 The team has lost every game so their

fans are feeling (depress)

4 The staff disliked the boss and they were

(sympathy) when he lost

his job

5 It was a hot day but Chloe felt

(refresh) after having a coolshower

6 People seem (enthusiasm)

about the TV show Few are watching it

5

Look at the exam task Answer these questions1 How many gaps are there in the text

2 What do you have to put in each of them

3 Does this task mainly test grammar or vocabulary

6 Quickly read the text ignoring the gaps for now What is the purposeof the text What is each paragraph about

7 Look at the example (0) Answer the questions Then do the exam task

1 What kind of word probably goes between the and thing

2 Does it describe how someone feels or what causes a feeling3 What suffix do we use for this

4 If this suffix begins with a vowel how does fascinate change

Exam task

For questions 1ndash8 read the text below Use the word given in capitals at theend of some of the lines to form a word that fits in the gap in the same lineThere is an example at the beginning (0)

Example 0 FASCINATING

Same family different people

The three children grew up in the same home but for friends of

the family the (0) thing is that now as young adults

they all have very different (1)

Grace 23 always has to be busy Ever since she was a young girl

she has been highly (2) to succeed and now that

she is working in a business environment she makes no secret of

how (3) she is her aim is to be Managing Director

before she is 30

Whereas Grace can sometimes appear rather (4)

even cold her 21-year-old sister Evie can be quite(5) to what others say particularly if their

comments are unfair But she is always kind to her friends and

(6) whenever anyone wants to talk about their

problems

Daniel just 19 is the (7) one Hersquos mad about

sports like rock climbing snowboarding and motorcycling

He takes too many risks and he gives his family some

(8) moments but somehow he always manages to

get home safely

FASCINATE

PERSONAL

MOTIVATE

AMBITION

EMOTION

SENSE

SYMPATHY

ADVENTURE

ANXIETY

Quick steps to Reading and Use of English Part 3

Read the text quickly to find out its purpose and main points

Look at each word in capitals then the words next to the gap Do youneed a noun an adjec tive or another part of speech

Does the word in capitals need more than one change

1 READING AND USE OF ENGLISH

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 819

14 UNIT 1 WRITING

Part 2 informal letter1 Look at the exam task and answer these

questions

1 Who has written to you

2 What does this person want you to do

3 What style is the extract from the letter

written in Find examples of the following a contrac ted forms eg Irsquom

b short common words eg got

c simple linking words eg because

d informal punctuation eg dash (ndash)

e friendly expressions eg tell me

Exam task

This is part of an email from an English friendAlex

Write your email to Alex in 140ndash190 words Donot write any addresses

P age 90 2

Read the model letter and answer these questions1 Is Lydiarsquos letter the right length2 Has she made any language mistakes3 How does she open and close her message

4 What does she talk about in her introduction and conclusion

5 Does she answer all of Alexrsquos questions In which main paragraphs

6 What examples of informal language can you find

7 What character adjectives does she use8 Which phrases of hers might be particularly useful when you write

other letters

3 Think about these questions and note down some ideas for your ownletter to Alex

1 What does friendship mean to you

2 How often do you see your friends3 Who are you going to write about4 How long have you known each other

5 Which character adjectives best descr ibe your friend

4 Make a plan for your letter Put your best ideas from Exercise 3 underthese headings 1 Friends in general 2 Best friend who 3 Best friend why Then add some details such as the personrsquos age or job You couldput the points under each heading into main paragraphs 1 2 and 3

5 Write your letter When you have finished check it for the following

correct length

all the content asked for in the instructions

good organisation into paragraphs

correct grammar spelling and punctuation suitable style of language

Dear Alex

Many thanks for your message It was great to hear from youThe first thing I want to say is that I completely agree with you about friends I see some of

mine almost every day and I really miss them when theyrsquore away

My closest friend is Nicole whorsquos also a student is the same age as me and lives just

down the road Wersquove been best mates for many years and we tell each other everything

but I think wersquove got quite dif ferent personalities

For instance I can be a bit indecisive at times but shersquos very practical and gets everything

done quickly Shersquos not bossy though In fact shersquos really thoughtful Whenever I get upset

shersquos always sympathetic and then she finds a way to cheer me up ndash shersquos got a wonderful

sense of humour

I hope one day you can get to know her and that I have the chance to meet your friends

too Please tell me more about them in your next letter Write soon

Best wishesLydia

Irsquom lucky because Irsquove got really good friends ndash especially

those Irsquove known since I was a kid I donrsquot know what Irsquod

do without them So tell me how important are friends to

you Whorsquos your best friend and what do you like about

him or her

Looking forward to hearing from you soon

Quick steps to writing a Part 2 informalletter

Look at the task including any text anddecide who you are writing to why andwhich points to include

Note down ideas and decide how manymain paragraphs you will need Then putyour ideas under paragraph headings

Begin Dear (friendrsquos first name) and thankthem for their last message

Keep to your plan and use informallanguage throughout

Close in a friendly way asking them to writeback End Lots of love Best wishes etc

Make sure you leave enough time at the end to check your letter formistakes

Exam tip

WRITING1

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 919

See the CD-ROM for more practice

1

Complete the sentences with the presentsimple or present continuous form of theverbs in brackets

1 This summer I (stay) at the

seaside and I (work) in a

local shop in the mornings

2 My friends (usually eat) at

home but this evening they

(have) dinner in a restaurant

3 Hi I (wait) to get onto the

plane but there (seem) to be

a delay

4 The climate (change) all

the time and the temperatures here

(get) higher every year

5 Natalie (be) quite annoying

She (always complain) about

something

6 My grandparents (own)

a house in the village though they

(not live) there any more

7 This far north it (get)dark very early at this time of year so

I (think) of spending the

winter in Australia

2 Add a prefix or suffix to these words andcomplete the sentences

artist caution energy greed honest

pessimism polite

1 Martin always eats too much food Hersquos

really

2 Itrsquos to take things from a

shop without paying for them

3 The quality of these drawings and

paintings shows how

Alexia is

4 If someone helps you itrsquosnot to say lsquothank yoursquo

5 Paola is usually quite but

she doesnrsquot feel like doing sports today

6 Jerry likes to take risks but his brother

Anton is a much more boy

7 Irsquom sorry to be so but I just

know wersquore going to lose this game

3

Complete the sentences with the correct form of the words in brackets1 Terry is quite (predict) You never know what hersquos going

to do next

2 I thanked my friends for being so (sympathy) when Ihad to go into hospital

3 Itrsquos (reason) to expect people to do all your work for

you

4 Going up that mountain is quite (challenge) even for

an expert climber

5 It was (thought) of you to remember my motherrsquos

birthday

6 To succeed in business you have to be (decision) and

not keep changing your mind

4 Read the text below Use the word given in capitals at the end of someof the lines to form a word that fits in the gap in the same line

In the morning I normally take the underground At

that time of day itrsquos crowded you have to stand and itrsquos

certainly not a (1) way to travel But the

service is quick frequent and (2) which

makes it by far the most (3) way to get

across the city in the rush hour

Occasionally though I travel into town in a friendrsquos car

to go shopping and quite honestly I often 1047297nd it an

absolutely (4) experience Every time we

get onto the ring road Irsquom (5) by the waypeople behave when they drive a car Some are extremely

(6) driving straight at you to make you

get out of their way while others are (7)

trying to have races with other drivers all the time They

just seem (8) to me

What I 1047297nd most (9) about this is the

fact that by the time they actually get to their of1047297ces

theyrsquore probably too (10) to do a proper

dayrsquos work

RELAX

RELY

PRACTICE

TERRIFY

ASTONISH

AGGRESSION

COMPETE

CHILD

PUZZLE

EXHAUST

REVISION UNIT 1 15

REVISION1

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1019

8 Unit 1 Yourself and others

Unit objectivesTOPICS daily life peopleGRAMMAR review of present tenses present

simple in time clauses VOCABULARY adjectives ending in -ed and - ing

character adjectives adjectivepre1047297xes and suf1047297xes - able - al dis--ful - ic im- - ish - itive - ive -ousun- - y

READING and Part 7 studying an example itemUSE OF ENGLISH Part 3 word building gist-reading

studying the exampleWRITING Part 2 informal letter getting ideas

planning checkingLISTENING Part 1 studying an example script

SPEAKING Part 1 asking for repetition givingreasons and examples

ListeningPart 1

1 This activity could be done in pairs Allow a few minutesrsquo

discussion time Then ask students for their overall

1047297ndings and whether they think they have a good balance

between workstudy and relaxation

Optional activity

Look at the exam task with the class Make sure that

students know what Part 1 consists of You could ask the

following questions Encourage students to 1047297nd the answersin the Listening guide on page 94 if they donrsquot already

know them

1 How many extracts will you hear

2 Is there any connection between the extracts

3 Do you both read and hear the introductory sentence

about each speaker and situation

4 Do you both read and hear each question

Answers

1 eight 2 no 3 yes 4 no

2 Get students to study question 1 but not the transcript in

Exercise 3 Check the answers

Answers

1 one male radio journalist reporting from the street

2 the focus is place

3 Explain to the class that multiple-choice questions in

Listening (and Reading) often contain lsquodistractorsrsquo within

the text that are designed to mislead them and that in this

task type there are always two distractors for each question

Allow time for students to talk about why C is right and A

and B are wrong then elicit the answers

Answers

C is the correct answer there isnrsquot anybody in means the

people who live there are not at home and by the look of the

place indicates that the reporter is outside the house

B is the wrong answer the reporter says away at a luxury

hotel in the city centre so he is not there

A is the wrong answer he uses the conditional would be about

someone else (the TV crews )

4 102 Encourage pairs to look at the introductory

sentence and question of each item not the options If they

1047297nd it dif1047297cult to identify the focus put the answers on

the board in jumbled order Go through the answers and

suggest that students ask themselves these questions every

time they do Listening Part 1 Make sure that everyonereads and understands the Quick steps then get students to

work alone Remind students to listen to the speakersrsquo tone

as well as to the actual words they use Play the recording

through without pausing

Answers

2 one female talking about travelling by train every day focus

feelingsattitude

3 one female making a phone call focus purpose

4 one male talking about reading books at home focus reason

5 female and male (probably) talking in a holiday resort focus

person

6 one male talking about staying healthy focus something hersquos

doing

7 one female talking about where she lives focus place typeof home

8 female and male (probably) talking about 1047297nding something

focus feelings

Recording script

You will hear people talking in eight different situations Forquestions 1ndash8 choose the best answer (A B or C)

1 You hear a reporter talking on the radio

Irsquom standing here in Church Avenue with about thirty othermedia people but by the look of the place there isnrsquotanybody in Nobodyrsquos quite sure if hersquoll be back later thisafternoon ndash or whether hersquos spending the weekend awayperhaps at a luxury hotel in the city centre What does seem

clear though is that hersquos unlikely to play in Sundayrsquos bigmatch ndash otherwise these TV crews would be waiting at thegates of the clubrsquos training ground to 1047297lm him not here

2 You hear a woman talking about travelling to work every day

The traf1047297c into town is getting worse all the time so thetrain was the obvious alternative Irsquod kind of assumed Irsquodbe able to sit back and relax with a newspaper and a cupof coffee maybe chat with my fellow passengers and soon but actually most mornings itrsquos standing-room onlywith everyone squashed together the conversation usuallylimited to lsquoexcuse mersquo Somebody is always pushing andyou spend half your time trying to avoid falling over so thatby the time you arrive you feel as though yoursquove alreadydone half a dayrsquos work

Yourself and others

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1119

Unit 1 Yourself and others 9

3 You overhear a woman talking on the phone

Well Irsquom very sorry but Irsquom just not prepared to pay for itemsI didnrsquot receive As you say I ordered the DVDs a fortnightago and when I did so I gave your sales department all thedetails they needed to deliver them to the right address anditrsquos not my fault if they sent them somewhere else The onlymistake I made was in dealing with your company in the 1047297rstplace Next time I want things like that Irsquoll buy them onlineinstead Like most people do these days

4 You hear a man talking about reading books

Irsquom an editor in a publishing company and this month Irsquomworking particularly hard on a rather long novel so it mayseem a little surprising that my favourite way of relaxing inthe evenings is to sit down somewhere quiet with a goodbook Whenever I can I go into the study and settle down toread for as long as possible I just wish I could do so moreoften as Irsquom the kind of person who needs to get away fromother people for a while but these days Irsquom usually just toobusy helping out with the housework and the kids

5 You overhear a conversation in a holiday resort

Man The weatherrsquos been awful this summer hasnrsquot it Irsquomnot surprised people are looking so miserable Thosewho havenrsquot already gone home that is Non-stoprain spoils everything at the seaside

Woman I know If I were a tourist I wouldrsquove left too Theplace is half-empty and Irsquove already had to reduce thenumber of staff

Man Really Is it that bad

Woman Yes with so few customers I just couldnrsquot afford tokeep paying their wages I hated having to let themgo especially as I used to be a waitress myself Butwhat else could I do

Man You had no choice The same thingrsquos happening

everywhere round here

6 You hear a man talking about staying healthy

I was getting a bit worried about my unhealthy lifestyle soI started spending a few hours each week at the local gymbut it was pretty boring and I havenrsquot been for a while Thensomeone suggested I should try going to the of1047297ce on footrather than taking the car and I took her advice I live a longway out in the suburbs and in fact I go right past the gymevery day but itrsquos really helping me get in shape And thefunny thing is that with all this exercise I get more hungryand Irsquom actually having bigger meals now but Irsquom told itdoesnrsquot matter because Irsquom using up a lot more energy

7 You hear a woman talking about her home

Irsquom staying at a friendrsquos apartment downtown but Irsquoll move

back into my place when they 1047297nish repainting it probablyon Friday Itrsquos pleasant enough here though I miss mygarden with its beautiful bushes and trees Itrsquos almost likebeing in the countryside there even though itrsquos actually onthe outskirts of town Itrsquos right on top of a hill so from myupstairs window you can see the city-centre of1047297ce buildingsin one direction and a rural area not far away in the other

And a south-facing room gets lots of sunshine too

8 You overhear two people talking about finding something

Woman Yes itrsquos just as well that memory stick turned upwhen it did If itrsquod been missing any longer Irsquod begetting a bit worried by now

Man I knew it must be somewhere in the living room If youremember I suggested looking there the other day

Woman Actually that wasnrsquot where I found it

Man No Where was it

Woman It was in the spare room plugged into that old laptopof yours

Man Was it Oh I remember now I was using it last yearto copy some 1047297les Sorry about that

Woman It doesnrsquot matter now Forget it

Exam task answers

2 A 3 B 4 B 5 C 6 C 7 B 8 B

5 Point out that candidates do not lose marks for incorrect

answers as this may not be the case in other exams they

have taken Allow 30 seconds for them to check then go

through the answers

GrammarReview of present tenses

1 This activity could be done in pairs Give the class plenty

of time to match the extracts then check the answers If

yoursquore teaching in the southern hemisphere explain that

3 f seemed always true for the European who said it Elicit

or give more examples of each usage and of stative verbs

Answers

1 c 2 b 3 f 4 a 5 g 6 d 7 e

2 Go through the answers when everyone has 1047297nished If

there is time you may want to ask the class why they think

each mistake has been made

Answers

1 you understand 2 having fun 3 you like 4 rsquomam waiting

5 I prefer 6 have 7 rsquomam standing

3 This exercise practises all the uses presented in Exercise 1

If there is time elicit these from the class and ask which is

a stative verb

Answers

1 rsquosis writing (something happening right now)

2 are rising (a situation that is changing or developing)

3 quite often goes (a routine or habit)

4 are always shouting (something irritating or surprising)

5 belongs (stative verb)

6 rsquomam staying (a temporary situation)7 sets (something which is always true)

8 rsquosis having (something happening right now)

Present simple in time clauses

4 The studentsrsquo 1047297rst language may use a future form in these

clauses so itrsquos important they realise that in these extracts

we are using the present simple with future meaning as in

1047297rst conditional forms Elicit the answers and then some

more examples with a variety of time expressions such as

before after or until

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1219

10 Unit 1 Yourself and others

5 Make sure that everyone studies the Exam tip and answer

any questions about this Then give students about 20

minutes to do the multiple-matching task on their own in

exam conditions If you donrsquot want them to underline in

the book tell them to note down the 1047297rst few words of eachrelevant phrase or sentence Go through the answers and

elicit the relevant phrases and sentences If there is time

also elicit some of the distractors eg Arsquos reference to

missing the train relates to the past not the present (7)

Exam task answers

1 C 2 A 3 C 4 B 5 A 6 D 7 A 8 B 9 D 10 B

Underlining

A

(5) lsquoAssuming I donrsquot oversleep which can happen

(7) I do the uphill walk into town which wakes me up and

enables me to plan what Irsquom going to do in the morning

and afternoon

(2) I sometimes head for the gym but not as often as I

should

B

(4) a dash to the station to catch the 715

(10) dealing with client queries which for me is one of the

most interesting challenging and worthwhile aspects of

the job

(8) At 1047297rst I found working here pretty stressful but Irsquom

used to it now and it doesnrsquot bother me

C

(3) the previous evening lsquoIf I have a creative peakrsquo he

says lsquothatrsquos when it is

(1) having a 20-minute lie-down after lunch Then when I

wake up

D

(9) Itrsquos the custom here to have a sleep after lunch but I

havenrsquot got time for that In any case Irsquom not tired then (6) can be a bit irritating if I end up doing unpaid overtime

Adjectives ending in -ed and - ing

6 Give students time to study the context of each word and

work out the rules If necessary explain the meaning of

the B2-level words (exhausted fascinating challenging

refreshed distracted irritating) as listed by English Pro1047297le

Check the answers and elicit the corresponding -ed-ing

adjective for each of the eight words then elicit further

examples such as amazedamazing and boredboring

Answers

1 -ed 2 -ing

7 Point out that this exercise is partly a preparation for Word

Formation in Reading and Use of English later in this

unit and that spelling is important eg dropping the 1047297nal

e in some cases Both parts of the exercise could be done

individually or in pairs Encourage brief answers to the

questions using the words given Check answers to the

sentence-completion part of the exercise and elicit some

answers to the questions Also elicit the other form of each

adjective

Note one of the forms of all eight adjectives is listed as B2

level by English Pro1047297le

Answers

yes present simple

5 Give students a little time to study the sentences then go

through the answers

Answers

1 rsquoll get go 2 Irsquoll wait come 3 ends rsquoll catch 4 wonrsquot start

5 arrive rsquoll be 6 rsquoll talk get

6 Allow a minute or two for students working on their own to

write their answers then get them to work in pairs Elicit

some answers for each question

Suggested answers

1 I get home 2 I go on holiday 3 I have enough money

4 Irsquom thirty 5 I pass Pro1047297ciency 6 I 1047297nish my homework

Reading and Use of EnglishReading Part 7

1 This activity could be done in pairs Allow plenty of time

for discussion of the daily lives of the people in the photos

The four people talk about their lives in the Reading text

but donrsquot mention this yet ndash it will give students an extra

reason for reading later on

2 Give the class a minute or two to look at the instructions

the prompt Which person the question numbers and the text

layout Then check the answers

Answers

1 four 2 one text in four sections 3 four peoplersquos daily lives

4 which person does or thinks particular things

5 ten 6 yes

3 Give students two or three minutes to skim the text for the

answers to the two questions Then check the answers

Answers

1 B Assistant Sales Manager

2 A University student

3 C Website Designer

4 D Tour Guide

earliest B latest C

4 Explain that in many cases there are lsquodistractorsrsquo ndash words

or sentences in the text which appear to give the right

answer if they are not read carefully This activity raises

awareness of how distractors work Go through the answers

once students have had enough time to study the three

highlighted parts

Answers

B Correct ndash if lunch is the 1047297rst meal of the day for her she canrsquot

have eaten breakfast

A If therersquos time he has tea and toast so itrsquos not true to say he

never has breakfast

D Usually she skips (misses) breakfast but not always ndash she

sometimes has lsquocereal or somethingrsquo

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1319

Unit 1 Yourself and others 11

Answers

1 relaxed 2 amusing 3 worried 4 depressing 5 motivated

6 terri1047297ed 7 astonishing 8 puzzling

8 Where possible students should work with others they donrsquotknow very well using the prompts from Exercise 7 and as

many -ing -ed adjectives as they can

SpeakingPart 1

Optional activity

Make sure that students know what Part 1 consists of You

could ask the following questions Encourage students to 1047297nd

the answers in the Speaking guide on page 97 if they donrsquot

already know them

1 How many examiners are there

2 Do you answer questions from just one examiner 3 How many candidates are there

4 Do you talk to the other candidate(s) in Part 1

Answers

1 two 2 yes 3 usually two but occasionally there may be

three 4 no

1 Explain that in the exam students may be asked questions

about future plans and ambitions and that these will be

practised in Unit 5 You may also want to point out that

candidates are always asked the 1047297rst two questions here while

the others are taken from lists that examiners may choose

from

Answers

1 your town

2 what you like about your town

3 your family

4 your favourite season and why

5 what you like doing on holiday

6 what you use the Internet for

(all questions are about you)

You would use the present simple to reply although in some

cases you may also need to use the present continuous for

example to say a relative is studying abroad

2 Focus attention on the Exam tip before students start this

activity and perhaps mention that the two mistakes are both

incorrect uses of verb tenses Allow time for pairs to work on

this then elicit the answers

Suggested answers

1 One-word answer He gives examples when asked in what

ways but he could have done this without being prompted

2 The verb form should be I stay

3 She doesnrsquot give a reason She could reply as she does after

the examiner asks why without being prompted

4 The verb form should be I go

5 Not polite He could say Could you repeat that please

6 He doesnrsquot give a reason for not liking newspapers He could

say something like because therersquos too much in them about

politics or I listen to the radio news so I donrsquot need to

3 Students should be familiar with all the basic frequency

adverbs like usually and aware that these normally go

before the main verb Elicit the answer to the 1047297rst question

then tell the class to look at the six expressions and answer

the questions Go through the answers and elicit moreexamples such as twice a month and every few minutes

Point out that hardly ever is quite often tested in Reading

and Use of English and other parts of the exam

Answers

1 at the end ( hardly ever goes before the verb)

2 hardly ever

3 from time to time now and then

4 If possible get everyone to sit with somebody they donrsquot

know very well this activity can be a useful ice-breaker

Monitor pairs and feed in language where necessary

5 Tell pairs to be polite and constructive in their comments

about each otherrsquos speaking Allow a minute for thisand then elicit some comments on the studentsrsquo own

performance (not on their partnersrsquo speaking) and note any

particular dif1047297culties

Character adjectives

6 Point out that this is a light-hearted activity with no lsquorightrsquo

or lsquowrongrsquo answers ndash or lsquokeyrsquo purporting to analyse their

personality Give students a couple of minutes each to

answer

7 These adjectives are all B2 level as shown by English

Pro1047297le Encourage the use of dictionaries if students have

any dif1047297culties then check that everyone has the right

answers They then compare their impressions of each other

using some of the adjectives Advise students to be careful

not to upset their partners avoiding answers such as always

bossy even if itrsquos true Monitor pairs to make sure that they

do so and to avoid possible embarrassment donrsquot elicit

answers when everyone has 1047297nished Finally students use

modals such as could might and may to speculate about the

character of the people in the photos Elicit some answers

and point out that the language used in this activity is useful

practice for Writing later in this unit

Answers

1 thoughtful 2 optimistic 3 childish 4 bossy 5 practical

6 impatient 7 ambitious 8 sensitive 9 decisive

10 unpredictable 11 reasonable 12 disorganised

Reading and Use of EnglishForming adjectives

1 Get students to note down the words and then underline

them if you donrsquot want them to write in the book Make

sure that everyone has the right answers You may want to

elicit the base words eg ambition boss etc pointing out

that some are nouns but others are verbs and adjectives

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1419

12 Unit 1 Yourself and others

Answers

reasonable ( also unpredictable) practical disorganised

thoughtful optimistic impatient childish sensitive decisive

ambitious unpredictable bossy

2 Elicit that when adding a suf1047297x beginning with a vowel we

drop the 1047297nal e eg adventure ndash adventurous Encourage

the use of dictionaries to 1047297nd antonyms and check spelling

Remind students to add both a pre1047297x and suf1047297x eg

unadventurous where possible Then elicit all the answers

possibly putting them on the board or OHP Elicit more

adjectives (not necessarily of character) with each of these

pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes plus their meanings and possibly also

their opposites

Answers

(un)adventurous aggressive anxious artistic cautious cheeky

competitive (un)emotional energetic (un)enthusiastic foolish

greedy (un)helpful dishonest pessimistic impolite unpopular(un)reliable (dis)respectful (un)sympathetic

Optional activity

Encourage discussion about whether some of these

adjectives describe positive or negative characteristics

pointing out that in certain cases eg pessimistic cautious

the answers are subjective Elicit answers from the class

making sure that all the words are understood

Suggested answers

lsquogoodrsquo ndash artistic energetic enthusiastic helpful honest polite

reliable sympathetic

lsquobadrsquo ndash opposites of the above ( unenthusiastic unhelpful

unreliable unsympathetic ) plus aggressive cheeky foolish

greedy dishonest impolite unpopular

lsquogoodrsquo or lsquobadrsquo ndash adventurous anxious cautious competitive

emotional pessimistic and respectful could be positive or

negative in certain circumstances

Part 3

3 Explain that all the mistakes in these sentences involve

pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes students have studied in this unit

though in most cases with different adjectives Elicit

answers when they have 1047297nished You may want to ask

what students think the most common mistakes are by

speakers of their 1047297rst language(s)

Answers

1 charming 2 impolite 3 healthy 4 disorganised 5 sociable

6 stressful

4 Like Exercise 1 this exercise focuses on pre1047297xes and

suf1047297xes studied in this unit Students have also seen all the

base words although they will have to be careful which

form to choose as two or three pre1047297xes andor suf1047297xes may

be possible Explain that this is in effect a sentence-level

version of Word Formation although of course in the exam

it is unlikely that all the target words would be adjectives

requiring pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes Go through the answers

once students have 1047297nished highlighting spelling

Answers

1 optimistic 2 challenging 3 depressed 4 unsympathetic

5 refreshed 6 unenthusiastic

5 Tell the class to read the instructions carefully and lookvery quickly at the way the text and the words in capitals

are laid out Then go through the answers

Answers

1 eight

2 a word formed from the word in capitals at the end of the

same line

3 mainly vocabulary (especially pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes)

6 Set a time limit for this of no more than a minute and

advise students to do this every time they do a Word

Formation task Explain that some answers may require

an understanding of more than one sentence or the

text as a whole Check the answers and deal with any

comprehension dif1047297culties that relate to the gist of the text

but not the detail

Answers

The purpose of the text is to show how different people from

the same family can be

paragraph 1 to introduce the topic

paragraph 2 to describe one of the daughters

paragraph 3 to describe the other daughter

paragraph 4 to describe the son

7 Explain that students should look at the example and its

context every time they begin a Word Formation task as

this will give them an introduction to the text and also

remind them of what they must do in this task type Gothrough the answers with the class

Answers

1 an adjective 2 what causes a feeling (to friends of the family)

3 - ing 4 drop the 1047297nal e

Point out that students have already seen some form or

other of all the target words in this exam task You may

also want to give some clues or further tips before they

begin - for instance the need to watch out for plural forms

Allow ten to twelve minutes for students working on their

own to 1047297ll in or note down their answers Remind them to

make sure they have changed all the words in capital letters

Then check answers Elicit the pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes usedand highlight the use of two of these in question 4 Pay

particular attention to spelling in 1 5 6 7 and 8

Exam task answers

1 personalities 2 motivated 3 ambitious 4 unemotional

5 sensitive 6 sympathetic 7 adventurous 8 anxious

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1519

Unit 1 Yourself and others 13

WritingPart 2 informal letter

1 When the class has had time to look at the exam task elicit

the answers

Answers

1 an English friend Alex

2 write back saying how important friends are to you who your

best friend is what you like about him or her

3 informal

a Irsquove donrsquot Irsquod Whorsquos b kid do c So and

d exclamation mark e Looking forward to hearing from you

2 Give students a few minutes to read the model answer and

answer the questions Elicit the answers

Answers

1 yes

2 no3 Dear Alex Best wishes

4 Introduction she thanks Alex for hisher message and

comments on this

Conclusion she talks about the future and asks Alex to write

back soon and give her more information

5 Yes the importance of friends in the 1047297rst main paragraph

who her best friend is in the second main paragraph a

description of her friendrsquos personality in the third main

paragraph

6 Informal expressions such as thanks just down the road

mates a bit dash and exclamation marks contracted

forms theyrsquore whorsquos wersquove shersquos linkers and but friendly

expressions It was great to hear from you Write soon

7 indecisive practical bossy thoughtful sympathetic

8 tell each other can be at times whenever I shersquos always

cheer me up sense of humour have the chance etc

3 Refer the class to the instructions in the exam task and to

the Exam tip This is very much a personal task and best

done individually ndash point out there are no lsquorightrsquo or lsquowrongrsquo

answers to these questions either Monitor studentsrsquo work

and make suggestions where necessary especially for

question 1 but donrsquot elicit answers

4 Get students to make their plan quickly using very brief

notes

5 Give the class no more than 40 minutes to write their

answers as that is what they will have in the exam and they

have already studied the task and planned their work Tell

students always to leave at least 1047297ve minutes at the end of

each Writing task to check their work and to refer back to

these 1047297ve points in future units and other Part 1 and Part 2

tasks Checking could be done as a peer correction activity

although of course this will not be possible in the exam

itself

Model answer

Hi Alex

Itrsquos always great to hear from you

Yoursquore absolutely right about how much friendship matters Life just wouldnrsquot be the same if we didnrsquot have friends would it

My very best friend is called Luis and wersquove grown up together

really We 1047297rst met at primary school and hersquos been my best

mate ever since

Wersquore quite similar in a lot of ways For instance wersquore the same

age almost exactly the same height and weight and wersquore both

crazy about sports especially basketball and swimming

Like me he can be rather shy at times though hersquos perhaps a

little more talkative than me Hersquos also someone you can rely on

to help you if yoursquore in trouble or worried about something Hersquos

a fantastic friend and Irsquom sure yoursquod get on really well with him

Hope to hear from you again soon

Bye for now

Enrique

Revision

1 Answers

1 rsquomam staying rsquomam working

2 usually eat rsquoreare having

3 rsquomam waiting seems

4 is changing are getting

5 is rsquosis always complaining

6 own donrsquot live

7 gets rsquomam thinking

2 Answers

1 greedy 2 dishonest 3 artistic 4 impolite 5 energetic

6 cautious 7 pessimistic

3 Answers

1 unpredictable 2 sympathetic 3 unreasonable

4 challenging 5 thoughtful 6 decisive

4 Answers

1 relaxing 2 reliable 3 practical 4 terrifying

5 astonished 6 aggressive 7 competitive 8 childish

9 puzzling 10 exhausted

Remind students that there is more practice on the CD-ROM

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1619

Part 7

Look at the exam task Answer thesequestions

1 Whatrsquos the text about

2 How many people can you choose from3 What must you find4 How many questions are there

Now do the exam task

Exam task

You are going to read an article in which fourpeople talk about their friends For questions1ndash10 choose from the people (AndashD) The peoplemay be chosen more than once

Which person

earns less money than theirfriend

1

says the two of them did not likeeach other at first

2

denies that their friend is bossy 3

has had a similar upbringing to their friendrsquos

4

once fell out with their friend 5

shares a hobby with their friend 6

says their friend has a goodsense of humour

7

describes their friend as rather

shy

8

has a friend who is veryoptimistic

9

has a very ambitious friend 10

READING AND USE OF ENGLISH

The best of friendsA Nadia Hassan has been friends with Amina since they were fourteen

lsquoWe were born in the same monthrsquo says Nadia lsquoand we grew up in

the same small town though the funny thing is we didnrsquot actually

know each other until we both took up horse riding something we

still enjoyrsquo There are according to Nadia some differences between

them lsquoWhereas I tend to be a bit negative about the future always

expecting the worst to happen Amina is the complete opposite

Maybe between us we just about strike the right balance Though

of course having such different ways of looking at the same thing

can lead to tensions and a couple of years ago we actually stoppedspeaking for a while but that didnrsquot last longrsquo

B Liam Doherty first met his friend Marc when they were both doing

summer jobs at a seaside hotel Marc has since moved to another

part of the country but they still keep in touch by email and

chatting online lsquoHe comes round to my house whenever hersquos in

town which is actually quite often Hersquos got a good job and can

travel wherever he likes every weekend which is something I wish I

could afford to do on my salary But hersquos different from me in that

hersquos always had this strong desire for success in life whereas I prefer

to take things a bit easier with plenty of time for hobbies like hill-

walking and readingrsquo

C Maxim Salenko has been friendly with Andriy ever since they wereat primary school lsquoWe grew up in much the same kind of family

environment and we usually sat together at school and enjoyed the

same sports though in some ways hersquos not like me Irsquom fairly quiet

perhaps a little shy at times but Andriy is always a fun guy to be

withrsquo says Maxim lsquoHe can be noisy and some people say he tries to

tell everyone what to do but I donrsquot think thatrsquos true He just likes to

make sure everyone else has a good time too Once or twice Irsquove felt

a bit irritated by things he said but that was probably because I was

in a bad mood at the time and I donrsquot think he even noticed I was

annoyedrsquo

D Camille Leroy and her friend Lara have known each other for three

years now lsquoWersquore from different backgroundsrsquo says Camille lsquoand

to be honest when we were introduced at a party we didnrsquot hit it offat all She seemed a bit unfriendly and it took quite a while before I

realised that she was in fact lacking in self-confidence particularly

when meeting new people To some extent she still is but once you

get to know Lara you realise what good company she is She always

has interesting things to say and she tells some great jokes too I

often see her on the bus home from work because nowadays she

lives just round the corner from me She moved there to be close to

the golf course and Irsquom thinking of taking it up toorsquo

4 UNIT 1 YOURSELF AND OTHERS

Yourself and others1

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1719

5YOURSELF AND OTHERS UNIT 1

Grammar

Present tenses

1 Some of these sentences written by examcandidates contain mistakes Correct anymistakes using the present simple or presentcontinuous

1 Irsquom belonging to a tennis club and it is my

favourite sport

2 Irsquoll pick you up from the airport when yoursquoll

arrive at 930

3 Irsquom having a lovely holiday here on the island4 Every day we are spending about eight hours

at work

5 When you will receive my letter please tell

Mary about this

6 Pablo is needing to talk to somebody but he

never calls me

7 Nowadays it becomes more and more

important to have a good education

8 I promise that Irsquoll phone you tonight when I

get home

9I need to earn some money and this is themain reason why I apply for this job

10 They are the kind of people who are driving

to work every day in big cars

2 Complete the sentences with the present simpleor present continuous form of these verbs Useeach verb only once

end get hear own rise see take try

1 I usually go to work by car but this week Ithe train because the road

bridge is closed

2 It harder to find a job and youth

unemployment is now very high3 As soon as the college term

Irsquom going away on holiday

4 Her parents are very rich They

homes in both London and New York

5 I Marcos later this evening

when he leaves the club6 Please turn the music down a bit I

to sleep

7 In every part of the world the sun

in the east

8 I promise Irsquoll get up as soon as I

the alarm clock

LISTENINGPart 1

Look at questions 1ndash4 in the exam task Answer these questions

1 How many speakers will you hear

2 Will they be female or male voices

3 What is the situation

4 What is the focus eg place opinion of the question

02 Now listen and do the exam task

Exam task

You will hear people talking in four different situations (in the exam youwill hear eight) For questions 1ndash4 choose the best answer (A B or C)

1 You hear a teenager talking about her new bedroom

What does she like about it

A the way it is decorated

B the furniture in it C its size and shape

2 You overhear a conversation on a bus

Where is the man going first A to a shop B to the library C to work

3 You hear a man talking on the phone

Why is he calling

A to apologise B to ask for information

C to complain

4 You hear part of an interview with a businesswoman

What does she do A She hires out bicycles B She hires out cars

C She hires out motorcycles

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1819

6 UNIT 1 YOURSELF AND OTHERS

Part 3

1 Correct the mistakes in these sentenceswritten by exam candidates using the

correct form of the word in brackets Add aprefix andor a suffix in each case

1 I am worry (worry) about you so can I talk

to you

2 The biggest disadvantage is that you are

always stressy (stress) when you do that job

3 These are my recommendations for the

most attraction (attract) places in my town

4 Suddenly I heard something strange near

the door I was terrorised (terrify)

5 Your report about the music festival isabsolutely inacceptable (accept)

6 It was really surprised (surprise) to hear

that Marta was the winner

7 The streets wouldnrsquot be so crowdy (crowd)and they would be safer for people

8 Staying at your house next week will be

really enjoyful (enjoy)

9 That festival was a completely

unorganised (organise) and dull event

10 There are some interesting and

impressing (impress) museums in this city

2 Look at the exam task example (0) andanswer these questions

1 What kind of word goes between the

superlative form the most and the noun

features

2 Does this word describe how someone

feels or what causes a feeling3 What suffix do we use for this

Now do the exam task

Exam task

For questions 1ndash8 read the text below Use the word given in capitals atthe end of some of the lines to form a word that fits in the gap in the sameline There is an example at the beginning (0)

Example 0 SURPRISING

Staying safe online

One of the most (0) features of the

computer age is the huge amount of time that youngpeople spend communicating with each other

Whereas a generation ago children would go home

after a (1) day at school and watch TV

nowadays they are likely to do something much more

(2) such as chat online with their

friends

Others exchange information on (3)popular social networking sites such as Facebook What

some parents find rather (4) however is

how easily they can make online lsquofriendsrsquo who they have

never actually met and also the amount of information

that their children are so (5) puttingonto these websites for anyone to see

Parents are right to be (6) but with

many children spending hours a day online it is simply

(7) for adults constantly to watch over

them All they can do is advise them to be extremely

(8) about contact with strangers and to

warn them not to put personal information such as their

phone number or home address online

SURPRISE

TIRE

SOCIETY

INCREASE

WORRY

ENTHUSIASM

ANXIETY

PRACTICE

CAUTION

READING AND USE OF ENGLISH

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1919

3 Plan and write your letter to Sam Try to include some of Matteorsquosexpressions and character adjectives

WRITINGPart 2 informal letter

1 Look at the exam task and answer thesequestions

1 Who has written to you

2 Who do they want to know about

3 What examples of informal language can

you find

Exam task

Here is part of an email you have received fromSam an English-speaking friend

Write your email to Sam in 140ndash190 words Donot write any addresses

2 Read the model letter and answer thesequestions

1 Does Matteo answer Samrsquos questions2 Where would you split the second

paragraph to form two shorter

paragraphs

3 Is Matteorsquos message written in an informal

style Find examples4 Find and correct these mistakes in the

letter

a a comparative

b a verb tense c an article

d three adjective suffixes5 Which of Matteorsquos expressions could you

use in your letter

Though my sisterrsquos quite a bit younger than me

wersquore good friends most of the time

So tell me about a relative of yours who you see a lot

ndash and why you enjoy being with him or her

Hope to hear from you soon

Hi Sam

Thanks for writing Itrsquos always nice to get a message from you

Itrsquos great that you have such a close friendship with your sister My sisterrsquos actually

a lot older that me and my brotherrsquos much younger so we donrsquot of ten like doing the

same things but I have a cousin called Lorenzo whorsquos about my age and we get on

really well He lives not far from here and like me hersquos a student ndash though not at the

same college Wersquove been friends since we were k ids and wersquore seeing each other

most weekends and of course in the holidays Wersquove got lots of things in common

For instance we love the mountain biking and something I really like about him is that

hersquos so adventurous We have great fun when wersquore out together because hersquos so

enthusiastic about doing excited things but without getting too competitious He can

also be quite sensitive and thoughtful and whenever I have any kind of problem hersquos

always sympatic In short hersquos a fantastic friend

Hope to hear from you again soon

Bye for now

Matteo

7YOURSELF AND OTHERS UNIT 1

Page 7: Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 719

13READING AND USE OF ENGLISH UNIT 1

Forming adjectives1 Underline these prefixes and suffixes in the

words in Speaking Exercise 7 One word hasboth a prefix and a suffix

-able -al dis- -ful -ic im- -ish

-itive -ive -ous un- -y

2 Form character adjectives from these wordswith the prefixes and suffixes in Exercise 1Be careful with spelling changes

adventure aggression anxiety artistcaution cheek compete emotion

energy enthusiasm fool greed help

honest pessimist polite popular rely

respect sympathy

Part 3

3 Correct the mistakes in thesesentences written by exam candidates

1 You were a charmful host as always

2 Joey can be quite rude and unpolite3 I think that going to work or to school by

bike is very healthful4 We really enjoyed the festival in spite of

the disorganising programme

5 Irsquom helpful and sociality so Irsquod like a job

working with people

6 Sometimes shopping can be a stressing

experience

4 Complete the sentences with the correctform of the words in brackets In each caseadd a prefix andor a suffix

1 Amelia thinks shersquoll win and her family arequite (optimism) too

2 Question 9 in the quiz was quite

(challenge) but I got it right3 The team has lost every game so their

fans are feeling (depress)

4 The staff disliked the boss and they were

(sympathy) when he lost

his job

5 It was a hot day but Chloe felt

(refresh) after having a coolshower

6 People seem (enthusiasm)

about the TV show Few are watching it

5

Look at the exam task Answer these questions1 How many gaps are there in the text

2 What do you have to put in each of them

3 Does this task mainly test grammar or vocabulary

6 Quickly read the text ignoring the gaps for now What is the purposeof the text What is each paragraph about

7 Look at the example (0) Answer the questions Then do the exam task

1 What kind of word probably goes between the and thing

2 Does it describe how someone feels or what causes a feeling3 What suffix do we use for this

4 If this suffix begins with a vowel how does fascinate change

Exam task

For questions 1ndash8 read the text below Use the word given in capitals at theend of some of the lines to form a word that fits in the gap in the same lineThere is an example at the beginning (0)

Example 0 FASCINATING

Same family different people

The three children grew up in the same home but for friends of

the family the (0) thing is that now as young adults

they all have very different (1)

Grace 23 always has to be busy Ever since she was a young girl

she has been highly (2) to succeed and now that

she is working in a business environment she makes no secret of

how (3) she is her aim is to be Managing Director

before she is 30

Whereas Grace can sometimes appear rather (4)

even cold her 21-year-old sister Evie can be quite(5) to what others say particularly if their

comments are unfair But she is always kind to her friends and

(6) whenever anyone wants to talk about their

problems

Daniel just 19 is the (7) one Hersquos mad about

sports like rock climbing snowboarding and motorcycling

He takes too many risks and he gives his family some

(8) moments but somehow he always manages to

get home safely

FASCINATE

PERSONAL

MOTIVATE

AMBITION

EMOTION

SENSE

SYMPATHY

ADVENTURE

ANXIETY

Quick steps to Reading and Use of English Part 3

Read the text quickly to find out its purpose and main points

Look at each word in capitals then the words next to the gap Do youneed a noun an adjec tive or another part of speech

Does the word in capitals need more than one change

1 READING AND USE OF ENGLISH

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 819

14 UNIT 1 WRITING

Part 2 informal letter1 Look at the exam task and answer these

questions

1 Who has written to you

2 What does this person want you to do

3 What style is the extract from the letter

written in Find examples of the following a contrac ted forms eg Irsquom

b short common words eg got

c simple linking words eg because

d informal punctuation eg dash (ndash)

e friendly expressions eg tell me

Exam task

This is part of an email from an English friendAlex

Write your email to Alex in 140ndash190 words Donot write any addresses

P age 90 2

Read the model letter and answer these questions1 Is Lydiarsquos letter the right length2 Has she made any language mistakes3 How does she open and close her message

4 What does she talk about in her introduction and conclusion

5 Does she answer all of Alexrsquos questions In which main paragraphs

6 What examples of informal language can you find

7 What character adjectives does she use8 Which phrases of hers might be particularly useful when you write

other letters

3 Think about these questions and note down some ideas for your ownletter to Alex

1 What does friendship mean to you

2 How often do you see your friends3 Who are you going to write about4 How long have you known each other

5 Which character adjectives best descr ibe your friend

4 Make a plan for your letter Put your best ideas from Exercise 3 underthese headings 1 Friends in general 2 Best friend who 3 Best friend why Then add some details such as the personrsquos age or job You couldput the points under each heading into main paragraphs 1 2 and 3

5 Write your letter When you have finished check it for the following

correct length

all the content asked for in the instructions

good organisation into paragraphs

correct grammar spelling and punctuation suitable style of language

Dear Alex

Many thanks for your message It was great to hear from youThe first thing I want to say is that I completely agree with you about friends I see some of

mine almost every day and I really miss them when theyrsquore away

My closest friend is Nicole whorsquos also a student is the same age as me and lives just

down the road Wersquove been best mates for many years and we tell each other everything

but I think wersquove got quite dif ferent personalities

For instance I can be a bit indecisive at times but shersquos very practical and gets everything

done quickly Shersquos not bossy though In fact shersquos really thoughtful Whenever I get upset

shersquos always sympathetic and then she finds a way to cheer me up ndash shersquos got a wonderful

sense of humour

I hope one day you can get to know her and that I have the chance to meet your friends

too Please tell me more about them in your next letter Write soon

Best wishesLydia

Irsquom lucky because Irsquove got really good friends ndash especially

those Irsquove known since I was a kid I donrsquot know what Irsquod

do without them So tell me how important are friends to

you Whorsquos your best friend and what do you like about

him or her

Looking forward to hearing from you soon

Quick steps to writing a Part 2 informalletter

Look at the task including any text anddecide who you are writing to why andwhich points to include

Note down ideas and decide how manymain paragraphs you will need Then putyour ideas under paragraph headings

Begin Dear (friendrsquos first name) and thankthem for their last message

Keep to your plan and use informallanguage throughout

Close in a friendly way asking them to writeback End Lots of love Best wishes etc

Make sure you leave enough time at the end to check your letter formistakes

Exam tip

WRITING1

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 919

See the CD-ROM for more practice

1

Complete the sentences with the presentsimple or present continuous form of theverbs in brackets

1 This summer I (stay) at the

seaside and I (work) in a

local shop in the mornings

2 My friends (usually eat) at

home but this evening they

(have) dinner in a restaurant

3 Hi I (wait) to get onto the

plane but there (seem) to be

a delay

4 The climate (change) all

the time and the temperatures here

(get) higher every year

5 Natalie (be) quite annoying

She (always complain) about

something

6 My grandparents (own)

a house in the village though they

(not live) there any more

7 This far north it (get)dark very early at this time of year so

I (think) of spending the

winter in Australia

2 Add a prefix or suffix to these words andcomplete the sentences

artist caution energy greed honest

pessimism polite

1 Martin always eats too much food Hersquos

really

2 Itrsquos to take things from a

shop without paying for them

3 The quality of these drawings and

paintings shows how

Alexia is

4 If someone helps you itrsquosnot to say lsquothank yoursquo

5 Paola is usually quite but

she doesnrsquot feel like doing sports today

6 Jerry likes to take risks but his brother

Anton is a much more boy

7 Irsquom sorry to be so but I just

know wersquore going to lose this game

3

Complete the sentences with the correct form of the words in brackets1 Terry is quite (predict) You never know what hersquos going

to do next

2 I thanked my friends for being so (sympathy) when Ihad to go into hospital

3 Itrsquos (reason) to expect people to do all your work for

you

4 Going up that mountain is quite (challenge) even for

an expert climber

5 It was (thought) of you to remember my motherrsquos

birthday

6 To succeed in business you have to be (decision) and

not keep changing your mind

4 Read the text below Use the word given in capitals at the end of someof the lines to form a word that fits in the gap in the same line

In the morning I normally take the underground At

that time of day itrsquos crowded you have to stand and itrsquos

certainly not a (1) way to travel But the

service is quick frequent and (2) which

makes it by far the most (3) way to get

across the city in the rush hour

Occasionally though I travel into town in a friendrsquos car

to go shopping and quite honestly I often 1047297nd it an

absolutely (4) experience Every time we

get onto the ring road Irsquom (5) by the waypeople behave when they drive a car Some are extremely

(6) driving straight at you to make you

get out of their way while others are (7)

trying to have races with other drivers all the time They

just seem (8) to me

What I 1047297nd most (9) about this is the

fact that by the time they actually get to their of1047297ces

theyrsquore probably too (10) to do a proper

dayrsquos work

RELAX

RELY

PRACTICE

TERRIFY

ASTONISH

AGGRESSION

COMPETE

CHILD

PUZZLE

EXHAUST

REVISION UNIT 1 15

REVISION1

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1019

8 Unit 1 Yourself and others

Unit objectivesTOPICS daily life peopleGRAMMAR review of present tenses present

simple in time clauses VOCABULARY adjectives ending in -ed and - ing

character adjectives adjectivepre1047297xes and suf1047297xes - able - al dis--ful - ic im- - ish - itive - ive -ousun- - y

READING and Part 7 studying an example itemUSE OF ENGLISH Part 3 word building gist-reading

studying the exampleWRITING Part 2 informal letter getting ideas

planning checkingLISTENING Part 1 studying an example script

SPEAKING Part 1 asking for repetition givingreasons and examples

ListeningPart 1

1 This activity could be done in pairs Allow a few minutesrsquo

discussion time Then ask students for their overall

1047297ndings and whether they think they have a good balance

between workstudy and relaxation

Optional activity

Look at the exam task with the class Make sure that

students know what Part 1 consists of You could ask the

following questions Encourage students to 1047297nd the answersin the Listening guide on page 94 if they donrsquot already

know them

1 How many extracts will you hear

2 Is there any connection between the extracts

3 Do you both read and hear the introductory sentence

about each speaker and situation

4 Do you both read and hear each question

Answers

1 eight 2 no 3 yes 4 no

2 Get students to study question 1 but not the transcript in

Exercise 3 Check the answers

Answers

1 one male radio journalist reporting from the street

2 the focus is place

3 Explain to the class that multiple-choice questions in

Listening (and Reading) often contain lsquodistractorsrsquo within

the text that are designed to mislead them and that in this

task type there are always two distractors for each question

Allow time for students to talk about why C is right and A

and B are wrong then elicit the answers

Answers

C is the correct answer there isnrsquot anybody in means the

people who live there are not at home and by the look of the

place indicates that the reporter is outside the house

B is the wrong answer the reporter says away at a luxury

hotel in the city centre so he is not there

A is the wrong answer he uses the conditional would be about

someone else (the TV crews )

4 102 Encourage pairs to look at the introductory

sentence and question of each item not the options If they

1047297nd it dif1047297cult to identify the focus put the answers on

the board in jumbled order Go through the answers and

suggest that students ask themselves these questions every

time they do Listening Part 1 Make sure that everyonereads and understands the Quick steps then get students to

work alone Remind students to listen to the speakersrsquo tone

as well as to the actual words they use Play the recording

through without pausing

Answers

2 one female talking about travelling by train every day focus

feelingsattitude

3 one female making a phone call focus purpose

4 one male talking about reading books at home focus reason

5 female and male (probably) talking in a holiday resort focus

person

6 one male talking about staying healthy focus something hersquos

doing

7 one female talking about where she lives focus place typeof home

8 female and male (probably) talking about 1047297nding something

focus feelings

Recording script

You will hear people talking in eight different situations Forquestions 1ndash8 choose the best answer (A B or C)

1 You hear a reporter talking on the radio

Irsquom standing here in Church Avenue with about thirty othermedia people but by the look of the place there isnrsquotanybody in Nobodyrsquos quite sure if hersquoll be back later thisafternoon ndash or whether hersquos spending the weekend awayperhaps at a luxury hotel in the city centre What does seem

clear though is that hersquos unlikely to play in Sundayrsquos bigmatch ndash otherwise these TV crews would be waiting at thegates of the clubrsquos training ground to 1047297lm him not here

2 You hear a woman talking about travelling to work every day

The traf1047297c into town is getting worse all the time so thetrain was the obvious alternative Irsquod kind of assumed Irsquodbe able to sit back and relax with a newspaper and a cupof coffee maybe chat with my fellow passengers and soon but actually most mornings itrsquos standing-room onlywith everyone squashed together the conversation usuallylimited to lsquoexcuse mersquo Somebody is always pushing andyou spend half your time trying to avoid falling over so thatby the time you arrive you feel as though yoursquove alreadydone half a dayrsquos work

Yourself and others

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1119

Unit 1 Yourself and others 9

3 You overhear a woman talking on the phone

Well Irsquom very sorry but Irsquom just not prepared to pay for itemsI didnrsquot receive As you say I ordered the DVDs a fortnightago and when I did so I gave your sales department all thedetails they needed to deliver them to the right address anditrsquos not my fault if they sent them somewhere else The onlymistake I made was in dealing with your company in the 1047297rstplace Next time I want things like that Irsquoll buy them onlineinstead Like most people do these days

4 You hear a man talking about reading books

Irsquom an editor in a publishing company and this month Irsquomworking particularly hard on a rather long novel so it mayseem a little surprising that my favourite way of relaxing inthe evenings is to sit down somewhere quiet with a goodbook Whenever I can I go into the study and settle down toread for as long as possible I just wish I could do so moreoften as Irsquom the kind of person who needs to get away fromother people for a while but these days Irsquom usually just toobusy helping out with the housework and the kids

5 You overhear a conversation in a holiday resort

Man The weatherrsquos been awful this summer hasnrsquot it Irsquomnot surprised people are looking so miserable Thosewho havenrsquot already gone home that is Non-stoprain spoils everything at the seaside

Woman I know If I were a tourist I wouldrsquove left too Theplace is half-empty and Irsquove already had to reduce thenumber of staff

Man Really Is it that bad

Woman Yes with so few customers I just couldnrsquot afford tokeep paying their wages I hated having to let themgo especially as I used to be a waitress myself Butwhat else could I do

Man You had no choice The same thingrsquos happening

everywhere round here

6 You hear a man talking about staying healthy

I was getting a bit worried about my unhealthy lifestyle soI started spending a few hours each week at the local gymbut it was pretty boring and I havenrsquot been for a while Thensomeone suggested I should try going to the of1047297ce on footrather than taking the car and I took her advice I live a longway out in the suburbs and in fact I go right past the gymevery day but itrsquos really helping me get in shape And thefunny thing is that with all this exercise I get more hungryand Irsquom actually having bigger meals now but Irsquom told itdoesnrsquot matter because Irsquom using up a lot more energy

7 You hear a woman talking about her home

Irsquom staying at a friendrsquos apartment downtown but Irsquoll move

back into my place when they 1047297nish repainting it probablyon Friday Itrsquos pleasant enough here though I miss mygarden with its beautiful bushes and trees Itrsquos almost likebeing in the countryside there even though itrsquos actually onthe outskirts of town Itrsquos right on top of a hill so from myupstairs window you can see the city-centre of1047297ce buildingsin one direction and a rural area not far away in the other

And a south-facing room gets lots of sunshine too

8 You overhear two people talking about finding something

Woman Yes itrsquos just as well that memory stick turned upwhen it did If itrsquod been missing any longer Irsquod begetting a bit worried by now

Man I knew it must be somewhere in the living room If youremember I suggested looking there the other day

Woman Actually that wasnrsquot where I found it

Man No Where was it

Woman It was in the spare room plugged into that old laptopof yours

Man Was it Oh I remember now I was using it last yearto copy some 1047297les Sorry about that

Woman It doesnrsquot matter now Forget it

Exam task answers

2 A 3 B 4 B 5 C 6 C 7 B 8 B

5 Point out that candidates do not lose marks for incorrect

answers as this may not be the case in other exams they

have taken Allow 30 seconds for them to check then go

through the answers

GrammarReview of present tenses

1 This activity could be done in pairs Give the class plenty

of time to match the extracts then check the answers If

yoursquore teaching in the southern hemisphere explain that

3 f seemed always true for the European who said it Elicit

or give more examples of each usage and of stative verbs

Answers

1 c 2 b 3 f 4 a 5 g 6 d 7 e

2 Go through the answers when everyone has 1047297nished If

there is time you may want to ask the class why they think

each mistake has been made

Answers

1 you understand 2 having fun 3 you like 4 rsquomam waiting

5 I prefer 6 have 7 rsquomam standing

3 This exercise practises all the uses presented in Exercise 1

If there is time elicit these from the class and ask which is

a stative verb

Answers

1 rsquosis writing (something happening right now)

2 are rising (a situation that is changing or developing)

3 quite often goes (a routine or habit)

4 are always shouting (something irritating or surprising)

5 belongs (stative verb)

6 rsquomam staying (a temporary situation)7 sets (something which is always true)

8 rsquosis having (something happening right now)

Present simple in time clauses

4 The studentsrsquo 1047297rst language may use a future form in these

clauses so itrsquos important they realise that in these extracts

we are using the present simple with future meaning as in

1047297rst conditional forms Elicit the answers and then some

more examples with a variety of time expressions such as

before after or until

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1219

10 Unit 1 Yourself and others

5 Make sure that everyone studies the Exam tip and answer

any questions about this Then give students about 20

minutes to do the multiple-matching task on their own in

exam conditions If you donrsquot want them to underline in

the book tell them to note down the 1047297rst few words of eachrelevant phrase or sentence Go through the answers and

elicit the relevant phrases and sentences If there is time

also elicit some of the distractors eg Arsquos reference to

missing the train relates to the past not the present (7)

Exam task answers

1 C 2 A 3 C 4 B 5 A 6 D 7 A 8 B 9 D 10 B

Underlining

A

(5) lsquoAssuming I donrsquot oversleep which can happen

(7) I do the uphill walk into town which wakes me up and

enables me to plan what Irsquom going to do in the morning

and afternoon

(2) I sometimes head for the gym but not as often as I

should

B

(4) a dash to the station to catch the 715

(10) dealing with client queries which for me is one of the

most interesting challenging and worthwhile aspects of

the job

(8) At 1047297rst I found working here pretty stressful but Irsquom

used to it now and it doesnrsquot bother me

C

(3) the previous evening lsquoIf I have a creative peakrsquo he

says lsquothatrsquos when it is

(1) having a 20-minute lie-down after lunch Then when I

wake up

D

(9) Itrsquos the custom here to have a sleep after lunch but I

havenrsquot got time for that In any case Irsquom not tired then (6) can be a bit irritating if I end up doing unpaid overtime

Adjectives ending in -ed and - ing

6 Give students time to study the context of each word and

work out the rules If necessary explain the meaning of

the B2-level words (exhausted fascinating challenging

refreshed distracted irritating) as listed by English Pro1047297le

Check the answers and elicit the corresponding -ed-ing

adjective for each of the eight words then elicit further

examples such as amazedamazing and boredboring

Answers

1 -ed 2 -ing

7 Point out that this exercise is partly a preparation for Word

Formation in Reading and Use of English later in this

unit and that spelling is important eg dropping the 1047297nal

e in some cases Both parts of the exercise could be done

individually or in pairs Encourage brief answers to the

questions using the words given Check answers to the

sentence-completion part of the exercise and elicit some

answers to the questions Also elicit the other form of each

adjective

Note one of the forms of all eight adjectives is listed as B2

level by English Pro1047297le

Answers

yes present simple

5 Give students a little time to study the sentences then go

through the answers

Answers

1 rsquoll get go 2 Irsquoll wait come 3 ends rsquoll catch 4 wonrsquot start

5 arrive rsquoll be 6 rsquoll talk get

6 Allow a minute or two for students working on their own to

write their answers then get them to work in pairs Elicit

some answers for each question

Suggested answers

1 I get home 2 I go on holiday 3 I have enough money

4 Irsquom thirty 5 I pass Pro1047297ciency 6 I 1047297nish my homework

Reading and Use of EnglishReading Part 7

1 This activity could be done in pairs Allow plenty of time

for discussion of the daily lives of the people in the photos

The four people talk about their lives in the Reading text

but donrsquot mention this yet ndash it will give students an extra

reason for reading later on

2 Give the class a minute or two to look at the instructions

the prompt Which person the question numbers and the text

layout Then check the answers

Answers

1 four 2 one text in four sections 3 four peoplersquos daily lives

4 which person does or thinks particular things

5 ten 6 yes

3 Give students two or three minutes to skim the text for the

answers to the two questions Then check the answers

Answers

1 B Assistant Sales Manager

2 A University student

3 C Website Designer

4 D Tour Guide

earliest B latest C

4 Explain that in many cases there are lsquodistractorsrsquo ndash words

or sentences in the text which appear to give the right

answer if they are not read carefully This activity raises

awareness of how distractors work Go through the answers

once students have had enough time to study the three

highlighted parts

Answers

B Correct ndash if lunch is the 1047297rst meal of the day for her she canrsquot

have eaten breakfast

A If therersquos time he has tea and toast so itrsquos not true to say he

never has breakfast

D Usually she skips (misses) breakfast but not always ndash she

sometimes has lsquocereal or somethingrsquo

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1319

Unit 1 Yourself and others 11

Answers

1 relaxed 2 amusing 3 worried 4 depressing 5 motivated

6 terri1047297ed 7 astonishing 8 puzzling

8 Where possible students should work with others they donrsquotknow very well using the prompts from Exercise 7 and as

many -ing -ed adjectives as they can

SpeakingPart 1

Optional activity

Make sure that students know what Part 1 consists of You

could ask the following questions Encourage students to 1047297nd

the answers in the Speaking guide on page 97 if they donrsquot

already know them

1 How many examiners are there

2 Do you answer questions from just one examiner 3 How many candidates are there

4 Do you talk to the other candidate(s) in Part 1

Answers

1 two 2 yes 3 usually two but occasionally there may be

three 4 no

1 Explain that in the exam students may be asked questions

about future plans and ambitions and that these will be

practised in Unit 5 You may also want to point out that

candidates are always asked the 1047297rst two questions here while

the others are taken from lists that examiners may choose

from

Answers

1 your town

2 what you like about your town

3 your family

4 your favourite season and why

5 what you like doing on holiday

6 what you use the Internet for

(all questions are about you)

You would use the present simple to reply although in some

cases you may also need to use the present continuous for

example to say a relative is studying abroad

2 Focus attention on the Exam tip before students start this

activity and perhaps mention that the two mistakes are both

incorrect uses of verb tenses Allow time for pairs to work on

this then elicit the answers

Suggested answers

1 One-word answer He gives examples when asked in what

ways but he could have done this without being prompted

2 The verb form should be I stay

3 She doesnrsquot give a reason She could reply as she does after

the examiner asks why without being prompted

4 The verb form should be I go

5 Not polite He could say Could you repeat that please

6 He doesnrsquot give a reason for not liking newspapers He could

say something like because therersquos too much in them about

politics or I listen to the radio news so I donrsquot need to

3 Students should be familiar with all the basic frequency

adverbs like usually and aware that these normally go

before the main verb Elicit the answer to the 1047297rst question

then tell the class to look at the six expressions and answer

the questions Go through the answers and elicit moreexamples such as twice a month and every few minutes

Point out that hardly ever is quite often tested in Reading

and Use of English and other parts of the exam

Answers

1 at the end ( hardly ever goes before the verb)

2 hardly ever

3 from time to time now and then

4 If possible get everyone to sit with somebody they donrsquot

know very well this activity can be a useful ice-breaker

Monitor pairs and feed in language where necessary

5 Tell pairs to be polite and constructive in their comments

about each otherrsquos speaking Allow a minute for thisand then elicit some comments on the studentsrsquo own

performance (not on their partnersrsquo speaking) and note any

particular dif1047297culties

Character adjectives

6 Point out that this is a light-hearted activity with no lsquorightrsquo

or lsquowrongrsquo answers ndash or lsquokeyrsquo purporting to analyse their

personality Give students a couple of minutes each to

answer

7 These adjectives are all B2 level as shown by English

Pro1047297le Encourage the use of dictionaries if students have

any dif1047297culties then check that everyone has the right

answers They then compare their impressions of each other

using some of the adjectives Advise students to be careful

not to upset their partners avoiding answers such as always

bossy even if itrsquos true Monitor pairs to make sure that they

do so and to avoid possible embarrassment donrsquot elicit

answers when everyone has 1047297nished Finally students use

modals such as could might and may to speculate about the

character of the people in the photos Elicit some answers

and point out that the language used in this activity is useful

practice for Writing later in this unit

Answers

1 thoughtful 2 optimistic 3 childish 4 bossy 5 practical

6 impatient 7 ambitious 8 sensitive 9 decisive

10 unpredictable 11 reasonable 12 disorganised

Reading and Use of EnglishForming adjectives

1 Get students to note down the words and then underline

them if you donrsquot want them to write in the book Make

sure that everyone has the right answers You may want to

elicit the base words eg ambition boss etc pointing out

that some are nouns but others are verbs and adjectives

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1419

12 Unit 1 Yourself and others

Answers

reasonable ( also unpredictable) practical disorganised

thoughtful optimistic impatient childish sensitive decisive

ambitious unpredictable bossy

2 Elicit that when adding a suf1047297x beginning with a vowel we

drop the 1047297nal e eg adventure ndash adventurous Encourage

the use of dictionaries to 1047297nd antonyms and check spelling

Remind students to add both a pre1047297x and suf1047297x eg

unadventurous where possible Then elicit all the answers

possibly putting them on the board or OHP Elicit more

adjectives (not necessarily of character) with each of these

pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes plus their meanings and possibly also

their opposites

Answers

(un)adventurous aggressive anxious artistic cautious cheeky

competitive (un)emotional energetic (un)enthusiastic foolish

greedy (un)helpful dishonest pessimistic impolite unpopular(un)reliable (dis)respectful (un)sympathetic

Optional activity

Encourage discussion about whether some of these

adjectives describe positive or negative characteristics

pointing out that in certain cases eg pessimistic cautious

the answers are subjective Elicit answers from the class

making sure that all the words are understood

Suggested answers

lsquogoodrsquo ndash artistic energetic enthusiastic helpful honest polite

reliable sympathetic

lsquobadrsquo ndash opposites of the above ( unenthusiastic unhelpful

unreliable unsympathetic ) plus aggressive cheeky foolish

greedy dishonest impolite unpopular

lsquogoodrsquo or lsquobadrsquo ndash adventurous anxious cautious competitive

emotional pessimistic and respectful could be positive or

negative in certain circumstances

Part 3

3 Explain that all the mistakes in these sentences involve

pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes students have studied in this unit

though in most cases with different adjectives Elicit

answers when they have 1047297nished You may want to ask

what students think the most common mistakes are by

speakers of their 1047297rst language(s)

Answers

1 charming 2 impolite 3 healthy 4 disorganised 5 sociable

6 stressful

4 Like Exercise 1 this exercise focuses on pre1047297xes and

suf1047297xes studied in this unit Students have also seen all the

base words although they will have to be careful which

form to choose as two or three pre1047297xes andor suf1047297xes may

be possible Explain that this is in effect a sentence-level

version of Word Formation although of course in the exam

it is unlikely that all the target words would be adjectives

requiring pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes Go through the answers

once students have 1047297nished highlighting spelling

Answers

1 optimistic 2 challenging 3 depressed 4 unsympathetic

5 refreshed 6 unenthusiastic

5 Tell the class to read the instructions carefully and lookvery quickly at the way the text and the words in capitals

are laid out Then go through the answers

Answers

1 eight

2 a word formed from the word in capitals at the end of the

same line

3 mainly vocabulary (especially pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes)

6 Set a time limit for this of no more than a minute and

advise students to do this every time they do a Word

Formation task Explain that some answers may require

an understanding of more than one sentence or the

text as a whole Check the answers and deal with any

comprehension dif1047297culties that relate to the gist of the text

but not the detail

Answers

The purpose of the text is to show how different people from

the same family can be

paragraph 1 to introduce the topic

paragraph 2 to describe one of the daughters

paragraph 3 to describe the other daughter

paragraph 4 to describe the son

7 Explain that students should look at the example and its

context every time they begin a Word Formation task as

this will give them an introduction to the text and also

remind them of what they must do in this task type Gothrough the answers with the class

Answers

1 an adjective 2 what causes a feeling (to friends of the family)

3 - ing 4 drop the 1047297nal e

Point out that students have already seen some form or

other of all the target words in this exam task You may

also want to give some clues or further tips before they

begin - for instance the need to watch out for plural forms

Allow ten to twelve minutes for students working on their

own to 1047297ll in or note down their answers Remind them to

make sure they have changed all the words in capital letters

Then check answers Elicit the pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes usedand highlight the use of two of these in question 4 Pay

particular attention to spelling in 1 5 6 7 and 8

Exam task answers

1 personalities 2 motivated 3 ambitious 4 unemotional

5 sensitive 6 sympathetic 7 adventurous 8 anxious

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1519

Unit 1 Yourself and others 13

WritingPart 2 informal letter

1 When the class has had time to look at the exam task elicit

the answers

Answers

1 an English friend Alex

2 write back saying how important friends are to you who your

best friend is what you like about him or her

3 informal

a Irsquove donrsquot Irsquod Whorsquos b kid do c So and

d exclamation mark e Looking forward to hearing from you

2 Give students a few minutes to read the model answer and

answer the questions Elicit the answers

Answers

1 yes

2 no3 Dear Alex Best wishes

4 Introduction she thanks Alex for hisher message and

comments on this

Conclusion she talks about the future and asks Alex to write

back soon and give her more information

5 Yes the importance of friends in the 1047297rst main paragraph

who her best friend is in the second main paragraph a

description of her friendrsquos personality in the third main

paragraph

6 Informal expressions such as thanks just down the road

mates a bit dash and exclamation marks contracted

forms theyrsquore whorsquos wersquove shersquos linkers and but friendly

expressions It was great to hear from you Write soon

7 indecisive practical bossy thoughtful sympathetic

8 tell each other can be at times whenever I shersquos always

cheer me up sense of humour have the chance etc

3 Refer the class to the instructions in the exam task and to

the Exam tip This is very much a personal task and best

done individually ndash point out there are no lsquorightrsquo or lsquowrongrsquo

answers to these questions either Monitor studentsrsquo work

and make suggestions where necessary especially for

question 1 but donrsquot elicit answers

4 Get students to make their plan quickly using very brief

notes

5 Give the class no more than 40 minutes to write their

answers as that is what they will have in the exam and they

have already studied the task and planned their work Tell

students always to leave at least 1047297ve minutes at the end of

each Writing task to check their work and to refer back to

these 1047297ve points in future units and other Part 1 and Part 2

tasks Checking could be done as a peer correction activity

although of course this will not be possible in the exam

itself

Model answer

Hi Alex

Itrsquos always great to hear from you

Yoursquore absolutely right about how much friendship matters Life just wouldnrsquot be the same if we didnrsquot have friends would it

My very best friend is called Luis and wersquove grown up together

really We 1047297rst met at primary school and hersquos been my best

mate ever since

Wersquore quite similar in a lot of ways For instance wersquore the same

age almost exactly the same height and weight and wersquore both

crazy about sports especially basketball and swimming

Like me he can be rather shy at times though hersquos perhaps a

little more talkative than me Hersquos also someone you can rely on

to help you if yoursquore in trouble or worried about something Hersquos

a fantastic friend and Irsquom sure yoursquod get on really well with him

Hope to hear from you again soon

Bye for now

Enrique

Revision

1 Answers

1 rsquomam staying rsquomam working

2 usually eat rsquoreare having

3 rsquomam waiting seems

4 is changing are getting

5 is rsquosis always complaining

6 own donrsquot live

7 gets rsquomam thinking

2 Answers

1 greedy 2 dishonest 3 artistic 4 impolite 5 energetic

6 cautious 7 pessimistic

3 Answers

1 unpredictable 2 sympathetic 3 unreasonable

4 challenging 5 thoughtful 6 decisive

4 Answers

1 relaxing 2 reliable 3 practical 4 terrifying

5 astonished 6 aggressive 7 competitive 8 childish

9 puzzling 10 exhausted

Remind students that there is more practice on the CD-ROM

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1619

Part 7

Look at the exam task Answer thesequestions

1 Whatrsquos the text about

2 How many people can you choose from3 What must you find4 How many questions are there

Now do the exam task

Exam task

You are going to read an article in which fourpeople talk about their friends For questions1ndash10 choose from the people (AndashD) The peoplemay be chosen more than once

Which person

earns less money than theirfriend

1

says the two of them did not likeeach other at first

2

denies that their friend is bossy 3

has had a similar upbringing to their friendrsquos

4

once fell out with their friend 5

shares a hobby with their friend 6

says their friend has a goodsense of humour

7

describes their friend as rather

shy

8

has a friend who is veryoptimistic

9

has a very ambitious friend 10

READING AND USE OF ENGLISH

The best of friendsA Nadia Hassan has been friends with Amina since they were fourteen

lsquoWe were born in the same monthrsquo says Nadia lsquoand we grew up in

the same small town though the funny thing is we didnrsquot actually

know each other until we both took up horse riding something we

still enjoyrsquo There are according to Nadia some differences between

them lsquoWhereas I tend to be a bit negative about the future always

expecting the worst to happen Amina is the complete opposite

Maybe between us we just about strike the right balance Though

of course having such different ways of looking at the same thing

can lead to tensions and a couple of years ago we actually stoppedspeaking for a while but that didnrsquot last longrsquo

B Liam Doherty first met his friend Marc when they were both doing

summer jobs at a seaside hotel Marc has since moved to another

part of the country but they still keep in touch by email and

chatting online lsquoHe comes round to my house whenever hersquos in

town which is actually quite often Hersquos got a good job and can

travel wherever he likes every weekend which is something I wish I

could afford to do on my salary But hersquos different from me in that

hersquos always had this strong desire for success in life whereas I prefer

to take things a bit easier with plenty of time for hobbies like hill-

walking and readingrsquo

C Maxim Salenko has been friendly with Andriy ever since they wereat primary school lsquoWe grew up in much the same kind of family

environment and we usually sat together at school and enjoyed the

same sports though in some ways hersquos not like me Irsquom fairly quiet

perhaps a little shy at times but Andriy is always a fun guy to be

withrsquo says Maxim lsquoHe can be noisy and some people say he tries to

tell everyone what to do but I donrsquot think thatrsquos true He just likes to

make sure everyone else has a good time too Once or twice Irsquove felt

a bit irritated by things he said but that was probably because I was

in a bad mood at the time and I donrsquot think he even noticed I was

annoyedrsquo

D Camille Leroy and her friend Lara have known each other for three

years now lsquoWersquore from different backgroundsrsquo says Camille lsquoand

to be honest when we were introduced at a party we didnrsquot hit it offat all She seemed a bit unfriendly and it took quite a while before I

realised that she was in fact lacking in self-confidence particularly

when meeting new people To some extent she still is but once you

get to know Lara you realise what good company she is She always

has interesting things to say and she tells some great jokes too I

often see her on the bus home from work because nowadays she

lives just round the corner from me She moved there to be close to

the golf course and Irsquom thinking of taking it up toorsquo

4 UNIT 1 YOURSELF AND OTHERS

Yourself and others1

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1719

5YOURSELF AND OTHERS UNIT 1

Grammar

Present tenses

1 Some of these sentences written by examcandidates contain mistakes Correct anymistakes using the present simple or presentcontinuous

1 Irsquom belonging to a tennis club and it is my

favourite sport

2 Irsquoll pick you up from the airport when yoursquoll

arrive at 930

3 Irsquom having a lovely holiday here on the island4 Every day we are spending about eight hours

at work

5 When you will receive my letter please tell

Mary about this

6 Pablo is needing to talk to somebody but he

never calls me

7 Nowadays it becomes more and more

important to have a good education

8 I promise that Irsquoll phone you tonight when I

get home

9I need to earn some money and this is themain reason why I apply for this job

10 They are the kind of people who are driving

to work every day in big cars

2 Complete the sentences with the present simpleor present continuous form of these verbs Useeach verb only once

end get hear own rise see take try

1 I usually go to work by car but this week Ithe train because the road

bridge is closed

2 It harder to find a job and youth

unemployment is now very high3 As soon as the college term

Irsquom going away on holiday

4 Her parents are very rich They

homes in both London and New York

5 I Marcos later this evening

when he leaves the club6 Please turn the music down a bit I

to sleep

7 In every part of the world the sun

in the east

8 I promise Irsquoll get up as soon as I

the alarm clock

LISTENINGPart 1

Look at questions 1ndash4 in the exam task Answer these questions

1 How many speakers will you hear

2 Will they be female or male voices

3 What is the situation

4 What is the focus eg place opinion of the question

02 Now listen and do the exam task

Exam task

You will hear people talking in four different situations (in the exam youwill hear eight) For questions 1ndash4 choose the best answer (A B or C)

1 You hear a teenager talking about her new bedroom

What does she like about it

A the way it is decorated

B the furniture in it C its size and shape

2 You overhear a conversation on a bus

Where is the man going first A to a shop B to the library C to work

3 You hear a man talking on the phone

Why is he calling

A to apologise B to ask for information

C to complain

4 You hear part of an interview with a businesswoman

What does she do A She hires out bicycles B She hires out cars

C She hires out motorcycles

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1819

6 UNIT 1 YOURSELF AND OTHERS

Part 3

1 Correct the mistakes in these sentenceswritten by exam candidates using the

correct form of the word in brackets Add aprefix andor a suffix in each case

1 I am worry (worry) about you so can I talk

to you

2 The biggest disadvantage is that you are

always stressy (stress) when you do that job

3 These are my recommendations for the

most attraction (attract) places in my town

4 Suddenly I heard something strange near

the door I was terrorised (terrify)

5 Your report about the music festival isabsolutely inacceptable (accept)

6 It was really surprised (surprise) to hear

that Marta was the winner

7 The streets wouldnrsquot be so crowdy (crowd)and they would be safer for people

8 Staying at your house next week will be

really enjoyful (enjoy)

9 That festival was a completely

unorganised (organise) and dull event

10 There are some interesting and

impressing (impress) museums in this city

2 Look at the exam task example (0) andanswer these questions

1 What kind of word goes between the

superlative form the most and the noun

features

2 Does this word describe how someone

feels or what causes a feeling3 What suffix do we use for this

Now do the exam task

Exam task

For questions 1ndash8 read the text below Use the word given in capitals atthe end of some of the lines to form a word that fits in the gap in the sameline There is an example at the beginning (0)

Example 0 SURPRISING

Staying safe online

One of the most (0) features of the

computer age is the huge amount of time that youngpeople spend communicating with each other

Whereas a generation ago children would go home

after a (1) day at school and watch TV

nowadays they are likely to do something much more

(2) such as chat online with their

friends

Others exchange information on (3)popular social networking sites such as Facebook What

some parents find rather (4) however is

how easily they can make online lsquofriendsrsquo who they have

never actually met and also the amount of information

that their children are so (5) puttingonto these websites for anyone to see

Parents are right to be (6) but with

many children spending hours a day online it is simply

(7) for adults constantly to watch over

them All they can do is advise them to be extremely

(8) about contact with strangers and to

warn them not to put personal information such as their

phone number or home address online

SURPRISE

TIRE

SOCIETY

INCREASE

WORRY

ENTHUSIASM

ANXIETY

PRACTICE

CAUTION

READING AND USE OF ENGLISH

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1919

3 Plan and write your letter to Sam Try to include some of Matteorsquosexpressions and character adjectives

WRITINGPart 2 informal letter

1 Look at the exam task and answer thesequestions

1 Who has written to you

2 Who do they want to know about

3 What examples of informal language can

you find

Exam task

Here is part of an email you have received fromSam an English-speaking friend

Write your email to Sam in 140ndash190 words Donot write any addresses

2 Read the model letter and answer thesequestions

1 Does Matteo answer Samrsquos questions2 Where would you split the second

paragraph to form two shorter

paragraphs

3 Is Matteorsquos message written in an informal

style Find examples4 Find and correct these mistakes in the

letter

a a comparative

b a verb tense c an article

d three adjective suffixes5 Which of Matteorsquos expressions could you

use in your letter

Though my sisterrsquos quite a bit younger than me

wersquore good friends most of the time

So tell me about a relative of yours who you see a lot

ndash and why you enjoy being with him or her

Hope to hear from you soon

Hi Sam

Thanks for writing Itrsquos always nice to get a message from you

Itrsquos great that you have such a close friendship with your sister My sisterrsquos actually

a lot older that me and my brotherrsquos much younger so we donrsquot of ten like doing the

same things but I have a cousin called Lorenzo whorsquos about my age and we get on

really well He lives not far from here and like me hersquos a student ndash though not at the

same college Wersquove been friends since we were k ids and wersquore seeing each other

most weekends and of course in the holidays Wersquove got lots of things in common

For instance we love the mountain biking and something I really like about him is that

hersquos so adventurous We have great fun when wersquore out together because hersquos so

enthusiastic about doing excited things but without getting too competitious He can

also be quite sensitive and thoughtful and whenever I have any kind of problem hersquos

always sympatic In short hersquos a fantastic friend

Hope to hear from you again soon

Bye for now

Matteo

7YOURSELF AND OTHERS UNIT 1

Page 8: Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 819

14 UNIT 1 WRITING

Part 2 informal letter1 Look at the exam task and answer these

questions

1 Who has written to you

2 What does this person want you to do

3 What style is the extract from the letter

written in Find examples of the following a contrac ted forms eg Irsquom

b short common words eg got

c simple linking words eg because

d informal punctuation eg dash (ndash)

e friendly expressions eg tell me

Exam task

This is part of an email from an English friendAlex

Write your email to Alex in 140ndash190 words Donot write any addresses

P age 90 2

Read the model letter and answer these questions1 Is Lydiarsquos letter the right length2 Has she made any language mistakes3 How does she open and close her message

4 What does she talk about in her introduction and conclusion

5 Does she answer all of Alexrsquos questions In which main paragraphs

6 What examples of informal language can you find

7 What character adjectives does she use8 Which phrases of hers might be particularly useful when you write

other letters

3 Think about these questions and note down some ideas for your ownletter to Alex

1 What does friendship mean to you

2 How often do you see your friends3 Who are you going to write about4 How long have you known each other

5 Which character adjectives best descr ibe your friend

4 Make a plan for your letter Put your best ideas from Exercise 3 underthese headings 1 Friends in general 2 Best friend who 3 Best friend why Then add some details such as the personrsquos age or job You couldput the points under each heading into main paragraphs 1 2 and 3

5 Write your letter When you have finished check it for the following

correct length

all the content asked for in the instructions

good organisation into paragraphs

correct grammar spelling and punctuation suitable style of language

Dear Alex

Many thanks for your message It was great to hear from youThe first thing I want to say is that I completely agree with you about friends I see some of

mine almost every day and I really miss them when theyrsquore away

My closest friend is Nicole whorsquos also a student is the same age as me and lives just

down the road Wersquove been best mates for many years and we tell each other everything

but I think wersquove got quite dif ferent personalities

For instance I can be a bit indecisive at times but shersquos very practical and gets everything

done quickly Shersquos not bossy though In fact shersquos really thoughtful Whenever I get upset

shersquos always sympathetic and then she finds a way to cheer me up ndash shersquos got a wonderful

sense of humour

I hope one day you can get to know her and that I have the chance to meet your friends

too Please tell me more about them in your next letter Write soon

Best wishesLydia

Irsquom lucky because Irsquove got really good friends ndash especially

those Irsquove known since I was a kid I donrsquot know what Irsquod

do without them So tell me how important are friends to

you Whorsquos your best friend and what do you like about

him or her

Looking forward to hearing from you soon

Quick steps to writing a Part 2 informalletter

Look at the task including any text anddecide who you are writing to why andwhich points to include

Note down ideas and decide how manymain paragraphs you will need Then putyour ideas under paragraph headings

Begin Dear (friendrsquos first name) and thankthem for their last message

Keep to your plan and use informallanguage throughout

Close in a friendly way asking them to writeback End Lots of love Best wishes etc

Make sure you leave enough time at the end to check your letter formistakes

Exam tip

WRITING1

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 919

See the CD-ROM for more practice

1

Complete the sentences with the presentsimple or present continuous form of theverbs in brackets

1 This summer I (stay) at the

seaside and I (work) in a

local shop in the mornings

2 My friends (usually eat) at

home but this evening they

(have) dinner in a restaurant

3 Hi I (wait) to get onto the

plane but there (seem) to be

a delay

4 The climate (change) all

the time and the temperatures here

(get) higher every year

5 Natalie (be) quite annoying

She (always complain) about

something

6 My grandparents (own)

a house in the village though they

(not live) there any more

7 This far north it (get)dark very early at this time of year so

I (think) of spending the

winter in Australia

2 Add a prefix or suffix to these words andcomplete the sentences

artist caution energy greed honest

pessimism polite

1 Martin always eats too much food Hersquos

really

2 Itrsquos to take things from a

shop without paying for them

3 The quality of these drawings and

paintings shows how

Alexia is

4 If someone helps you itrsquosnot to say lsquothank yoursquo

5 Paola is usually quite but

she doesnrsquot feel like doing sports today

6 Jerry likes to take risks but his brother

Anton is a much more boy

7 Irsquom sorry to be so but I just

know wersquore going to lose this game

3

Complete the sentences with the correct form of the words in brackets1 Terry is quite (predict) You never know what hersquos going

to do next

2 I thanked my friends for being so (sympathy) when Ihad to go into hospital

3 Itrsquos (reason) to expect people to do all your work for

you

4 Going up that mountain is quite (challenge) even for

an expert climber

5 It was (thought) of you to remember my motherrsquos

birthday

6 To succeed in business you have to be (decision) and

not keep changing your mind

4 Read the text below Use the word given in capitals at the end of someof the lines to form a word that fits in the gap in the same line

In the morning I normally take the underground At

that time of day itrsquos crowded you have to stand and itrsquos

certainly not a (1) way to travel But the

service is quick frequent and (2) which

makes it by far the most (3) way to get

across the city in the rush hour

Occasionally though I travel into town in a friendrsquos car

to go shopping and quite honestly I often 1047297nd it an

absolutely (4) experience Every time we

get onto the ring road Irsquom (5) by the waypeople behave when they drive a car Some are extremely

(6) driving straight at you to make you

get out of their way while others are (7)

trying to have races with other drivers all the time They

just seem (8) to me

What I 1047297nd most (9) about this is the

fact that by the time they actually get to their of1047297ces

theyrsquore probably too (10) to do a proper

dayrsquos work

RELAX

RELY

PRACTICE

TERRIFY

ASTONISH

AGGRESSION

COMPETE

CHILD

PUZZLE

EXHAUST

REVISION UNIT 1 15

REVISION1

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1019

8 Unit 1 Yourself and others

Unit objectivesTOPICS daily life peopleGRAMMAR review of present tenses present

simple in time clauses VOCABULARY adjectives ending in -ed and - ing

character adjectives adjectivepre1047297xes and suf1047297xes - able - al dis--ful - ic im- - ish - itive - ive -ousun- - y

READING and Part 7 studying an example itemUSE OF ENGLISH Part 3 word building gist-reading

studying the exampleWRITING Part 2 informal letter getting ideas

planning checkingLISTENING Part 1 studying an example script

SPEAKING Part 1 asking for repetition givingreasons and examples

ListeningPart 1

1 This activity could be done in pairs Allow a few minutesrsquo

discussion time Then ask students for their overall

1047297ndings and whether they think they have a good balance

between workstudy and relaxation

Optional activity

Look at the exam task with the class Make sure that

students know what Part 1 consists of You could ask the

following questions Encourage students to 1047297nd the answersin the Listening guide on page 94 if they donrsquot already

know them

1 How many extracts will you hear

2 Is there any connection between the extracts

3 Do you both read and hear the introductory sentence

about each speaker and situation

4 Do you both read and hear each question

Answers

1 eight 2 no 3 yes 4 no

2 Get students to study question 1 but not the transcript in

Exercise 3 Check the answers

Answers

1 one male radio journalist reporting from the street

2 the focus is place

3 Explain to the class that multiple-choice questions in

Listening (and Reading) often contain lsquodistractorsrsquo within

the text that are designed to mislead them and that in this

task type there are always two distractors for each question

Allow time for students to talk about why C is right and A

and B are wrong then elicit the answers

Answers

C is the correct answer there isnrsquot anybody in means the

people who live there are not at home and by the look of the

place indicates that the reporter is outside the house

B is the wrong answer the reporter says away at a luxury

hotel in the city centre so he is not there

A is the wrong answer he uses the conditional would be about

someone else (the TV crews )

4 102 Encourage pairs to look at the introductory

sentence and question of each item not the options If they

1047297nd it dif1047297cult to identify the focus put the answers on

the board in jumbled order Go through the answers and

suggest that students ask themselves these questions every

time they do Listening Part 1 Make sure that everyonereads and understands the Quick steps then get students to

work alone Remind students to listen to the speakersrsquo tone

as well as to the actual words they use Play the recording

through without pausing

Answers

2 one female talking about travelling by train every day focus

feelingsattitude

3 one female making a phone call focus purpose

4 one male talking about reading books at home focus reason

5 female and male (probably) talking in a holiday resort focus

person

6 one male talking about staying healthy focus something hersquos

doing

7 one female talking about where she lives focus place typeof home

8 female and male (probably) talking about 1047297nding something

focus feelings

Recording script

You will hear people talking in eight different situations Forquestions 1ndash8 choose the best answer (A B or C)

1 You hear a reporter talking on the radio

Irsquom standing here in Church Avenue with about thirty othermedia people but by the look of the place there isnrsquotanybody in Nobodyrsquos quite sure if hersquoll be back later thisafternoon ndash or whether hersquos spending the weekend awayperhaps at a luxury hotel in the city centre What does seem

clear though is that hersquos unlikely to play in Sundayrsquos bigmatch ndash otherwise these TV crews would be waiting at thegates of the clubrsquos training ground to 1047297lm him not here

2 You hear a woman talking about travelling to work every day

The traf1047297c into town is getting worse all the time so thetrain was the obvious alternative Irsquod kind of assumed Irsquodbe able to sit back and relax with a newspaper and a cupof coffee maybe chat with my fellow passengers and soon but actually most mornings itrsquos standing-room onlywith everyone squashed together the conversation usuallylimited to lsquoexcuse mersquo Somebody is always pushing andyou spend half your time trying to avoid falling over so thatby the time you arrive you feel as though yoursquove alreadydone half a dayrsquos work

Yourself and others

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1119

Unit 1 Yourself and others 9

3 You overhear a woman talking on the phone

Well Irsquom very sorry but Irsquom just not prepared to pay for itemsI didnrsquot receive As you say I ordered the DVDs a fortnightago and when I did so I gave your sales department all thedetails they needed to deliver them to the right address anditrsquos not my fault if they sent them somewhere else The onlymistake I made was in dealing with your company in the 1047297rstplace Next time I want things like that Irsquoll buy them onlineinstead Like most people do these days

4 You hear a man talking about reading books

Irsquom an editor in a publishing company and this month Irsquomworking particularly hard on a rather long novel so it mayseem a little surprising that my favourite way of relaxing inthe evenings is to sit down somewhere quiet with a goodbook Whenever I can I go into the study and settle down toread for as long as possible I just wish I could do so moreoften as Irsquom the kind of person who needs to get away fromother people for a while but these days Irsquom usually just toobusy helping out with the housework and the kids

5 You overhear a conversation in a holiday resort

Man The weatherrsquos been awful this summer hasnrsquot it Irsquomnot surprised people are looking so miserable Thosewho havenrsquot already gone home that is Non-stoprain spoils everything at the seaside

Woman I know If I were a tourist I wouldrsquove left too Theplace is half-empty and Irsquove already had to reduce thenumber of staff

Man Really Is it that bad

Woman Yes with so few customers I just couldnrsquot afford tokeep paying their wages I hated having to let themgo especially as I used to be a waitress myself Butwhat else could I do

Man You had no choice The same thingrsquos happening

everywhere round here

6 You hear a man talking about staying healthy

I was getting a bit worried about my unhealthy lifestyle soI started spending a few hours each week at the local gymbut it was pretty boring and I havenrsquot been for a while Thensomeone suggested I should try going to the of1047297ce on footrather than taking the car and I took her advice I live a longway out in the suburbs and in fact I go right past the gymevery day but itrsquos really helping me get in shape And thefunny thing is that with all this exercise I get more hungryand Irsquom actually having bigger meals now but Irsquom told itdoesnrsquot matter because Irsquom using up a lot more energy

7 You hear a woman talking about her home

Irsquom staying at a friendrsquos apartment downtown but Irsquoll move

back into my place when they 1047297nish repainting it probablyon Friday Itrsquos pleasant enough here though I miss mygarden with its beautiful bushes and trees Itrsquos almost likebeing in the countryside there even though itrsquos actually onthe outskirts of town Itrsquos right on top of a hill so from myupstairs window you can see the city-centre of1047297ce buildingsin one direction and a rural area not far away in the other

And a south-facing room gets lots of sunshine too

8 You overhear two people talking about finding something

Woman Yes itrsquos just as well that memory stick turned upwhen it did If itrsquod been missing any longer Irsquod begetting a bit worried by now

Man I knew it must be somewhere in the living room If youremember I suggested looking there the other day

Woman Actually that wasnrsquot where I found it

Man No Where was it

Woman It was in the spare room plugged into that old laptopof yours

Man Was it Oh I remember now I was using it last yearto copy some 1047297les Sorry about that

Woman It doesnrsquot matter now Forget it

Exam task answers

2 A 3 B 4 B 5 C 6 C 7 B 8 B

5 Point out that candidates do not lose marks for incorrect

answers as this may not be the case in other exams they

have taken Allow 30 seconds for them to check then go

through the answers

GrammarReview of present tenses

1 This activity could be done in pairs Give the class plenty

of time to match the extracts then check the answers If

yoursquore teaching in the southern hemisphere explain that

3 f seemed always true for the European who said it Elicit

or give more examples of each usage and of stative verbs

Answers

1 c 2 b 3 f 4 a 5 g 6 d 7 e

2 Go through the answers when everyone has 1047297nished If

there is time you may want to ask the class why they think

each mistake has been made

Answers

1 you understand 2 having fun 3 you like 4 rsquomam waiting

5 I prefer 6 have 7 rsquomam standing

3 This exercise practises all the uses presented in Exercise 1

If there is time elicit these from the class and ask which is

a stative verb

Answers

1 rsquosis writing (something happening right now)

2 are rising (a situation that is changing or developing)

3 quite often goes (a routine or habit)

4 are always shouting (something irritating or surprising)

5 belongs (stative verb)

6 rsquomam staying (a temporary situation)7 sets (something which is always true)

8 rsquosis having (something happening right now)

Present simple in time clauses

4 The studentsrsquo 1047297rst language may use a future form in these

clauses so itrsquos important they realise that in these extracts

we are using the present simple with future meaning as in

1047297rst conditional forms Elicit the answers and then some

more examples with a variety of time expressions such as

before after or until

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1219

10 Unit 1 Yourself and others

5 Make sure that everyone studies the Exam tip and answer

any questions about this Then give students about 20

minutes to do the multiple-matching task on their own in

exam conditions If you donrsquot want them to underline in

the book tell them to note down the 1047297rst few words of eachrelevant phrase or sentence Go through the answers and

elicit the relevant phrases and sentences If there is time

also elicit some of the distractors eg Arsquos reference to

missing the train relates to the past not the present (7)

Exam task answers

1 C 2 A 3 C 4 B 5 A 6 D 7 A 8 B 9 D 10 B

Underlining

A

(5) lsquoAssuming I donrsquot oversleep which can happen

(7) I do the uphill walk into town which wakes me up and

enables me to plan what Irsquom going to do in the morning

and afternoon

(2) I sometimes head for the gym but not as often as I

should

B

(4) a dash to the station to catch the 715

(10) dealing with client queries which for me is one of the

most interesting challenging and worthwhile aspects of

the job

(8) At 1047297rst I found working here pretty stressful but Irsquom

used to it now and it doesnrsquot bother me

C

(3) the previous evening lsquoIf I have a creative peakrsquo he

says lsquothatrsquos when it is

(1) having a 20-minute lie-down after lunch Then when I

wake up

D

(9) Itrsquos the custom here to have a sleep after lunch but I

havenrsquot got time for that In any case Irsquom not tired then (6) can be a bit irritating if I end up doing unpaid overtime

Adjectives ending in -ed and - ing

6 Give students time to study the context of each word and

work out the rules If necessary explain the meaning of

the B2-level words (exhausted fascinating challenging

refreshed distracted irritating) as listed by English Pro1047297le

Check the answers and elicit the corresponding -ed-ing

adjective for each of the eight words then elicit further

examples such as amazedamazing and boredboring

Answers

1 -ed 2 -ing

7 Point out that this exercise is partly a preparation for Word

Formation in Reading and Use of English later in this

unit and that spelling is important eg dropping the 1047297nal

e in some cases Both parts of the exercise could be done

individually or in pairs Encourage brief answers to the

questions using the words given Check answers to the

sentence-completion part of the exercise and elicit some

answers to the questions Also elicit the other form of each

adjective

Note one of the forms of all eight adjectives is listed as B2

level by English Pro1047297le

Answers

yes present simple

5 Give students a little time to study the sentences then go

through the answers

Answers

1 rsquoll get go 2 Irsquoll wait come 3 ends rsquoll catch 4 wonrsquot start

5 arrive rsquoll be 6 rsquoll talk get

6 Allow a minute or two for students working on their own to

write their answers then get them to work in pairs Elicit

some answers for each question

Suggested answers

1 I get home 2 I go on holiday 3 I have enough money

4 Irsquom thirty 5 I pass Pro1047297ciency 6 I 1047297nish my homework

Reading and Use of EnglishReading Part 7

1 This activity could be done in pairs Allow plenty of time

for discussion of the daily lives of the people in the photos

The four people talk about their lives in the Reading text

but donrsquot mention this yet ndash it will give students an extra

reason for reading later on

2 Give the class a minute or two to look at the instructions

the prompt Which person the question numbers and the text

layout Then check the answers

Answers

1 four 2 one text in four sections 3 four peoplersquos daily lives

4 which person does or thinks particular things

5 ten 6 yes

3 Give students two or three minutes to skim the text for the

answers to the two questions Then check the answers

Answers

1 B Assistant Sales Manager

2 A University student

3 C Website Designer

4 D Tour Guide

earliest B latest C

4 Explain that in many cases there are lsquodistractorsrsquo ndash words

or sentences in the text which appear to give the right

answer if they are not read carefully This activity raises

awareness of how distractors work Go through the answers

once students have had enough time to study the three

highlighted parts

Answers

B Correct ndash if lunch is the 1047297rst meal of the day for her she canrsquot

have eaten breakfast

A If therersquos time he has tea and toast so itrsquos not true to say he

never has breakfast

D Usually she skips (misses) breakfast but not always ndash she

sometimes has lsquocereal or somethingrsquo

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1319

Unit 1 Yourself and others 11

Answers

1 relaxed 2 amusing 3 worried 4 depressing 5 motivated

6 terri1047297ed 7 astonishing 8 puzzling

8 Where possible students should work with others they donrsquotknow very well using the prompts from Exercise 7 and as

many -ing -ed adjectives as they can

SpeakingPart 1

Optional activity

Make sure that students know what Part 1 consists of You

could ask the following questions Encourage students to 1047297nd

the answers in the Speaking guide on page 97 if they donrsquot

already know them

1 How many examiners are there

2 Do you answer questions from just one examiner 3 How many candidates are there

4 Do you talk to the other candidate(s) in Part 1

Answers

1 two 2 yes 3 usually two but occasionally there may be

three 4 no

1 Explain that in the exam students may be asked questions

about future plans and ambitions and that these will be

practised in Unit 5 You may also want to point out that

candidates are always asked the 1047297rst two questions here while

the others are taken from lists that examiners may choose

from

Answers

1 your town

2 what you like about your town

3 your family

4 your favourite season and why

5 what you like doing on holiday

6 what you use the Internet for

(all questions are about you)

You would use the present simple to reply although in some

cases you may also need to use the present continuous for

example to say a relative is studying abroad

2 Focus attention on the Exam tip before students start this

activity and perhaps mention that the two mistakes are both

incorrect uses of verb tenses Allow time for pairs to work on

this then elicit the answers

Suggested answers

1 One-word answer He gives examples when asked in what

ways but he could have done this without being prompted

2 The verb form should be I stay

3 She doesnrsquot give a reason She could reply as she does after

the examiner asks why without being prompted

4 The verb form should be I go

5 Not polite He could say Could you repeat that please

6 He doesnrsquot give a reason for not liking newspapers He could

say something like because therersquos too much in them about

politics or I listen to the radio news so I donrsquot need to

3 Students should be familiar with all the basic frequency

adverbs like usually and aware that these normally go

before the main verb Elicit the answer to the 1047297rst question

then tell the class to look at the six expressions and answer

the questions Go through the answers and elicit moreexamples such as twice a month and every few minutes

Point out that hardly ever is quite often tested in Reading

and Use of English and other parts of the exam

Answers

1 at the end ( hardly ever goes before the verb)

2 hardly ever

3 from time to time now and then

4 If possible get everyone to sit with somebody they donrsquot

know very well this activity can be a useful ice-breaker

Monitor pairs and feed in language where necessary

5 Tell pairs to be polite and constructive in their comments

about each otherrsquos speaking Allow a minute for thisand then elicit some comments on the studentsrsquo own

performance (not on their partnersrsquo speaking) and note any

particular dif1047297culties

Character adjectives

6 Point out that this is a light-hearted activity with no lsquorightrsquo

or lsquowrongrsquo answers ndash or lsquokeyrsquo purporting to analyse their

personality Give students a couple of minutes each to

answer

7 These adjectives are all B2 level as shown by English

Pro1047297le Encourage the use of dictionaries if students have

any dif1047297culties then check that everyone has the right

answers They then compare their impressions of each other

using some of the adjectives Advise students to be careful

not to upset their partners avoiding answers such as always

bossy even if itrsquos true Monitor pairs to make sure that they

do so and to avoid possible embarrassment donrsquot elicit

answers when everyone has 1047297nished Finally students use

modals such as could might and may to speculate about the

character of the people in the photos Elicit some answers

and point out that the language used in this activity is useful

practice for Writing later in this unit

Answers

1 thoughtful 2 optimistic 3 childish 4 bossy 5 practical

6 impatient 7 ambitious 8 sensitive 9 decisive

10 unpredictable 11 reasonable 12 disorganised

Reading and Use of EnglishForming adjectives

1 Get students to note down the words and then underline

them if you donrsquot want them to write in the book Make

sure that everyone has the right answers You may want to

elicit the base words eg ambition boss etc pointing out

that some are nouns but others are verbs and adjectives

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1419

12 Unit 1 Yourself and others

Answers

reasonable ( also unpredictable) practical disorganised

thoughtful optimistic impatient childish sensitive decisive

ambitious unpredictable bossy

2 Elicit that when adding a suf1047297x beginning with a vowel we

drop the 1047297nal e eg adventure ndash adventurous Encourage

the use of dictionaries to 1047297nd antonyms and check spelling

Remind students to add both a pre1047297x and suf1047297x eg

unadventurous where possible Then elicit all the answers

possibly putting them on the board or OHP Elicit more

adjectives (not necessarily of character) with each of these

pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes plus their meanings and possibly also

their opposites

Answers

(un)adventurous aggressive anxious artistic cautious cheeky

competitive (un)emotional energetic (un)enthusiastic foolish

greedy (un)helpful dishonest pessimistic impolite unpopular(un)reliable (dis)respectful (un)sympathetic

Optional activity

Encourage discussion about whether some of these

adjectives describe positive or negative characteristics

pointing out that in certain cases eg pessimistic cautious

the answers are subjective Elicit answers from the class

making sure that all the words are understood

Suggested answers

lsquogoodrsquo ndash artistic energetic enthusiastic helpful honest polite

reliable sympathetic

lsquobadrsquo ndash opposites of the above ( unenthusiastic unhelpful

unreliable unsympathetic ) plus aggressive cheeky foolish

greedy dishonest impolite unpopular

lsquogoodrsquo or lsquobadrsquo ndash adventurous anxious cautious competitive

emotional pessimistic and respectful could be positive or

negative in certain circumstances

Part 3

3 Explain that all the mistakes in these sentences involve

pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes students have studied in this unit

though in most cases with different adjectives Elicit

answers when they have 1047297nished You may want to ask

what students think the most common mistakes are by

speakers of their 1047297rst language(s)

Answers

1 charming 2 impolite 3 healthy 4 disorganised 5 sociable

6 stressful

4 Like Exercise 1 this exercise focuses on pre1047297xes and

suf1047297xes studied in this unit Students have also seen all the

base words although they will have to be careful which

form to choose as two or three pre1047297xes andor suf1047297xes may

be possible Explain that this is in effect a sentence-level

version of Word Formation although of course in the exam

it is unlikely that all the target words would be adjectives

requiring pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes Go through the answers

once students have 1047297nished highlighting spelling

Answers

1 optimistic 2 challenging 3 depressed 4 unsympathetic

5 refreshed 6 unenthusiastic

5 Tell the class to read the instructions carefully and lookvery quickly at the way the text and the words in capitals

are laid out Then go through the answers

Answers

1 eight

2 a word formed from the word in capitals at the end of the

same line

3 mainly vocabulary (especially pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes)

6 Set a time limit for this of no more than a minute and

advise students to do this every time they do a Word

Formation task Explain that some answers may require

an understanding of more than one sentence or the

text as a whole Check the answers and deal with any

comprehension dif1047297culties that relate to the gist of the text

but not the detail

Answers

The purpose of the text is to show how different people from

the same family can be

paragraph 1 to introduce the topic

paragraph 2 to describe one of the daughters

paragraph 3 to describe the other daughter

paragraph 4 to describe the son

7 Explain that students should look at the example and its

context every time they begin a Word Formation task as

this will give them an introduction to the text and also

remind them of what they must do in this task type Gothrough the answers with the class

Answers

1 an adjective 2 what causes a feeling (to friends of the family)

3 - ing 4 drop the 1047297nal e

Point out that students have already seen some form or

other of all the target words in this exam task You may

also want to give some clues or further tips before they

begin - for instance the need to watch out for plural forms

Allow ten to twelve minutes for students working on their

own to 1047297ll in or note down their answers Remind them to

make sure they have changed all the words in capital letters

Then check answers Elicit the pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes usedand highlight the use of two of these in question 4 Pay

particular attention to spelling in 1 5 6 7 and 8

Exam task answers

1 personalities 2 motivated 3 ambitious 4 unemotional

5 sensitive 6 sympathetic 7 adventurous 8 anxious

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1519

Unit 1 Yourself and others 13

WritingPart 2 informal letter

1 When the class has had time to look at the exam task elicit

the answers

Answers

1 an English friend Alex

2 write back saying how important friends are to you who your

best friend is what you like about him or her

3 informal

a Irsquove donrsquot Irsquod Whorsquos b kid do c So and

d exclamation mark e Looking forward to hearing from you

2 Give students a few minutes to read the model answer and

answer the questions Elicit the answers

Answers

1 yes

2 no3 Dear Alex Best wishes

4 Introduction she thanks Alex for hisher message and

comments on this

Conclusion she talks about the future and asks Alex to write

back soon and give her more information

5 Yes the importance of friends in the 1047297rst main paragraph

who her best friend is in the second main paragraph a

description of her friendrsquos personality in the third main

paragraph

6 Informal expressions such as thanks just down the road

mates a bit dash and exclamation marks contracted

forms theyrsquore whorsquos wersquove shersquos linkers and but friendly

expressions It was great to hear from you Write soon

7 indecisive practical bossy thoughtful sympathetic

8 tell each other can be at times whenever I shersquos always

cheer me up sense of humour have the chance etc

3 Refer the class to the instructions in the exam task and to

the Exam tip This is very much a personal task and best

done individually ndash point out there are no lsquorightrsquo or lsquowrongrsquo

answers to these questions either Monitor studentsrsquo work

and make suggestions where necessary especially for

question 1 but donrsquot elicit answers

4 Get students to make their plan quickly using very brief

notes

5 Give the class no more than 40 minutes to write their

answers as that is what they will have in the exam and they

have already studied the task and planned their work Tell

students always to leave at least 1047297ve minutes at the end of

each Writing task to check their work and to refer back to

these 1047297ve points in future units and other Part 1 and Part 2

tasks Checking could be done as a peer correction activity

although of course this will not be possible in the exam

itself

Model answer

Hi Alex

Itrsquos always great to hear from you

Yoursquore absolutely right about how much friendship matters Life just wouldnrsquot be the same if we didnrsquot have friends would it

My very best friend is called Luis and wersquove grown up together

really We 1047297rst met at primary school and hersquos been my best

mate ever since

Wersquore quite similar in a lot of ways For instance wersquore the same

age almost exactly the same height and weight and wersquore both

crazy about sports especially basketball and swimming

Like me he can be rather shy at times though hersquos perhaps a

little more talkative than me Hersquos also someone you can rely on

to help you if yoursquore in trouble or worried about something Hersquos

a fantastic friend and Irsquom sure yoursquod get on really well with him

Hope to hear from you again soon

Bye for now

Enrique

Revision

1 Answers

1 rsquomam staying rsquomam working

2 usually eat rsquoreare having

3 rsquomam waiting seems

4 is changing are getting

5 is rsquosis always complaining

6 own donrsquot live

7 gets rsquomam thinking

2 Answers

1 greedy 2 dishonest 3 artistic 4 impolite 5 energetic

6 cautious 7 pessimistic

3 Answers

1 unpredictable 2 sympathetic 3 unreasonable

4 challenging 5 thoughtful 6 decisive

4 Answers

1 relaxing 2 reliable 3 practical 4 terrifying

5 astonished 6 aggressive 7 competitive 8 childish

9 puzzling 10 exhausted

Remind students that there is more practice on the CD-ROM

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1619

Part 7

Look at the exam task Answer thesequestions

1 Whatrsquos the text about

2 How many people can you choose from3 What must you find4 How many questions are there

Now do the exam task

Exam task

You are going to read an article in which fourpeople talk about their friends For questions1ndash10 choose from the people (AndashD) The peoplemay be chosen more than once

Which person

earns less money than theirfriend

1

says the two of them did not likeeach other at first

2

denies that their friend is bossy 3

has had a similar upbringing to their friendrsquos

4

once fell out with their friend 5

shares a hobby with their friend 6

says their friend has a goodsense of humour

7

describes their friend as rather

shy

8

has a friend who is veryoptimistic

9

has a very ambitious friend 10

READING AND USE OF ENGLISH

The best of friendsA Nadia Hassan has been friends with Amina since they were fourteen

lsquoWe were born in the same monthrsquo says Nadia lsquoand we grew up in

the same small town though the funny thing is we didnrsquot actually

know each other until we both took up horse riding something we

still enjoyrsquo There are according to Nadia some differences between

them lsquoWhereas I tend to be a bit negative about the future always

expecting the worst to happen Amina is the complete opposite

Maybe between us we just about strike the right balance Though

of course having such different ways of looking at the same thing

can lead to tensions and a couple of years ago we actually stoppedspeaking for a while but that didnrsquot last longrsquo

B Liam Doherty first met his friend Marc when they were both doing

summer jobs at a seaside hotel Marc has since moved to another

part of the country but they still keep in touch by email and

chatting online lsquoHe comes round to my house whenever hersquos in

town which is actually quite often Hersquos got a good job and can

travel wherever he likes every weekend which is something I wish I

could afford to do on my salary But hersquos different from me in that

hersquos always had this strong desire for success in life whereas I prefer

to take things a bit easier with plenty of time for hobbies like hill-

walking and readingrsquo

C Maxim Salenko has been friendly with Andriy ever since they wereat primary school lsquoWe grew up in much the same kind of family

environment and we usually sat together at school and enjoyed the

same sports though in some ways hersquos not like me Irsquom fairly quiet

perhaps a little shy at times but Andriy is always a fun guy to be

withrsquo says Maxim lsquoHe can be noisy and some people say he tries to

tell everyone what to do but I donrsquot think thatrsquos true He just likes to

make sure everyone else has a good time too Once or twice Irsquove felt

a bit irritated by things he said but that was probably because I was

in a bad mood at the time and I donrsquot think he even noticed I was

annoyedrsquo

D Camille Leroy and her friend Lara have known each other for three

years now lsquoWersquore from different backgroundsrsquo says Camille lsquoand

to be honest when we were introduced at a party we didnrsquot hit it offat all She seemed a bit unfriendly and it took quite a while before I

realised that she was in fact lacking in self-confidence particularly

when meeting new people To some extent she still is but once you

get to know Lara you realise what good company she is She always

has interesting things to say and she tells some great jokes too I

often see her on the bus home from work because nowadays she

lives just round the corner from me She moved there to be close to

the golf course and Irsquom thinking of taking it up toorsquo

4 UNIT 1 YOURSELF AND OTHERS

Yourself and others1

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1719

5YOURSELF AND OTHERS UNIT 1

Grammar

Present tenses

1 Some of these sentences written by examcandidates contain mistakes Correct anymistakes using the present simple or presentcontinuous

1 Irsquom belonging to a tennis club and it is my

favourite sport

2 Irsquoll pick you up from the airport when yoursquoll

arrive at 930

3 Irsquom having a lovely holiday here on the island4 Every day we are spending about eight hours

at work

5 When you will receive my letter please tell

Mary about this

6 Pablo is needing to talk to somebody but he

never calls me

7 Nowadays it becomes more and more

important to have a good education

8 I promise that Irsquoll phone you tonight when I

get home

9I need to earn some money and this is themain reason why I apply for this job

10 They are the kind of people who are driving

to work every day in big cars

2 Complete the sentences with the present simpleor present continuous form of these verbs Useeach verb only once

end get hear own rise see take try

1 I usually go to work by car but this week Ithe train because the road

bridge is closed

2 It harder to find a job and youth

unemployment is now very high3 As soon as the college term

Irsquom going away on holiday

4 Her parents are very rich They

homes in both London and New York

5 I Marcos later this evening

when he leaves the club6 Please turn the music down a bit I

to sleep

7 In every part of the world the sun

in the east

8 I promise Irsquoll get up as soon as I

the alarm clock

LISTENINGPart 1

Look at questions 1ndash4 in the exam task Answer these questions

1 How many speakers will you hear

2 Will they be female or male voices

3 What is the situation

4 What is the focus eg place opinion of the question

02 Now listen and do the exam task

Exam task

You will hear people talking in four different situations (in the exam youwill hear eight) For questions 1ndash4 choose the best answer (A B or C)

1 You hear a teenager talking about her new bedroom

What does she like about it

A the way it is decorated

B the furniture in it C its size and shape

2 You overhear a conversation on a bus

Where is the man going first A to a shop B to the library C to work

3 You hear a man talking on the phone

Why is he calling

A to apologise B to ask for information

C to complain

4 You hear part of an interview with a businesswoman

What does she do A She hires out bicycles B She hires out cars

C She hires out motorcycles

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1819

6 UNIT 1 YOURSELF AND OTHERS

Part 3

1 Correct the mistakes in these sentenceswritten by exam candidates using the

correct form of the word in brackets Add aprefix andor a suffix in each case

1 I am worry (worry) about you so can I talk

to you

2 The biggest disadvantage is that you are

always stressy (stress) when you do that job

3 These are my recommendations for the

most attraction (attract) places in my town

4 Suddenly I heard something strange near

the door I was terrorised (terrify)

5 Your report about the music festival isabsolutely inacceptable (accept)

6 It was really surprised (surprise) to hear

that Marta was the winner

7 The streets wouldnrsquot be so crowdy (crowd)and they would be safer for people

8 Staying at your house next week will be

really enjoyful (enjoy)

9 That festival was a completely

unorganised (organise) and dull event

10 There are some interesting and

impressing (impress) museums in this city

2 Look at the exam task example (0) andanswer these questions

1 What kind of word goes between the

superlative form the most and the noun

features

2 Does this word describe how someone

feels or what causes a feeling3 What suffix do we use for this

Now do the exam task

Exam task

For questions 1ndash8 read the text below Use the word given in capitals atthe end of some of the lines to form a word that fits in the gap in the sameline There is an example at the beginning (0)

Example 0 SURPRISING

Staying safe online

One of the most (0) features of the

computer age is the huge amount of time that youngpeople spend communicating with each other

Whereas a generation ago children would go home

after a (1) day at school and watch TV

nowadays they are likely to do something much more

(2) such as chat online with their

friends

Others exchange information on (3)popular social networking sites such as Facebook What

some parents find rather (4) however is

how easily they can make online lsquofriendsrsquo who they have

never actually met and also the amount of information

that their children are so (5) puttingonto these websites for anyone to see

Parents are right to be (6) but with

many children spending hours a day online it is simply

(7) for adults constantly to watch over

them All they can do is advise them to be extremely

(8) about contact with strangers and to

warn them not to put personal information such as their

phone number or home address online

SURPRISE

TIRE

SOCIETY

INCREASE

WORRY

ENTHUSIASM

ANXIETY

PRACTICE

CAUTION

READING AND USE OF ENGLISH

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1919

3 Plan and write your letter to Sam Try to include some of Matteorsquosexpressions and character adjectives

WRITINGPart 2 informal letter

1 Look at the exam task and answer thesequestions

1 Who has written to you

2 Who do they want to know about

3 What examples of informal language can

you find

Exam task

Here is part of an email you have received fromSam an English-speaking friend

Write your email to Sam in 140ndash190 words Donot write any addresses

2 Read the model letter and answer thesequestions

1 Does Matteo answer Samrsquos questions2 Where would you split the second

paragraph to form two shorter

paragraphs

3 Is Matteorsquos message written in an informal

style Find examples4 Find and correct these mistakes in the

letter

a a comparative

b a verb tense c an article

d three adjective suffixes5 Which of Matteorsquos expressions could you

use in your letter

Though my sisterrsquos quite a bit younger than me

wersquore good friends most of the time

So tell me about a relative of yours who you see a lot

ndash and why you enjoy being with him or her

Hope to hear from you soon

Hi Sam

Thanks for writing Itrsquos always nice to get a message from you

Itrsquos great that you have such a close friendship with your sister My sisterrsquos actually

a lot older that me and my brotherrsquos much younger so we donrsquot of ten like doing the

same things but I have a cousin called Lorenzo whorsquos about my age and we get on

really well He lives not far from here and like me hersquos a student ndash though not at the

same college Wersquove been friends since we were k ids and wersquore seeing each other

most weekends and of course in the holidays Wersquove got lots of things in common

For instance we love the mountain biking and something I really like about him is that

hersquos so adventurous We have great fun when wersquore out together because hersquos so

enthusiastic about doing excited things but without getting too competitious He can

also be quite sensitive and thoughtful and whenever I have any kind of problem hersquos

always sympatic In short hersquos a fantastic friend

Hope to hear from you again soon

Bye for now

Matteo

7YOURSELF AND OTHERS UNIT 1

Page 9: Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 919

See the CD-ROM for more practice

1

Complete the sentences with the presentsimple or present continuous form of theverbs in brackets

1 This summer I (stay) at the

seaside and I (work) in a

local shop in the mornings

2 My friends (usually eat) at

home but this evening they

(have) dinner in a restaurant

3 Hi I (wait) to get onto the

plane but there (seem) to be

a delay

4 The climate (change) all

the time and the temperatures here

(get) higher every year

5 Natalie (be) quite annoying

She (always complain) about

something

6 My grandparents (own)

a house in the village though they

(not live) there any more

7 This far north it (get)dark very early at this time of year so

I (think) of spending the

winter in Australia

2 Add a prefix or suffix to these words andcomplete the sentences

artist caution energy greed honest

pessimism polite

1 Martin always eats too much food Hersquos

really

2 Itrsquos to take things from a

shop without paying for them

3 The quality of these drawings and

paintings shows how

Alexia is

4 If someone helps you itrsquosnot to say lsquothank yoursquo

5 Paola is usually quite but

she doesnrsquot feel like doing sports today

6 Jerry likes to take risks but his brother

Anton is a much more boy

7 Irsquom sorry to be so but I just

know wersquore going to lose this game

3

Complete the sentences with the correct form of the words in brackets1 Terry is quite (predict) You never know what hersquos going

to do next

2 I thanked my friends for being so (sympathy) when Ihad to go into hospital

3 Itrsquos (reason) to expect people to do all your work for

you

4 Going up that mountain is quite (challenge) even for

an expert climber

5 It was (thought) of you to remember my motherrsquos

birthday

6 To succeed in business you have to be (decision) and

not keep changing your mind

4 Read the text below Use the word given in capitals at the end of someof the lines to form a word that fits in the gap in the same line

In the morning I normally take the underground At

that time of day itrsquos crowded you have to stand and itrsquos

certainly not a (1) way to travel But the

service is quick frequent and (2) which

makes it by far the most (3) way to get

across the city in the rush hour

Occasionally though I travel into town in a friendrsquos car

to go shopping and quite honestly I often 1047297nd it an

absolutely (4) experience Every time we

get onto the ring road Irsquom (5) by the waypeople behave when they drive a car Some are extremely

(6) driving straight at you to make you

get out of their way while others are (7)

trying to have races with other drivers all the time They

just seem (8) to me

What I 1047297nd most (9) about this is the

fact that by the time they actually get to their of1047297ces

theyrsquore probably too (10) to do a proper

dayrsquos work

RELAX

RELY

PRACTICE

TERRIFY

ASTONISH

AGGRESSION

COMPETE

CHILD

PUZZLE

EXHAUST

REVISION UNIT 1 15

REVISION1

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1019

8 Unit 1 Yourself and others

Unit objectivesTOPICS daily life peopleGRAMMAR review of present tenses present

simple in time clauses VOCABULARY adjectives ending in -ed and - ing

character adjectives adjectivepre1047297xes and suf1047297xes - able - al dis--ful - ic im- - ish - itive - ive -ousun- - y

READING and Part 7 studying an example itemUSE OF ENGLISH Part 3 word building gist-reading

studying the exampleWRITING Part 2 informal letter getting ideas

planning checkingLISTENING Part 1 studying an example script

SPEAKING Part 1 asking for repetition givingreasons and examples

ListeningPart 1

1 This activity could be done in pairs Allow a few minutesrsquo

discussion time Then ask students for their overall

1047297ndings and whether they think they have a good balance

between workstudy and relaxation

Optional activity

Look at the exam task with the class Make sure that

students know what Part 1 consists of You could ask the

following questions Encourage students to 1047297nd the answersin the Listening guide on page 94 if they donrsquot already

know them

1 How many extracts will you hear

2 Is there any connection between the extracts

3 Do you both read and hear the introductory sentence

about each speaker and situation

4 Do you both read and hear each question

Answers

1 eight 2 no 3 yes 4 no

2 Get students to study question 1 but not the transcript in

Exercise 3 Check the answers

Answers

1 one male radio journalist reporting from the street

2 the focus is place

3 Explain to the class that multiple-choice questions in

Listening (and Reading) often contain lsquodistractorsrsquo within

the text that are designed to mislead them and that in this

task type there are always two distractors for each question

Allow time for students to talk about why C is right and A

and B are wrong then elicit the answers

Answers

C is the correct answer there isnrsquot anybody in means the

people who live there are not at home and by the look of the

place indicates that the reporter is outside the house

B is the wrong answer the reporter says away at a luxury

hotel in the city centre so he is not there

A is the wrong answer he uses the conditional would be about

someone else (the TV crews )

4 102 Encourage pairs to look at the introductory

sentence and question of each item not the options If they

1047297nd it dif1047297cult to identify the focus put the answers on

the board in jumbled order Go through the answers and

suggest that students ask themselves these questions every

time they do Listening Part 1 Make sure that everyonereads and understands the Quick steps then get students to

work alone Remind students to listen to the speakersrsquo tone

as well as to the actual words they use Play the recording

through without pausing

Answers

2 one female talking about travelling by train every day focus

feelingsattitude

3 one female making a phone call focus purpose

4 one male talking about reading books at home focus reason

5 female and male (probably) talking in a holiday resort focus

person

6 one male talking about staying healthy focus something hersquos

doing

7 one female talking about where she lives focus place typeof home

8 female and male (probably) talking about 1047297nding something

focus feelings

Recording script

You will hear people talking in eight different situations Forquestions 1ndash8 choose the best answer (A B or C)

1 You hear a reporter talking on the radio

Irsquom standing here in Church Avenue with about thirty othermedia people but by the look of the place there isnrsquotanybody in Nobodyrsquos quite sure if hersquoll be back later thisafternoon ndash or whether hersquos spending the weekend awayperhaps at a luxury hotel in the city centre What does seem

clear though is that hersquos unlikely to play in Sundayrsquos bigmatch ndash otherwise these TV crews would be waiting at thegates of the clubrsquos training ground to 1047297lm him not here

2 You hear a woman talking about travelling to work every day

The traf1047297c into town is getting worse all the time so thetrain was the obvious alternative Irsquod kind of assumed Irsquodbe able to sit back and relax with a newspaper and a cupof coffee maybe chat with my fellow passengers and soon but actually most mornings itrsquos standing-room onlywith everyone squashed together the conversation usuallylimited to lsquoexcuse mersquo Somebody is always pushing andyou spend half your time trying to avoid falling over so thatby the time you arrive you feel as though yoursquove alreadydone half a dayrsquos work

Yourself and others

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1119

Unit 1 Yourself and others 9

3 You overhear a woman talking on the phone

Well Irsquom very sorry but Irsquom just not prepared to pay for itemsI didnrsquot receive As you say I ordered the DVDs a fortnightago and when I did so I gave your sales department all thedetails they needed to deliver them to the right address anditrsquos not my fault if they sent them somewhere else The onlymistake I made was in dealing with your company in the 1047297rstplace Next time I want things like that Irsquoll buy them onlineinstead Like most people do these days

4 You hear a man talking about reading books

Irsquom an editor in a publishing company and this month Irsquomworking particularly hard on a rather long novel so it mayseem a little surprising that my favourite way of relaxing inthe evenings is to sit down somewhere quiet with a goodbook Whenever I can I go into the study and settle down toread for as long as possible I just wish I could do so moreoften as Irsquom the kind of person who needs to get away fromother people for a while but these days Irsquom usually just toobusy helping out with the housework and the kids

5 You overhear a conversation in a holiday resort

Man The weatherrsquos been awful this summer hasnrsquot it Irsquomnot surprised people are looking so miserable Thosewho havenrsquot already gone home that is Non-stoprain spoils everything at the seaside

Woman I know If I were a tourist I wouldrsquove left too Theplace is half-empty and Irsquove already had to reduce thenumber of staff

Man Really Is it that bad

Woman Yes with so few customers I just couldnrsquot afford tokeep paying their wages I hated having to let themgo especially as I used to be a waitress myself Butwhat else could I do

Man You had no choice The same thingrsquos happening

everywhere round here

6 You hear a man talking about staying healthy

I was getting a bit worried about my unhealthy lifestyle soI started spending a few hours each week at the local gymbut it was pretty boring and I havenrsquot been for a while Thensomeone suggested I should try going to the of1047297ce on footrather than taking the car and I took her advice I live a longway out in the suburbs and in fact I go right past the gymevery day but itrsquos really helping me get in shape And thefunny thing is that with all this exercise I get more hungryand Irsquom actually having bigger meals now but Irsquom told itdoesnrsquot matter because Irsquom using up a lot more energy

7 You hear a woman talking about her home

Irsquom staying at a friendrsquos apartment downtown but Irsquoll move

back into my place when they 1047297nish repainting it probablyon Friday Itrsquos pleasant enough here though I miss mygarden with its beautiful bushes and trees Itrsquos almost likebeing in the countryside there even though itrsquos actually onthe outskirts of town Itrsquos right on top of a hill so from myupstairs window you can see the city-centre of1047297ce buildingsin one direction and a rural area not far away in the other

And a south-facing room gets lots of sunshine too

8 You overhear two people talking about finding something

Woman Yes itrsquos just as well that memory stick turned upwhen it did If itrsquod been missing any longer Irsquod begetting a bit worried by now

Man I knew it must be somewhere in the living room If youremember I suggested looking there the other day

Woman Actually that wasnrsquot where I found it

Man No Where was it

Woman It was in the spare room plugged into that old laptopof yours

Man Was it Oh I remember now I was using it last yearto copy some 1047297les Sorry about that

Woman It doesnrsquot matter now Forget it

Exam task answers

2 A 3 B 4 B 5 C 6 C 7 B 8 B

5 Point out that candidates do not lose marks for incorrect

answers as this may not be the case in other exams they

have taken Allow 30 seconds for them to check then go

through the answers

GrammarReview of present tenses

1 This activity could be done in pairs Give the class plenty

of time to match the extracts then check the answers If

yoursquore teaching in the southern hemisphere explain that

3 f seemed always true for the European who said it Elicit

or give more examples of each usage and of stative verbs

Answers

1 c 2 b 3 f 4 a 5 g 6 d 7 e

2 Go through the answers when everyone has 1047297nished If

there is time you may want to ask the class why they think

each mistake has been made

Answers

1 you understand 2 having fun 3 you like 4 rsquomam waiting

5 I prefer 6 have 7 rsquomam standing

3 This exercise practises all the uses presented in Exercise 1

If there is time elicit these from the class and ask which is

a stative verb

Answers

1 rsquosis writing (something happening right now)

2 are rising (a situation that is changing or developing)

3 quite often goes (a routine or habit)

4 are always shouting (something irritating or surprising)

5 belongs (stative verb)

6 rsquomam staying (a temporary situation)7 sets (something which is always true)

8 rsquosis having (something happening right now)

Present simple in time clauses

4 The studentsrsquo 1047297rst language may use a future form in these

clauses so itrsquos important they realise that in these extracts

we are using the present simple with future meaning as in

1047297rst conditional forms Elicit the answers and then some

more examples with a variety of time expressions such as

before after or until

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1219

10 Unit 1 Yourself and others

5 Make sure that everyone studies the Exam tip and answer

any questions about this Then give students about 20

minutes to do the multiple-matching task on their own in

exam conditions If you donrsquot want them to underline in

the book tell them to note down the 1047297rst few words of eachrelevant phrase or sentence Go through the answers and

elicit the relevant phrases and sentences If there is time

also elicit some of the distractors eg Arsquos reference to

missing the train relates to the past not the present (7)

Exam task answers

1 C 2 A 3 C 4 B 5 A 6 D 7 A 8 B 9 D 10 B

Underlining

A

(5) lsquoAssuming I donrsquot oversleep which can happen

(7) I do the uphill walk into town which wakes me up and

enables me to plan what Irsquom going to do in the morning

and afternoon

(2) I sometimes head for the gym but not as often as I

should

B

(4) a dash to the station to catch the 715

(10) dealing with client queries which for me is one of the

most interesting challenging and worthwhile aspects of

the job

(8) At 1047297rst I found working here pretty stressful but Irsquom

used to it now and it doesnrsquot bother me

C

(3) the previous evening lsquoIf I have a creative peakrsquo he

says lsquothatrsquos when it is

(1) having a 20-minute lie-down after lunch Then when I

wake up

D

(9) Itrsquos the custom here to have a sleep after lunch but I

havenrsquot got time for that In any case Irsquom not tired then (6) can be a bit irritating if I end up doing unpaid overtime

Adjectives ending in -ed and - ing

6 Give students time to study the context of each word and

work out the rules If necessary explain the meaning of

the B2-level words (exhausted fascinating challenging

refreshed distracted irritating) as listed by English Pro1047297le

Check the answers and elicit the corresponding -ed-ing

adjective for each of the eight words then elicit further

examples such as amazedamazing and boredboring

Answers

1 -ed 2 -ing

7 Point out that this exercise is partly a preparation for Word

Formation in Reading and Use of English later in this

unit and that spelling is important eg dropping the 1047297nal

e in some cases Both parts of the exercise could be done

individually or in pairs Encourage brief answers to the

questions using the words given Check answers to the

sentence-completion part of the exercise and elicit some

answers to the questions Also elicit the other form of each

adjective

Note one of the forms of all eight adjectives is listed as B2

level by English Pro1047297le

Answers

yes present simple

5 Give students a little time to study the sentences then go

through the answers

Answers

1 rsquoll get go 2 Irsquoll wait come 3 ends rsquoll catch 4 wonrsquot start

5 arrive rsquoll be 6 rsquoll talk get

6 Allow a minute or two for students working on their own to

write their answers then get them to work in pairs Elicit

some answers for each question

Suggested answers

1 I get home 2 I go on holiday 3 I have enough money

4 Irsquom thirty 5 I pass Pro1047297ciency 6 I 1047297nish my homework

Reading and Use of EnglishReading Part 7

1 This activity could be done in pairs Allow plenty of time

for discussion of the daily lives of the people in the photos

The four people talk about their lives in the Reading text

but donrsquot mention this yet ndash it will give students an extra

reason for reading later on

2 Give the class a minute or two to look at the instructions

the prompt Which person the question numbers and the text

layout Then check the answers

Answers

1 four 2 one text in four sections 3 four peoplersquos daily lives

4 which person does or thinks particular things

5 ten 6 yes

3 Give students two or three minutes to skim the text for the

answers to the two questions Then check the answers

Answers

1 B Assistant Sales Manager

2 A University student

3 C Website Designer

4 D Tour Guide

earliest B latest C

4 Explain that in many cases there are lsquodistractorsrsquo ndash words

or sentences in the text which appear to give the right

answer if they are not read carefully This activity raises

awareness of how distractors work Go through the answers

once students have had enough time to study the three

highlighted parts

Answers

B Correct ndash if lunch is the 1047297rst meal of the day for her she canrsquot

have eaten breakfast

A If therersquos time he has tea and toast so itrsquos not true to say he

never has breakfast

D Usually she skips (misses) breakfast but not always ndash she

sometimes has lsquocereal or somethingrsquo

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1319

Unit 1 Yourself and others 11

Answers

1 relaxed 2 amusing 3 worried 4 depressing 5 motivated

6 terri1047297ed 7 astonishing 8 puzzling

8 Where possible students should work with others they donrsquotknow very well using the prompts from Exercise 7 and as

many -ing -ed adjectives as they can

SpeakingPart 1

Optional activity

Make sure that students know what Part 1 consists of You

could ask the following questions Encourage students to 1047297nd

the answers in the Speaking guide on page 97 if they donrsquot

already know them

1 How many examiners are there

2 Do you answer questions from just one examiner 3 How many candidates are there

4 Do you talk to the other candidate(s) in Part 1

Answers

1 two 2 yes 3 usually two but occasionally there may be

three 4 no

1 Explain that in the exam students may be asked questions

about future plans and ambitions and that these will be

practised in Unit 5 You may also want to point out that

candidates are always asked the 1047297rst two questions here while

the others are taken from lists that examiners may choose

from

Answers

1 your town

2 what you like about your town

3 your family

4 your favourite season and why

5 what you like doing on holiday

6 what you use the Internet for

(all questions are about you)

You would use the present simple to reply although in some

cases you may also need to use the present continuous for

example to say a relative is studying abroad

2 Focus attention on the Exam tip before students start this

activity and perhaps mention that the two mistakes are both

incorrect uses of verb tenses Allow time for pairs to work on

this then elicit the answers

Suggested answers

1 One-word answer He gives examples when asked in what

ways but he could have done this without being prompted

2 The verb form should be I stay

3 She doesnrsquot give a reason She could reply as she does after

the examiner asks why without being prompted

4 The verb form should be I go

5 Not polite He could say Could you repeat that please

6 He doesnrsquot give a reason for not liking newspapers He could

say something like because therersquos too much in them about

politics or I listen to the radio news so I donrsquot need to

3 Students should be familiar with all the basic frequency

adverbs like usually and aware that these normally go

before the main verb Elicit the answer to the 1047297rst question

then tell the class to look at the six expressions and answer

the questions Go through the answers and elicit moreexamples such as twice a month and every few minutes

Point out that hardly ever is quite often tested in Reading

and Use of English and other parts of the exam

Answers

1 at the end ( hardly ever goes before the verb)

2 hardly ever

3 from time to time now and then

4 If possible get everyone to sit with somebody they donrsquot

know very well this activity can be a useful ice-breaker

Monitor pairs and feed in language where necessary

5 Tell pairs to be polite and constructive in their comments

about each otherrsquos speaking Allow a minute for thisand then elicit some comments on the studentsrsquo own

performance (not on their partnersrsquo speaking) and note any

particular dif1047297culties

Character adjectives

6 Point out that this is a light-hearted activity with no lsquorightrsquo

or lsquowrongrsquo answers ndash or lsquokeyrsquo purporting to analyse their

personality Give students a couple of minutes each to

answer

7 These adjectives are all B2 level as shown by English

Pro1047297le Encourage the use of dictionaries if students have

any dif1047297culties then check that everyone has the right

answers They then compare their impressions of each other

using some of the adjectives Advise students to be careful

not to upset their partners avoiding answers such as always

bossy even if itrsquos true Monitor pairs to make sure that they

do so and to avoid possible embarrassment donrsquot elicit

answers when everyone has 1047297nished Finally students use

modals such as could might and may to speculate about the

character of the people in the photos Elicit some answers

and point out that the language used in this activity is useful

practice for Writing later in this unit

Answers

1 thoughtful 2 optimistic 3 childish 4 bossy 5 practical

6 impatient 7 ambitious 8 sensitive 9 decisive

10 unpredictable 11 reasonable 12 disorganised

Reading and Use of EnglishForming adjectives

1 Get students to note down the words and then underline

them if you donrsquot want them to write in the book Make

sure that everyone has the right answers You may want to

elicit the base words eg ambition boss etc pointing out

that some are nouns but others are verbs and adjectives

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1419

12 Unit 1 Yourself and others

Answers

reasonable ( also unpredictable) practical disorganised

thoughtful optimistic impatient childish sensitive decisive

ambitious unpredictable bossy

2 Elicit that when adding a suf1047297x beginning with a vowel we

drop the 1047297nal e eg adventure ndash adventurous Encourage

the use of dictionaries to 1047297nd antonyms and check spelling

Remind students to add both a pre1047297x and suf1047297x eg

unadventurous where possible Then elicit all the answers

possibly putting them on the board or OHP Elicit more

adjectives (not necessarily of character) with each of these

pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes plus their meanings and possibly also

their opposites

Answers

(un)adventurous aggressive anxious artistic cautious cheeky

competitive (un)emotional energetic (un)enthusiastic foolish

greedy (un)helpful dishonest pessimistic impolite unpopular(un)reliable (dis)respectful (un)sympathetic

Optional activity

Encourage discussion about whether some of these

adjectives describe positive or negative characteristics

pointing out that in certain cases eg pessimistic cautious

the answers are subjective Elicit answers from the class

making sure that all the words are understood

Suggested answers

lsquogoodrsquo ndash artistic energetic enthusiastic helpful honest polite

reliable sympathetic

lsquobadrsquo ndash opposites of the above ( unenthusiastic unhelpful

unreliable unsympathetic ) plus aggressive cheeky foolish

greedy dishonest impolite unpopular

lsquogoodrsquo or lsquobadrsquo ndash adventurous anxious cautious competitive

emotional pessimistic and respectful could be positive or

negative in certain circumstances

Part 3

3 Explain that all the mistakes in these sentences involve

pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes students have studied in this unit

though in most cases with different adjectives Elicit

answers when they have 1047297nished You may want to ask

what students think the most common mistakes are by

speakers of their 1047297rst language(s)

Answers

1 charming 2 impolite 3 healthy 4 disorganised 5 sociable

6 stressful

4 Like Exercise 1 this exercise focuses on pre1047297xes and

suf1047297xes studied in this unit Students have also seen all the

base words although they will have to be careful which

form to choose as two or three pre1047297xes andor suf1047297xes may

be possible Explain that this is in effect a sentence-level

version of Word Formation although of course in the exam

it is unlikely that all the target words would be adjectives

requiring pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes Go through the answers

once students have 1047297nished highlighting spelling

Answers

1 optimistic 2 challenging 3 depressed 4 unsympathetic

5 refreshed 6 unenthusiastic

5 Tell the class to read the instructions carefully and lookvery quickly at the way the text and the words in capitals

are laid out Then go through the answers

Answers

1 eight

2 a word formed from the word in capitals at the end of the

same line

3 mainly vocabulary (especially pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes)

6 Set a time limit for this of no more than a minute and

advise students to do this every time they do a Word

Formation task Explain that some answers may require

an understanding of more than one sentence or the

text as a whole Check the answers and deal with any

comprehension dif1047297culties that relate to the gist of the text

but not the detail

Answers

The purpose of the text is to show how different people from

the same family can be

paragraph 1 to introduce the topic

paragraph 2 to describe one of the daughters

paragraph 3 to describe the other daughter

paragraph 4 to describe the son

7 Explain that students should look at the example and its

context every time they begin a Word Formation task as

this will give them an introduction to the text and also

remind them of what they must do in this task type Gothrough the answers with the class

Answers

1 an adjective 2 what causes a feeling (to friends of the family)

3 - ing 4 drop the 1047297nal e

Point out that students have already seen some form or

other of all the target words in this exam task You may

also want to give some clues or further tips before they

begin - for instance the need to watch out for plural forms

Allow ten to twelve minutes for students working on their

own to 1047297ll in or note down their answers Remind them to

make sure they have changed all the words in capital letters

Then check answers Elicit the pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes usedand highlight the use of two of these in question 4 Pay

particular attention to spelling in 1 5 6 7 and 8

Exam task answers

1 personalities 2 motivated 3 ambitious 4 unemotional

5 sensitive 6 sympathetic 7 adventurous 8 anxious

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1519

Unit 1 Yourself and others 13

WritingPart 2 informal letter

1 When the class has had time to look at the exam task elicit

the answers

Answers

1 an English friend Alex

2 write back saying how important friends are to you who your

best friend is what you like about him or her

3 informal

a Irsquove donrsquot Irsquod Whorsquos b kid do c So and

d exclamation mark e Looking forward to hearing from you

2 Give students a few minutes to read the model answer and

answer the questions Elicit the answers

Answers

1 yes

2 no3 Dear Alex Best wishes

4 Introduction she thanks Alex for hisher message and

comments on this

Conclusion she talks about the future and asks Alex to write

back soon and give her more information

5 Yes the importance of friends in the 1047297rst main paragraph

who her best friend is in the second main paragraph a

description of her friendrsquos personality in the third main

paragraph

6 Informal expressions such as thanks just down the road

mates a bit dash and exclamation marks contracted

forms theyrsquore whorsquos wersquove shersquos linkers and but friendly

expressions It was great to hear from you Write soon

7 indecisive practical bossy thoughtful sympathetic

8 tell each other can be at times whenever I shersquos always

cheer me up sense of humour have the chance etc

3 Refer the class to the instructions in the exam task and to

the Exam tip This is very much a personal task and best

done individually ndash point out there are no lsquorightrsquo or lsquowrongrsquo

answers to these questions either Monitor studentsrsquo work

and make suggestions where necessary especially for

question 1 but donrsquot elicit answers

4 Get students to make their plan quickly using very brief

notes

5 Give the class no more than 40 minutes to write their

answers as that is what they will have in the exam and they

have already studied the task and planned their work Tell

students always to leave at least 1047297ve minutes at the end of

each Writing task to check their work and to refer back to

these 1047297ve points in future units and other Part 1 and Part 2

tasks Checking could be done as a peer correction activity

although of course this will not be possible in the exam

itself

Model answer

Hi Alex

Itrsquos always great to hear from you

Yoursquore absolutely right about how much friendship matters Life just wouldnrsquot be the same if we didnrsquot have friends would it

My very best friend is called Luis and wersquove grown up together

really We 1047297rst met at primary school and hersquos been my best

mate ever since

Wersquore quite similar in a lot of ways For instance wersquore the same

age almost exactly the same height and weight and wersquore both

crazy about sports especially basketball and swimming

Like me he can be rather shy at times though hersquos perhaps a

little more talkative than me Hersquos also someone you can rely on

to help you if yoursquore in trouble or worried about something Hersquos

a fantastic friend and Irsquom sure yoursquod get on really well with him

Hope to hear from you again soon

Bye for now

Enrique

Revision

1 Answers

1 rsquomam staying rsquomam working

2 usually eat rsquoreare having

3 rsquomam waiting seems

4 is changing are getting

5 is rsquosis always complaining

6 own donrsquot live

7 gets rsquomam thinking

2 Answers

1 greedy 2 dishonest 3 artistic 4 impolite 5 energetic

6 cautious 7 pessimistic

3 Answers

1 unpredictable 2 sympathetic 3 unreasonable

4 challenging 5 thoughtful 6 decisive

4 Answers

1 relaxing 2 reliable 3 practical 4 terrifying

5 astonished 6 aggressive 7 competitive 8 childish

9 puzzling 10 exhausted

Remind students that there is more practice on the CD-ROM

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1619

Part 7

Look at the exam task Answer thesequestions

1 Whatrsquos the text about

2 How many people can you choose from3 What must you find4 How many questions are there

Now do the exam task

Exam task

You are going to read an article in which fourpeople talk about their friends For questions1ndash10 choose from the people (AndashD) The peoplemay be chosen more than once

Which person

earns less money than theirfriend

1

says the two of them did not likeeach other at first

2

denies that their friend is bossy 3

has had a similar upbringing to their friendrsquos

4

once fell out with their friend 5

shares a hobby with their friend 6

says their friend has a goodsense of humour

7

describes their friend as rather

shy

8

has a friend who is veryoptimistic

9

has a very ambitious friend 10

READING AND USE OF ENGLISH

The best of friendsA Nadia Hassan has been friends with Amina since they were fourteen

lsquoWe were born in the same monthrsquo says Nadia lsquoand we grew up in

the same small town though the funny thing is we didnrsquot actually

know each other until we both took up horse riding something we

still enjoyrsquo There are according to Nadia some differences between

them lsquoWhereas I tend to be a bit negative about the future always

expecting the worst to happen Amina is the complete opposite

Maybe between us we just about strike the right balance Though

of course having such different ways of looking at the same thing

can lead to tensions and a couple of years ago we actually stoppedspeaking for a while but that didnrsquot last longrsquo

B Liam Doherty first met his friend Marc when they were both doing

summer jobs at a seaside hotel Marc has since moved to another

part of the country but they still keep in touch by email and

chatting online lsquoHe comes round to my house whenever hersquos in

town which is actually quite often Hersquos got a good job and can

travel wherever he likes every weekend which is something I wish I

could afford to do on my salary But hersquos different from me in that

hersquos always had this strong desire for success in life whereas I prefer

to take things a bit easier with plenty of time for hobbies like hill-

walking and readingrsquo

C Maxim Salenko has been friendly with Andriy ever since they wereat primary school lsquoWe grew up in much the same kind of family

environment and we usually sat together at school and enjoyed the

same sports though in some ways hersquos not like me Irsquom fairly quiet

perhaps a little shy at times but Andriy is always a fun guy to be

withrsquo says Maxim lsquoHe can be noisy and some people say he tries to

tell everyone what to do but I donrsquot think thatrsquos true He just likes to

make sure everyone else has a good time too Once or twice Irsquove felt

a bit irritated by things he said but that was probably because I was

in a bad mood at the time and I donrsquot think he even noticed I was

annoyedrsquo

D Camille Leroy and her friend Lara have known each other for three

years now lsquoWersquore from different backgroundsrsquo says Camille lsquoand

to be honest when we were introduced at a party we didnrsquot hit it offat all She seemed a bit unfriendly and it took quite a while before I

realised that she was in fact lacking in self-confidence particularly

when meeting new people To some extent she still is but once you

get to know Lara you realise what good company she is She always

has interesting things to say and she tells some great jokes too I

often see her on the bus home from work because nowadays she

lives just round the corner from me She moved there to be close to

the golf course and Irsquom thinking of taking it up toorsquo

4 UNIT 1 YOURSELF AND OTHERS

Yourself and others1

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1719

5YOURSELF AND OTHERS UNIT 1

Grammar

Present tenses

1 Some of these sentences written by examcandidates contain mistakes Correct anymistakes using the present simple or presentcontinuous

1 Irsquom belonging to a tennis club and it is my

favourite sport

2 Irsquoll pick you up from the airport when yoursquoll

arrive at 930

3 Irsquom having a lovely holiday here on the island4 Every day we are spending about eight hours

at work

5 When you will receive my letter please tell

Mary about this

6 Pablo is needing to talk to somebody but he

never calls me

7 Nowadays it becomes more and more

important to have a good education

8 I promise that Irsquoll phone you tonight when I

get home

9I need to earn some money and this is themain reason why I apply for this job

10 They are the kind of people who are driving

to work every day in big cars

2 Complete the sentences with the present simpleor present continuous form of these verbs Useeach verb only once

end get hear own rise see take try

1 I usually go to work by car but this week Ithe train because the road

bridge is closed

2 It harder to find a job and youth

unemployment is now very high3 As soon as the college term

Irsquom going away on holiday

4 Her parents are very rich They

homes in both London and New York

5 I Marcos later this evening

when he leaves the club6 Please turn the music down a bit I

to sleep

7 In every part of the world the sun

in the east

8 I promise Irsquoll get up as soon as I

the alarm clock

LISTENINGPart 1

Look at questions 1ndash4 in the exam task Answer these questions

1 How many speakers will you hear

2 Will they be female or male voices

3 What is the situation

4 What is the focus eg place opinion of the question

02 Now listen and do the exam task

Exam task

You will hear people talking in four different situations (in the exam youwill hear eight) For questions 1ndash4 choose the best answer (A B or C)

1 You hear a teenager talking about her new bedroom

What does she like about it

A the way it is decorated

B the furniture in it C its size and shape

2 You overhear a conversation on a bus

Where is the man going first A to a shop B to the library C to work

3 You hear a man talking on the phone

Why is he calling

A to apologise B to ask for information

C to complain

4 You hear part of an interview with a businesswoman

What does she do A She hires out bicycles B She hires out cars

C She hires out motorcycles

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1819

6 UNIT 1 YOURSELF AND OTHERS

Part 3

1 Correct the mistakes in these sentenceswritten by exam candidates using the

correct form of the word in brackets Add aprefix andor a suffix in each case

1 I am worry (worry) about you so can I talk

to you

2 The biggest disadvantage is that you are

always stressy (stress) when you do that job

3 These are my recommendations for the

most attraction (attract) places in my town

4 Suddenly I heard something strange near

the door I was terrorised (terrify)

5 Your report about the music festival isabsolutely inacceptable (accept)

6 It was really surprised (surprise) to hear

that Marta was the winner

7 The streets wouldnrsquot be so crowdy (crowd)and they would be safer for people

8 Staying at your house next week will be

really enjoyful (enjoy)

9 That festival was a completely

unorganised (organise) and dull event

10 There are some interesting and

impressing (impress) museums in this city

2 Look at the exam task example (0) andanswer these questions

1 What kind of word goes between the

superlative form the most and the noun

features

2 Does this word describe how someone

feels or what causes a feeling3 What suffix do we use for this

Now do the exam task

Exam task

For questions 1ndash8 read the text below Use the word given in capitals atthe end of some of the lines to form a word that fits in the gap in the sameline There is an example at the beginning (0)

Example 0 SURPRISING

Staying safe online

One of the most (0) features of the

computer age is the huge amount of time that youngpeople spend communicating with each other

Whereas a generation ago children would go home

after a (1) day at school and watch TV

nowadays they are likely to do something much more

(2) such as chat online with their

friends

Others exchange information on (3)popular social networking sites such as Facebook What

some parents find rather (4) however is

how easily they can make online lsquofriendsrsquo who they have

never actually met and also the amount of information

that their children are so (5) puttingonto these websites for anyone to see

Parents are right to be (6) but with

many children spending hours a day online it is simply

(7) for adults constantly to watch over

them All they can do is advise them to be extremely

(8) about contact with strangers and to

warn them not to put personal information such as their

phone number or home address online

SURPRISE

TIRE

SOCIETY

INCREASE

WORRY

ENTHUSIASM

ANXIETY

PRACTICE

CAUTION

READING AND USE OF ENGLISH

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1919

3 Plan and write your letter to Sam Try to include some of Matteorsquosexpressions and character adjectives

WRITINGPart 2 informal letter

1 Look at the exam task and answer thesequestions

1 Who has written to you

2 Who do they want to know about

3 What examples of informal language can

you find

Exam task

Here is part of an email you have received fromSam an English-speaking friend

Write your email to Sam in 140ndash190 words Donot write any addresses

2 Read the model letter and answer thesequestions

1 Does Matteo answer Samrsquos questions2 Where would you split the second

paragraph to form two shorter

paragraphs

3 Is Matteorsquos message written in an informal

style Find examples4 Find and correct these mistakes in the

letter

a a comparative

b a verb tense c an article

d three adjective suffixes5 Which of Matteorsquos expressions could you

use in your letter

Though my sisterrsquos quite a bit younger than me

wersquore good friends most of the time

So tell me about a relative of yours who you see a lot

ndash and why you enjoy being with him or her

Hope to hear from you soon

Hi Sam

Thanks for writing Itrsquos always nice to get a message from you

Itrsquos great that you have such a close friendship with your sister My sisterrsquos actually

a lot older that me and my brotherrsquos much younger so we donrsquot of ten like doing the

same things but I have a cousin called Lorenzo whorsquos about my age and we get on

really well He lives not far from here and like me hersquos a student ndash though not at the

same college Wersquove been friends since we were k ids and wersquore seeing each other

most weekends and of course in the holidays Wersquove got lots of things in common

For instance we love the mountain biking and something I really like about him is that

hersquos so adventurous We have great fun when wersquore out together because hersquos so

enthusiastic about doing excited things but without getting too competitious He can

also be quite sensitive and thoughtful and whenever I have any kind of problem hersquos

always sympatic In short hersquos a fantastic friend

Hope to hear from you again soon

Bye for now

Matteo

7YOURSELF AND OTHERS UNIT 1

Page 10: Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1019

8 Unit 1 Yourself and others

Unit objectivesTOPICS daily life peopleGRAMMAR review of present tenses present

simple in time clauses VOCABULARY adjectives ending in -ed and - ing

character adjectives adjectivepre1047297xes and suf1047297xes - able - al dis--ful - ic im- - ish - itive - ive -ousun- - y

READING and Part 7 studying an example itemUSE OF ENGLISH Part 3 word building gist-reading

studying the exampleWRITING Part 2 informal letter getting ideas

planning checkingLISTENING Part 1 studying an example script

SPEAKING Part 1 asking for repetition givingreasons and examples

ListeningPart 1

1 This activity could be done in pairs Allow a few minutesrsquo

discussion time Then ask students for their overall

1047297ndings and whether they think they have a good balance

between workstudy and relaxation

Optional activity

Look at the exam task with the class Make sure that

students know what Part 1 consists of You could ask the

following questions Encourage students to 1047297nd the answersin the Listening guide on page 94 if they donrsquot already

know them

1 How many extracts will you hear

2 Is there any connection between the extracts

3 Do you both read and hear the introductory sentence

about each speaker and situation

4 Do you both read and hear each question

Answers

1 eight 2 no 3 yes 4 no

2 Get students to study question 1 but not the transcript in

Exercise 3 Check the answers

Answers

1 one male radio journalist reporting from the street

2 the focus is place

3 Explain to the class that multiple-choice questions in

Listening (and Reading) often contain lsquodistractorsrsquo within

the text that are designed to mislead them and that in this

task type there are always two distractors for each question

Allow time for students to talk about why C is right and A

and B are wrong then elicit the answers

Answers

C is the correct answer there isnrsquot anybody in means the

people who live there are not at home and by the look of the

place indicates that the reporter is outside the house

B is the wrong answer the reporter says away at a luxury

hotel in the city centre so he is not there

A is the wrong answer he uses the conditional would be about

someone else (the TV crews )

4 102 Encourage pairs to look at the introductory

sentence and question of each item not the options If they

1047297nd it dif1047297cult to identify the focus put the answers on

the board in jumbled order Go through the answers and

suggest that students ask themselves these questions every

time they do Listening Part 1 Make sure that everyonereads and understands the Quick steps then get students to

work alone Remind students to listen to the speakersrsquo tone

as well as to the actual words they use Play the recording

through without pausing

Answers

2 one female talking about travelling by train every day focus

feelingsattitude

3 one female making a phone call focus purpose

4 one male talking about reading books at home focus reason

5 female and male (probably) talking in a holiday resort focus

person

6 one male talking about staying healthy focus something hersquos

doing

7 one female talking about where she lives focus place typeof home

8 female and male (probably) talking about 1047297nding something

focus feelings

Recording script

You will hear people talking in eight different situations Forquestions 1ndash8 choose the best answer (A B or C)

1 You hear a reporter talking on the radio

Irsquom standing here in Church Avenue with about thirty othermedia people but by the look of the place there isnrsquotanybody in Nobodyrsquos quite sure if hersquoll be back later thisafternoon ndash or whether hersquos spending the weekend awayperhaps at a luxury hotel in the city centre What does seem

clear though is that hersquos unlikely to play in Sundayrsquos bigmatch ndash otherwise these TV crews would be waiting at thegates of the clubrsquos training ground to 1047297lm him not here

2 You hear a woman talking about travelling to work every day

The traf1047297c into town is getting worse all the time so thetrain was the obvious alternative Irsquod kind of assumed Irsquodbe able to sit back and relax with a newspaper and a cupof coffee maybe chat with my fellow passengers and soon but actually most mornings itrsquos standing-room onlywith everyone squashed together the conversation usuallylimited to lsquoexcuse mersquo Somebody is always pushing andyou spend half your time trying to avoid falling over so thatby the time you arrive you feel as though yoursquove alreadydone half a dayrsquos work

Yourself and others

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1119

Unit 1 Yourself and others 9

3 You overhear a woman talking on the phone

Well Irsquom very sorry but Irsquom just not prepared to pay for itemsI didnrsquot receive As you say I ordered the DVDs a fortnightago and when I did so I gave your sales department all thedetails they needed to deliver them to the right address anditrsquos not my fault if they sent them somewhere else The onlymistake I made was in dealing with your company in the 1047297rstplace Next time I want things like that Irsquoll buy them onlineinstead Like most people do these days

4 You hear a man talking about reading books

Irsquom an editor in a publishing company and this month Irsquomworking particularly hard on a rather long novel so it mayseem a little surprising that my favourite way of relaxing inthe evenings is to sit down somewhere quiet with a goodbook Whenever I can I go into the study and settle down toread for as long as possible I just wish I could do so moreoften as Irsquom the kind of person who needs to get away fromother people for a while but these days Irsquom usually just toobusy helping out with the housework and the kids

5 You overhear a conversation in a holiday resort

Man The weatherrsquos been awful this summer hasnrsquot it Irsquomnot surprised people are looking so miserable Thosewho havenrsquot already gone home that is Non-stoprain spoils everything at the seaside

Woman I know If I were a tourist I wouldrsquove left too Theplace is half-empty and Irsquove already had to reduce thenumber of staff

Man Really Is it that bad

Woman Yes with so few customers I just couldnrsquot afford tokeep paying their wages I hated having to let themgo especially as I used to be a waitress myself Butwhat else could I do

Man You had no choice The same thingrsquos happening

everywhere round here

6 You hear a man talking about staying healthy

I was getting a bit worried about my unhealthy lifestyle soI started spending a few hours each week at the local gymbut it was pretty boring and I havenrsquot been for a while Thensomeone suggested I should try going to the of1047297ce on footrather than taking the car and I took her advice I live a longway out in the suburbs and in fact I go right past the gymevery day but itrsquos really helping me get in shape And thefunny thing is that with all this exercise I get more hungryand Irsquom actually having bigger meals now but Irsquom told itdoesnrsquot matter because Irsquom using up a lot more energy

7 You hear a woman talking about her home

Irsquom staying at a friendrsquos apartment downtown but Irsquoll move

back into my place when they 1047297nish repainting it probablyon Friday Itrsquos pleasant enough here though I miss mygarden with its beautiful bushes and trees Itrsquos almost likebeing in the countryside there even though itrsquos actually onthe outskirts of town Itrsquos right on top of a hill so from myupstairs window you can see the city-centre of1047297ce buildingsin one direction and a rural area not far away in the other

And a south-facing room gets lots of sunshine too

8 You overhear two people talking about finding something

Woman Yes itrsquos just as well that memory stick turned upwhen it did If itrsquod been missing any longer Irsquod begetting a bit worried by now

Man I knew it must be somewhere in the living room If youremember I suggested looking there the other day

Woman Actually that wasnrsquot where I found it

Man No Where was it

Woman It was in the spare room plugged into that old laptopof yours

Man Was it Oh I remember now I was using it last yearto copy some 1047297les Sorry about that

Woman It doesnrsquot matter now Forget it

Exam task answers

2 A 3 B 4 B 5 C 6 C 7 B 8 B

5 Point out that candidates do not lose marks for incorrect

answers as this may not be the case in other exams they

have taken Allow 30 seconds for them to check then go

through the answers

GrammarReview of present tenses

1 This activity could be done in pairs Give the class plenty

of time to match the extracts then check the answers If

yoursquore teaching in the southern hemisphere explain that

3 f seemed always true for the European who said it Elicit

or give more examples of each usage and of stative verbs

Answers

1 c 2 b 3 f 4 a 5 g 6 d 7 e

2 Go through the answers when everyone has 1047297nished If

there is time you may want to ask the class why they think

each mistake has been made

Answers

1 you understand 2 having fun 3 you like 4 rsquomam waiting

5 I prefer 6 have 7 rsquomam standing

3 This exercise practises all the uses presented in Exercise 1

If there is time elicit these from the class and ask which is

a stative verb

Answers

1 rsquosis writing (something happening right now)

2 are rising (a situation that is changing or developing)

3 quite often goes (a routine or habit)

4 are always shouting (something irritating or surprising)

5 belongs (stative verb)

6 rsquomam staying (a temporary situation)7 sets (something which is always true)

8 rsquosis having (something happening right now)

Present simple in time clauses

4 The studentsrsquo 1047297rst language may use a future form in these

clauses so itrsquos important they realise that in these extracts

we are using the present simple with future meaning as in

1047297rst conditional forms Elicit the answers and then some

more examples with a variety of time expressions such as

before after or until

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1219

10 Unit 1 Yourself and others

5 Make sure that everyone studies the Exam tip and answer

any questions about this Then give students about 20

minutes to do the multiple-matching task on their own in

exam conditions If you donrsquot want them to underline in

the book tell them to note down the 1047297rst few words of eachrelevant phrase or sentence Go through the answers and

elicit the relevant phrases and sentences If there is time

also elicit some of the distractors eg Arsquos reference to

missing the train relates to the past not the present (7)

Exam task answers

1 C 2 A 3 C 4 B 5 A 6 D 7 A 8 B 9 D 10 B

Underlining

A

(5) lsquoAssuming I donrsquot oversleep which can happen

(7) I do the uphill walk into town which wakes me up and

enables me to plan what Irsquom going to do in the morning

and afternoon

(2) I sometimes head for the gym but not as often as I

should

B

(4) a dash to the station to catch the 715

(10) dealing with client queries which for me is one of the

most interesting challenging and worthwhile aspects of

the job

(8) At 1047297rst I found working here pretty stressful but Irsquom

used to it now and it doesnrsquot bother me

C

(3) the previous evening lsquoIf I have a creative peakrsquo he

says lsquothatrsquos when it is

(1) having a 20-minute lie-down after lunch Then when I

wake up

D

(9) Itrsquos the custom here to have a sleep after lunch but I

havenrsquot got time for that In any case Irsquom not tired then (6) can be a bit irritating if I end up doing unpaid overtime

Adjectives ending in -ed and - ing

6 Give students time to study the context of each word and

work out the rules If necessary explain the meaning of

the B2-level words (exhausted fascinating challenging

refreshed distracted irritating) as listed by English Pro1047297le

Check the answers and elicit the corresponding -ed-ing

adjective for each of the eight words then elicit further

examples such as amazedamazing and boredboring

Answers

1 -ed 2 -ing

7 Point out that this exercise is partly a preparation for Word

Formation in Reading and Use of English later in this

unit and that spelling is important eg dropping the 1047297nal

e in some cases Both parts of the exercise could be done

individually or in pairs Encourage brief answers to the

questions using the words given Check answers to the

sentence-completion part of the exercise and elicit some

answers to the questions Also elicit the other form of each

adjective

Note one of the forms of all eight adjectives is listed as B2

level by English Pro1047297le

Answers

yes present simple

5 Give students a little time to study the sentences then go

through the answers

Answers

1 rsquoll get go 2 Irsquoll wait come 3 ends rsquoll catch 4 wonrsquot start

5 arrive rsquoll be 6 rsquoll talk get

6 Allow a minute or two for students working on their own to

write their answers then get them to work in pairs Elicit

some answers for each question

Suggested answers

1 I get home 2 I go on holiday 3 I have enough money

4 Irsquom thirty 5 I pass Pro1047297ciency 6 I 1047297nish my homework

Reading and Use of EnglishReading Part 7

1 This activity could be done in pairs Allow plenty of time

for discussion of the daily lives of the people in the photos

The four people talk about their lives in the Reading text

but donrsquot mention this yet ndash it will give students an extra

reason for reading later on

2 Give the class a minute or two to look at the instructions

the prompt Which person the question numbers and the text

layout Then check the answers

Answers

1 four 2 one text in four sections 3 four peoplersquos daily lives

4 which person does or thinks particular things

5 ten 6 yes

3 Give students two or three minutes to skim the text for the

answers to the two questions Then check the answers

Answers

1 B Assistant Sales Manager

2 A University student

3 C Website Designer

4 D Tour Guide

earliest B latest C

4 Explain that in many cases there are lsquodistractorsrsquo ndash words

or sentences in the text which appear to give the right

answer if they are not read carefully This activity raises

awareness of how distractors work Go through the answers

once students have had enough time to study the three

highlighted parts

Answers

B Correct ndash if lunch is the 1047297rst meal of the day for her she canrsquot

have eaten breakfast

A If therersquos time he has tea and toast so itrsquos not true to say he

never has breakfast

D Usually she skips (misses) breakfast but not always ndash she

sometimes has lsquocereal or somethingrsquo

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1319

Unit 1 Yourself and others 11

Answers

1 relaxed 2 amusing 3 worried 4 depressing 5 motivated

6 terri1047297ed 7 astonishing 8 puzzling

8 Where possible students should work with others they donrsquotknow very well using the prompts from Exercise 7 and as

many -ing -ed adjectives as they can

SpeakingPart 1

Optional activity

Make sure that students know what Part 1 consists of You

could ask the following questions Encourage students to 1047297nd

the answers in the Speaking guide on page 97 if they donrsquot

already know them

1 How many examiners are there

2 Do you answer questions from just one examiner 3 How many candidates are there

4 Do you talk to the other candidate(s) in Part 1

Answers

1 two 2 yes 3 usually two but occasionally there may be

three 4 no

1 Explain that in the exam students may be asked questions

about future plans and ambitions and that these will be

practised in Unit 5 You may also want to point out that

candidates are always asked the 1047297rst two questions here while

the others are taken from lists that examiners may choose

from

Answers

1 your town

2 what you like about your town

3 your family

4 your favourite season and why

5 what you like doing on holiday

6 what you use the Internet for

(all questions are about you)

You would use the present simple to reply although in some

cases you may also need to use the present continuous for

example to say a relative is studying abroad

2 Focus attention on the Exam tip before students start this

activity and perhaps mention that the two mistakes are both

incorrect uses of verb tenses Allow time for pairs to work on

this then elicit the answers

Suggested answers

1 One-word answer He gives examples when asked in what

ways but he could have done this without being prompted

2 The verb form should be I stay

3 She doesnrsquot give a reason She could reply as she does after

the examiner asks why without being prompted

4 The verb form should be I go

5 Not polite He could say Could you repeat that please

6 He doesnrsquot give a reason for not liking newspapers He could

say something like because therersquos too much in them about

politics or I listen to the radio news so I donrsquot need to

3 Students should be familiar with all the basic frequency

adverbs like usually and aware that these normally go

before the main verb Elicit the answer to the 1047297rst question

then tell the class to look at the six expressions and answer

the questions Go through the answers and elicit moreexamples such as twice a month and every few minutes

Point out that hardly ever is quite often tested in Reading

and Use of English and other parts of the exam

Answers

1 at the end ( hardly ever goes before the verb)

2 hardly ever

3 from time to time now and then

4 If possible get everyone to sit with somebody they donrsquot

know very well this activity can be a useful ice-breaker

Monitor pairs and feed in language where necessary

5 Tell pairs to be polite and constructive in their comments

about each otherrsquos speaking Allow a minute for thisand then elicit some comments on the studentsrsquo own

performance (not on their partnersrsquo speaking) and note any

particular dif1047297culties

Character adjectives

6 Point out that this is a light-hearted activity with no lsquorightrsquo

or lsquowrongrsquo answers ndash or lsquokeyrsquo purporting to analyse their

personality Give students a couple of minutes each to

answer

7 These adjectives are all B2 level as shown by English

Pro1047297le Encourage the use of dictionaries if students have

any dif1047297culties then check that everyone has the right

answers They then compare their impressions of each other

using some of the adjectives Advise students to be careful

not to upset their partners avoiding answers such as always

bossy even if itrsquos true Monitor pairs to make sure that they

do so and to avoid possible embarrassment donrsquot elicit

answers when everyone has 1047297nished Finally students use

modals such as could might and may to speculate about the

character of the people in the photos Elicit some answers

and point out that the language used in this activity is useful

practice for Writing later in this unit

Answers

1 thoughtful 2 optimistic 3 childish 4 bossy 5 practical

6 impatient 7 ambitious 8 sensitive 9 decisive

10 unpredictable 11 reasonable 12 disorganised

Reading and Use of EnglishForming adjectives

1 Get students to note down the words and then underline

them if you donrsquot want them to write in the book Make

sure that everyone has the right answers You may want to

elicit the base words eg ambition boss etc pointing out

that some are nouns but others are verbs and adjectives

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1419

12 Unit 1 Yourself and others

Answers

reasonable ( also unpredictable) practical disorganised

thoughtful optimistic impatient childish sensitive decisive

ambitious unpredictable bossy

2 Elicit that when adding a suf1047297x beginning with a vowel we

drop the 1047297nal e eg adventure ndash adventurous Encourage

the use of dictionaries to 1047297nd antonyms and check spelling

Remind students to add both a pre1047297x and suf1047297x eg

unadventurous where possible Then elicit all the answers

possibly putting them on the board or OHP Elicit more

adjectives (not necessarily of character) with each of these

pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes plus their meanings and possibly also

their opposites

Answers

(un)adventurous aggressive anxious artistic cautious cheeky

competitive (un)emotional energetic (un)enthusiastic foolish

greedy (un)helpful dishonest pessimistic impolite unpopular(un)reliable (dis)respectful (un)sympathetic

Optional activity

Encourage discussion about whether some of these

adjectives describe positive or negative characteristics

pointing out that in certain cases eg pessimistic cautious

the answers are subjective Elicit answers from the class

making sure that all the words are understood

Suggested answers

lsquogoodrsquo ndash artistic energetic enthusiastic helpful honest polite

reliable sympathetic

lsquobadrsquo ndash opposites of the above ( unenthusiastic unhelpful

unreliable unsympathetic ) plus aggressive cheeky foolish

greedy dishonest impolite unpopular

lsquogoodrsquo or lsquobadrsquo ndash adventurous anxious cautious competitive

emotional pessimistic and respectful could be positive or

negative in certain circumstances

Part 3

3 Explain that all the mistakes in these sentences involve

pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes students have studied in this unit

though in most cases with different adjectives Elicit

answers when they have 1047297nished You may want to ask

what students think the most common mistakes are by

speakers of their 1047297rst language(s)

Answers

1 charming 2 impolite 3 healthy 4 disorganised 5 sociable

6 stressful

4 Like Exercise 1 this exercise focuses on pre1047297xes and

suf1047297xes studied in this unit Students have also seen all the

base words although they will have to be careful which

form to choose as two or three pre1047297xes andor suf1047297xes may

be possible Explain that this is in effect a sentence-level

version of Word Formation although of course in the exam

it is unlikely that all the target words would be adjectives

requiring pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes Go through the answers

once students have 1047297nished highlighting spelling

Answers

1 optimistic 2 challenging 3 depressed 4 unsympathetic

5 refreshed 6 unenthusiastic

5 Tell the class to read the instructions carefully and lookvery quickly at the way the text and the words in capitals

are laid out Then go through the answers

Answers

1 eight

2 a word formed from the word in capitals at the end of the

same line

3 mainly vocabulary (especially pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes)

6 Set a time limit for this of no more than a minute and

advise students to do this every time they do a Word

Formation task Explain that some answers may require

an understanding of more than one sentence or the

text as a whole Check the answers and deal with any

comprehension dif1047297culties that relate to the gist of the text

but not the detail

Answers

The purpose of the text is to show how different people from

the same family can be

paragraph 1 to introduce the topic

paragraph 2 to describe one of the daughters

paragraph 3 to describe the other daughter

paragraph 4 to describe the son

7 Explain that students should look at the example and its

context every time they begin a Word Formation task as

this will give them an introduction to the text and also

remind them of what they must do in this task type Gothrough the answers with the class

Answers

1 an adjective 2 what causes a feeling (to friends of the family)

3 - ing 4 drop the 1047297nal e

Point out that students have already seen some form or

other of all the target words in this exam task You may

also want to give some clues or further tips before they

begin - for instance the need to watch out for plural forms

Allow ten to twelve minutes for students working on their

own to 1047297ll in or note down their answers Remind them to

make sure they have changed all the words in capital letters

Then check answers Elicit the pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes usedand highlight the use of two of these in question 4 Pay

particular attention to spelling in 1 5 6 7 and 8

Exam task answers

1 personalities 2 motivated 3 ambitious 4 unemotional

5 sensitive 6 sympathetic 7 adventurous 8 anxious

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1519

Unit 1 Yourself and others 13

WritingPart 2 informal letter

1 When the class has had time to look at the exam task elicit

the answers

Answers

1 an English friend Alex

2 write back saying how important friends are to you who your

best friend is what you like about him or her

3 informal

a Irsquove donrsquot Irsquod Whorsquos b kid do c So and

d exclamation mark e Looking forward to hearing from you

2 Give students a few minutes to read the model answer and

answer the questions Elicit the answers

Answers

1 yes

2 no3 Dear Alex Best wishes

4 Introduction she thanks Alex for hisher message and

comments on this

Conclusion she talks about the future and asks Alex to write

back soon and give her more information

5 Yes the importance of friends in the 1047297rst main paragraph

who her best friend is in the second main paragraph a

description of her friendrsquos personality in the third main

paragraph

6 Informal expressions such as thanks just down the road

mates a bit dash and exclamation marks contracted

forms theyrsquore whorsquos wersquove shersquos linkers and but friendly

expressions It was great to hear from you Write soon

7 indecisive practical bossy thoughtful sympathetic

8 tell each other can be at times whenever I shersquos always

cheer me up sense of humour have the chance etc

3 Refer the class to the instructions in the exam task and to

the Exam tip This is very much a personal task and best

done individually ndash point out there are no lsquorightrsquo or lsquowrongrsquo

answers to these questions either Monitor studentsrsquo work

and make suggestions where necessary especially for

question 1 but donrsquot elicit answers

4 Get students to make their plan quickly using very brief

notes

5 Give the class no more than 40 minutes to write their

answers as that is what they will have in the exam and they

have already studied the task and planned their work Tell

students always to leave at least 1047297ve minutes at the end of

each Writing task to check their work and to refer back to

these 1047297ve points in future units and other Part 1 and Part 2

tasks Checking could be done as a peer correction activity

although of course this will not be possible in the exam

itself

Model answer

Hi Alex

Itrsquos always great to hear from you

Yoursquore absolutely right about how much friendship matters Life just wouldnrsquot be the same if we didnrsquot have friends would it

My very best friend is called Luis and wersquove grown up together

really We 1047297rst met at primary school and hersquos been my best

mate ever since

Wersquore quite similar in a lot of ways For instance wersquore the same

age almost exactly the same height and weight and wersquore both

crazy about sports especially basketball and swimming

Like me he can be rather shy at times though hersquos perhaps a

little more talkative than me Hersquos also someone you can rely on

to help you if yoursquore in trouble or worried about something Hersquos

a fantastic friend and Irsquom sure yoursquod get on really well with him

Hope to hear from you again soon

Bye for now

Enrique

Revision

1 Answers

1 rsquomam staying rsquomam working

2 usually eat rsquoreare having

3 rsquomam waiting seems

4 is changing are getting

5 is rsquosis always complaining

6 own donrsquot live

7 gets rsquomam thinking

2 Answers

1 greedy 2 dishonest 3 artistic 4 impolite 5 energetic

6 cautious 7 pessimistic

3 Answers

1 unpredictable 2 sympathetic 3 unreasonable

4 challenging 5 thoughtful 6 decisive

4 Answers

1 relaxing 2 reliable 3 practical 4 terrifying

5 astonished 6 aggressive 7 competitive 8 childish

9 puzzling 10 exhausted

Remind students that there is more practice on the CD-ROM

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1619

Part 7

Look at the exam task Answer thesequestions

1 Whatrsquos the text about

2 How many people can you choose from3 What must you find4 How many questions are there

Now do the exam task

Exam task

You are going to read an article in which fourpeople talk about their friends For questions1ndash10 choose from the people (AndashD) The peoplemay be chosen more than once

Which person

earns less money than theirfriend

1

says the two of them did not likeeach other at first

2

denies that their friend is bossy 3

has had a similar upbringing to their friendrsquos

4

once fell out with their friend 5

shares a hobby with their friend 6

says their friend has a goodsense of humour

7

describes their friend as rather

shy

8

has a friend who is veryoptimistic

9

has a very ambitious friend 10

READING AND USE OF ENGLISH

The best of friendsA Nadia Hassan has been friends with Amina since they were fourteen

lsquoWe were born in the same monthrsquo says Nadia lsquoand we grew up in

the same small town though the funny thing is we didnrsquot actually

know each other until we both took up horse riding something we

still enjoyrsquo There are according to Nadia some differences between

them lsquoWhereas I tend to be a bit negative about the future always

expecting the worst to happen Amina is the complete opposite

Maybe between us we just about strike the right balance Though

of course having such different ways of looking at the same thing

can lead to tensions and a couple of years ago we actually stoppedspeaking for a while but that didnrsquot last longrsquo

B Liam Doherty first met his friend Marc when they were both doing

summer jobs at a seaside hotel Marc has since moved to another

part of the country but they still keep in touch by email and

chatting online lsquoHe comes round to my house whenever hersquos in

town which is actually quite often Hersquos got a good job and can

travel wherever he likes every weekend which is something I wish I

could afford to do on my salary But hersquos different from me in that

hersquos always had this strong desire for success in life whereas I prefer

to take things a bit easier with plenty of time for hobbies like hill-

walking and readingrsquo

C Maxim Salenko has been friendly with Andriy ever since they wereat primary school lsquoWe grew up in much the same kind of family

environment and we usually sat together at school and enjoyed the

same sports though in some ways hersquos not like me Irsquom fairly quiet

perhaps a little shy at times but Andriy is always a fun guy to be

withrsquo says Maxim lsquoHe can be noisy and some people say he tries to

tell everyone what to do but I donrsquot think thatrsquos true He just likes to

make sure everyone else has a good time too Once or twice Irsquove felt

a bit irritated by things he said but that was probably because I was

in a bad mood at the time and I donrsquot think he even noticed I was

annoyedrsquo

D Camille Leroy and her friend Lara have known each other for three

years now lsquoWersquore from different backgroundsrsquo says Camille lsquoand

to be honest when we were introduced at a party we didnrsquot hit it offat all She seemed a bit unfriendly and it took quite a while before I

realised that she was in fact lacking in self-confidence particularly

when meeting new people To some extent she still is but once you

get to know Lara you realise what good company she is She always

has interesting things to say and she tells some great jokes too I

often see her on the bus home from work because nowadays she

lives just round the corner from me She moved there to be close to

the golf course and Irsquom thinking of taking it up toorsquo

4 UNIT 1 YOURSELF AND OTHERS

Yourself and others1

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1719

5YOURSELF AND OTHERS UNIT 1

Grammar

Present tenses

1 Some of these sentences written by examcandidates contain mistakes Correct anymistakes using the present simple or presentcontinuous

1 Irsquom belonging to a tennis club and it is my

favourite sport

2 Irsquoll pick you up from the airport when yoursquoll

arrive at 930

3 Irsquom having a lovely holiday here on the island4 Every day we are spending about eight hours

at work

5 When you will receive my letter please tell

Mary about this

6 Pablo is needing to talk to somebody but he

never calls me

7 Nowadays it becomes more and more

important to have a good education

8 I promise that Irsquoll phone you tonight when I

get home

9I need to earn some money and this is themain reason why I apply for this job

10 They are the kind of people who are driving

to work every day in big cars

2 Complete the sentences with the present simpleor present continuous form of these verbs Useeach verb only once

end get hear own rise see take try

1 I usually go to work by car but this week Ithe train because the road

bridge is closed

2 It harder to find a job and youth

unemployment is now very high3 As soon as the college term

Irsquom going away on holiday

4 Her parents are very rich They

homes in both London and New York

5 I Marcos later this evening

when he leaves the club6 Please turn the music down a bit I

to sleep

7 In every part of the world the sun

in the east

8 I promise Irsquoll get up as soon as I

the alarm clock

LISTENINGPart 1

Look at questions 1ndash4 in the exam task Answer these questions

1 How many speakers will you hear

2 Will they be female or male voices

3 What is the situation

4 What is the focus eg place opinion of the question

02 Now listen and do the exam task

Exam task

You will hear people talking in four different situations (in the exam youwill hear eight) For questions 1ndash4 choose the best answer (A B or C)

1 You hear a teenager talking about her new bedroom

What does she like about it

A the way it is decorated

B the furniture in it C its size and shape

2 You overhear a conversation on a bus

Where is the man going first A to a shop B to the library C to work

3 You hear a man talking on the phone

Why is he calling

A to apologise B to ask for information

C to complain

4 You hear part of an interview with a businesswoman

What does she do A She hires out bicycles B She hires out cars

C She hires out motorcycles

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1819

6 UNIT 1 YOURSELF AND OTHERS

Part 3

1 Correct the mistakes in these sentenceswritten by exam candidates using the

correct form of the word in brackets Add aprefix andor a suffix in each case

1 I am worry (worry) about you so can I talk

to you

2 The biggest disadvantage is that you are

always stressy (stress) when you do that job

3 These are my recommendations for the

most attraction (attract) places in my town

4 Suddenly I heard something strange near

the door I was terrorised (terrify)

5 Your report about the music festival isabsolutely inacceptable (accept)

6 It was really surprised (surprise) to hear

that Marta was the winner

7 The streets wouldnrsquot be so crowdy (crowd)and they would be safer for people

8 Staying at your house next week will be

really enjoyful (enjoy)

9 That festival was a completely

unorganised (organise) and dull event

10 There are some interesting and

impressing (impress) museums in this city

2 Look at the exam task example (0) andanswer these questions

1 What kind of word goes between the

superlative form the most and the noun

features

2 Does this word describe how someone

feels or what causes a feeling3 What suffix do we use for this

Now do the exam task

Exam task

For questions 1ndash8 read the text below Use the word given in capitals atthe end of some of the lines to form a word that fits in the gap in the sameline There is an example at the beginning (0)

Example 0 SURPRISING

Staying safe online

One of the most (0) features of the

computer age is the huge amount of time that youngpeople spend communicating with each other

Whereas a generation ago children would go home

after a (1) day at school and watch TV

nowadays they are likely to do something much more

(2) such as chat online with their

friends

Others exchange information on (3)popular social networking sites such as Facebook What

some parents find rather (4) however is

how easily they can make online lsquofriendsrsquo who they have

never actually met and also the amount of information

that their children are so (5) puttingonto these websites for anyone to see

Parents are right to be (6) but with

many children spending hours a day online it is simply

(7) for adults constantly to watch over

them All they can do is advise them to be extremely

(8) about contact with strangers and to

warn them not to put personal information such as their

phone number or home address online

SURPRISE

TIRE

SOCIETY

INCREASE

WORRY

ENTHUSIASM

ANXIETY

PRACTICE

CAUTION

READING AND USE OF ENGLISH

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1919

3 Plan and write your letter to Sam Try to include some of Matteorsquosexpressions and character adjectives

WRITINGPart 2 informal letter

1 Look at the exam task and answer thesequestions

1 Who has written to you

2 Who do they want to know about

3 What examples of informal language can

you find

Exam task

Here is part of an email you have received fromSam an English-speaking friend

Write your email to Sam in 140ndash190 words Donot write any addresses

2 Read the model letter and answer thesequestions

1 Does Matteo answer Samrsquos questions2 Where would you split the second

paragraph to form two shorter

paragraphs

3 Is Matteorsquos message written in an informal

style Find examples4 Find and correct these mistakes in the

letter

a a comparative

b a verb tense c an article

d three adjective suffixes5 Which of Matteorsquos expressions could you

use in your letter

Though my sisterrsquos quite a bit younger than me

wersquore good friends most of the time

So tell me about a relative of yours who you see a lot

ndash and why you enjoy being with him or her

Hope to hear from you soon

Hi Sam

Thanks for writing Itrsquos always nice to get a message from you

Itrsquos great that you have such a close friendship with your sister My sisterrsquos actually

a lot older that me and my brotherrsquos much younger so we donrsquot of ten like doing the

same things but I have a cousin called Lorenzo whorsquos about my age and we get on

really well He lives not far from here and like me hersquos a student ndash though not at the

same college Wersquove been friends since we were k ids and wersquore seeing each other

most weekends and of course in the holidays Wersquove got lots of things in common

For instance we love the mountain biking and something I really like about him is that

hersquos so adventurous We have great fun when wersquore out together because hersquos so

enthusiastic about doing excited things but without getting too competitious He can

also be quite sensitive and thoughtful and whenever I have any kind of problem hersquos

always sympatic In short hersquos a fantastic friend

Hope to hear from you again soon

Bye for now

Matteo

7YOURSELF AND OTHERS UNIT 1

Page 11: Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1119

Unit 1 Yourself and others 9

3 You overhear a woman talking on the phone

Well Irsquom very sorry but Irsquom just not prepared to pay for itemsI didnrsquot receive As you say I ordered the DVDs a fortnightago and when I did so I gave your sales department all thedetails they needed to deliver them to the right address anditrsquos not my fault if they sent them somewhere else The onlymistake I made was in dealing with your company in the 1047297rstplace Next time I want things like that Irsquoll buy them onlineinstead Like most people do these days

4 You hear a man talking about reading books

Irsquom an editor in a publishing company and this month Irsquomworking particularly hard on a rather long novel so it mayseem a little surprising that my favourite way of relaxing inthe evenings is to sit down somewhere quiet with a goodbook Whenever I can I go into the study and settle down toread for as long as possible I just wish I could do so moreoften as Irsquom the kind of person who needs to get away fromother people for a while but these days Irsquom usually just toobusy helping out with the housework and the kids

5 You overhear a conversation in a holiday resort

Man The weatherrsquos been awful this summer hasnrsquot it Irsquomnot surprised people are looking so miserable Thosewho havenrsquot already gone home that is Non-stoprain spoils everything at the seaside

Woman I know If I were a tourist I wouldrsquove left too Theplace is half-empty and Irsquove already had to reduce thenumber of staff

Man Really Is it that bad

Woman Yes with so few customers I just couldnrsquot afford tokeep paying their wages I hated having to let themgo especially as I used to be a waitress myself Butwhat else could I do

Man You had no choice The same thingrsquos happening

everywhere round here

6 You hear a man talking about staying healthy

I was getting a bit worried about my unhealthy lifestyle soI started spending a few hours each week at the local gymbut it was pretty boring and I havenrsquot been for a while Thensomeone suggested I should try going to the of1047297ce on footrather than taking the car and I took her advice I live a longway out in the suburbs and in fact I go right past the gymevery day but itrsquos really helping me get in shape And thefunny thing is that with all this exercise I get more hungryand Irsquom actually having bigger meals now but Irsquom told itdoesnrsquot matter because Irsquom using up a lot more energy

7 You hear a woman talking about her home

Irsquom staying at a friendrsquos apartment downtown but Irsquoll move

back into my place when they 1047297nish repainting it probablyon Friday Itrsquos pleasant enough here though I miss mygarden with its beautiful bushes and trees Itrsquos almost likebeing in the countryside there even though itrsquos actually onthe outskirts of town Itrsquos right on top of a hill so from myupstairs window you can see the city-centre of1047297ce buildingsin one direction and a rural area not far away in the other

And a south-facing room gets lots of sunshine too

8 You overhear two people talking about finding something

Woman Yes itrsquos just as well that memory stick turned upwhen it did If itrsquod been missing any longer Irsquod begetting a bit worried by now

Man I knew it must be somewhere in the living room If youremember I suggested looking there the other day

Woman Actually that wasnrsquot where I found it

Man No Where was it

Woman It was in the spare room plugged into that old laptopof yours

Man Was it Oh I remember now I was using it last yearto copy some 1047297les Sorry about that

Woman It doesnrsquot matter now Forget it

Exam task answers

2 A 3 B 4 B 5 C 6 C 7 B 8 B

5 Point out that candidates do not lose marks for incorrect

answers as this may not be the case in other exams they

have taken Allow 30 seconds for them to check then go

through the answers

GrammarReview of present tenses

1 This activity could be done in pairs Give the class plenty

of time to match the extracts then check the answers If

yoursquore teaching in the southern hemisphere explain that

3 f seemed always true for the European who said it Elicit

or give more examples of each usage and of stative verbs

Answers

1 c 2 b 3 f 4 a 5 g 6 d 7 e

2 Go through the answers when everyone has 1047297nished If

there is time you may want to ask the class why they think

each mistake has been made

Answers

1 you understand 2 having fun 3 you like 4 rsquomam waiting

5 I prefer 6 have 7 rsquomam standing

3 This exercise practises all the uses presented in Exercise 1

If there is time elicit these from the class and ask which is

a stative verb

Answers

1 rsquosis writing (something happening right now)

2 are rising (a situation that is changing or developing)

3 quite often goes (a routine or habit)

4 are always shouting (something irritating or surprising)

5 belongs (stative verb)

6 rsquomam staying (a temporary situation)7 sets (something which is always true)

8 rsquosis having (something happening right now)

Present simple in time clauses

4 The studentsrsquo 1047297rst language may use a future form in these

clauses so itrsquos important they realise that in these extracts

we are using the present simple with future meaning as in

1047297rst conditional forms Elicit the answers and then some

more examples with a variety of time expressions such as

before after or until

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1219

10 Unit 1 Yourself and others

5 Make sure that everyone studies the Exam tip and answer

any questions about this Then give students about 20

minutes to do the multiple-matching task on their own in

exam conditions If you donrsquot want them to underline in

the book tell them to note down the 1047297rst few words of eachrelevant phrase or sentence Go through the answers and

elicit the relevant phrases and sentences If there is time

also elicit some of the distractors eg Arsquos reference to

missing the train relates to the past not the present (7)

Exam task answers

1 C 2 A 3 C 4 B 5 A 6 D 7 A 8 B 9 D 10 B

Underlining

A

(5) lsquoAssuming I donrsquot oversleep which can happen

(7) I do the uphill walk into town which wakes me up and

enables me to plan what Irsquom going to do in the morning

and afternoon

(2) I sometimes head for the gym but not as often as I

should

B

(4) a dash to the station to catch the 715

(10) dealing with client queries which for me is one of the

most interesting challenging and worthwhile aspects of

the job

(8) At 1047297rst I found working here pretty stressful but Irsquom

used to it now and it doesnrsquot bother me

C

(3) the previous evening lsquoIf I have a creative peakrsquo he

says lsquothatrsquos when it is

(1) having a 20-minute lie-down after lunch Then when I

wake up

D

(9) Itrsquos the custom here to have a sleep after lunch but I

havenrsquot got time for that In any case Irsquom not tired then (6) can be a bit irritating if I end up doing unpaid overtime

Adjectives ending in -ed and - ing

6 Give students time to study the context of each word and

work out the rules If necessary explain the meaning of

the B2-level words (exhausted fascinating challenging

refreshed distracted irritating) as listed by English Pro1047297le

Check the answers and elicit the corresponding -ed-ing

adjective for each of the eight words then elicit further

examples such as amazedamazing and boredboring

Answers

1 -ed 2 -ing

7 Point out that this exercise is partly a preparation for Word

Formation in Reading and Use of English later in this

unit and that spelling is important eg dropping the 1047297nal

e in some cases Both parts of the exercise could be done

individually or in pairs Encourage brief answers to the

questions using the words given Check answers to the

sentence-completion part of the exercise and elicit some

answers to the questions Also elicit the other form of each

adjective

Note one of the forms of all eight adjectives is listed as B2

level by English Pro1047297le

Answers

yes present simple

5 Give students a little time to study the sentences then go

through the answers

Answers

1 rsquoll get go 2 Irsquoll wait come 3 ends rsquoll catch 4 wonrsquot start

5 arrive rsquoll be 6 rsquoll talk get

6 Allow a minute or two for students working on their own to

write their answers then get them to work in pairs Elicit

some answers for each question

Suggested answers

1 I get home 2 I go on holiday 3 I have enough money

4 Irsquom thirty 5 I pass Pro1047297ciency 6 I 1047297nish my homework

Reading and Use of EnglishReading Part 7

1 This activity could be done in pairs Allow plenty of time

for discussion of the daily lives of the people in the photos

The four people talk about their lives in the Reading text

but donrsquot mention this yet ndash it will give students an extra

reason for reading later on

2 Give the class a minute or two to look at the instructions

the prompt Which person the question numbers and the text

layout Then check the answers

Answers

1 four 2 one text in four sections 3 four peoplersquos daily lives

4 which person does or thinks particular things

5 ten 6 yes

3 Give students two or three minutes to skim the text for the

answers to the two questions Then check the answers

Answers

1 B Assistant Sales Manager

2 A University student

3 C Website Designer

4 D Tour Guide

earliest B latest C

4 Explain that in many cases there are lsquodistractorsrsquo ndash words

or sentences in the text which appear to give the right

answer if they are not read carefully This activity raises

awareness of how distractors work Go through the answers

once students have had enough time to study the three

highlighted parts

Answers

B Correct ndash if lunch is the 1047297rst meal of the day for her she canrsquot

have eaten breakfast

A If therersquos time he has tea and toast so itrsquos not true to say he

never has breakfast

D Usually she skips (misses) breakfast but not always ndash she

sometimes has lsquocereal or somethingrsquo

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1319

Unit 1 Yourself and others 11

Answers

1 relaxed 2 amusing 3 worried 4 depressing 5 motivated

6 terri1047297ed 7 astonishing 8 puzzling

8 Where possible students should work with others they donrsquotknow very well using the prompts from Exercise 7 and as

many -ing -ed adjectives as they can

SpeakingPart 1

Optional activity

Make sure that students know what Part 1 consists of You

could ask the following questions Encourage students to 1047297nd

the answers in the Speaking guide on page 97 if they donrsquot

already know them

1 How many examiners are there

2 Do you answer questions from just one examiner 3 How many candidates are there

4 Do you talk to the other candidate(s) in Part 1

Answers

1 two 2 yes 3 usually two but occasionally there may be

three 4 no

1 Explain that in the exam students may be asked questions

about future plans and ambitions and that these will be

practised in Unit 5 You may also want to point out that

candidates are always asked the 1047297rst two questions here while

the others are taken from lists that examiners may choose

from

Answers

1 your town

2 what you like about your town

3 your family

4 your favourite season and why

5 what you like doing on holiday

6 what you use the Internet for

(all questions are about you)

You would use the present simple to reply although in some

cases you may also need to use the present continuous for

example to say a relative is studying abroad

2 Focus attention on the Exam tip before students start this

activity and perhaps mention that the two mistakes are both

incorrect uses of verb tenses Allow time for pairs to work on

this then elicit the answers

Suggested answers

1 One-word answer He gives examples when asked in what

ways but he could have done this without being prompted

2 The verb form should be I stay

3 She doesnrsquot give a reason She could reply as she does after

the examiner asks why without being prompted

4 The verb form should be I go

5 Not polite He could say Could you repeat that please

6 He doesnrsquot give a reason for not liking newspapers He could

say something like because therersquos too much in them about

politics or I listen to the radio news so I donrsquot need to

3 Students should be familiar with all the basic frequency

adverbs like usually and aware that these normally go

before the main verb Elicit the answer to the 1047297rst question

then tell the class to look at the six expressions and answer

the questions Go through the answers and elicit moreexamples such as twice a month and every few minutes

Point out that hardly ever is quite often tested in Reading

and Use of English and other parts of the exam

Answers

1 at the end ( hardly ever goes before the verb)

2 hardly ever

3 from time to time now and then

4 If possible get everyone to sit with somebody they donrsquot

know very well this activity can be a useful ice-breaker

Monitor pairs and feed in language where necessary

5 Tell pairs to be polite and constructive in their comments

about each otherrsquos speaking Allow a minute for thisand then elicit some comments on the studentsrsquo own

performance (not on their partnersrsquo speaking) and note any

particular dif1047297culties

Character adjectives

6 Point out that this is a light-hearted activity with no lsquorightrsquo

or lsquowrongrsquo answers ndash or lsquokeyrsquo purporting to analyse their

personality Give students a couple of minutes each to

answer

7 These adjectives are all B2 level as shown by English

Pro1047297le Encourage the use of dictionaries if students have

any dif1047297culties then check that everyone has the right

answers They then compare their impressions of each other

using some of the adjectives Advise students to be careful

not to upset their partners avoiding answers such as always

bossy even if itrsquos true Monitor pairs to make sure that they

do so and to avoid possible embarrassment donrsquot elicit

answers when everyone has 1047297nished Finally students use

modals such as could might and may to speculate about the

character of the people in the photos Elicit some answers

and point out that the language used in this activity is useful

practice for Writing later in this unit

Answers

1 thoughtful 2 optimistic 3 childish 4 bossy 5 practical

6 impatient 7 ambitious 8 sensitive 9 decisive

10 unpredictable 11 reasonable 12 disorganised

Reading and Use of EnglishForming adjectives

1 Get students to note down the words and then underline

them if you donrsquot want them to write in the book Make

sure that everyone has the right answers You may want to

elicit the base words eg ambition boss etc pointing out

that some are nouns but others are verbs and adjectives

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1419

12 Unit 1 Yourself and others

Answers

reasonable ( also unpredictable) practical disorganised

thoughtful optimistic impatient childish sensitive decisive

ambitious unpredictable bossy

2 Elicit that when adding a suf1047297x beginning with a vowel we

drop the 1047297nal e eg adventure ndash adventurous Encourage

the use of dictionaries to 1047297nd antonyms and check spelling

Remind students to add both a pre1047297x and suf1047297x eg

unadventurous where possible Then elicit all the answers

possibly putting them on the board or OHP Elicit more

adjectives (not necessarily of character) with each of these

pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes plus their meanings and possibly also

their opposites

Answers

(un)adventurous aggressive anxious artistic cautious cheeky

competitive (un)emotional energetic (un)enthusiastic foolish

greedy (un)helpful dishonest pessimistic impolite unpopular(un)reliable (dis)respectful (un)sympathetic

Optional activity

Encourage discussion about whether some of these

adjectives describe positive or negative characteristics

pointing out that in certain cases eg pessimistic cautious

the answers are subjective Elicit answers from the class

making sure that all the words are understood

Suggested answers

lsquogoodrsquo ndash artistic energetic enthusiastic helpful honest polite

reliable sympathetic

lsquobadrsquo ndash opposites of the above ( unenthusiastic unhelpful

unreliable unsympathetic ) plus aggressive cheeky foolish

greedy dishonest impolite unpopular

lsquogoodrsquo or lsquobadrsquo ndash adventurous anxious cautious competitive

emotional pessimistic and respectful could be positive or

negative in certain circumstances

Part 3

3 Explain that all the mistakes in these sentences involve

pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes students have studied in this unit

though in most cases with different adjectives Elicit

answers when they have 1047297nished You may want to ask

what students think the most common mistakes are by

speakers of their 1047297rst language(s)

Answers

1 charming 2 impolite 3 healthy 4 disorganised 5 sociable

6 stressful

4 Like Exercise 1 this exercise focuses on pre1047297xes and

suf1047297xes studied in this unit Students have also seen all the

base words although they will have to be careful which

form to choose as two or three pre1047297xes andor suf1047297xes may

be possible Explain that this is in effect a sentence-level

version of Word Formation although of course in the exam

it is unlikely that all the target words would be adjectives

requiring pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes Go through the answers

once students have 1047297nished highlighting spelling

Answers

1 optimistic 2 challenging 3 depressed 4 unsympathetic

5 refreshed 6 unenthusiastic

5 Tell the class to read the instructions carefully and lookvery quickly at the way the text and the words in capitals

are laid out Then go through the answers

Answers

1 eight

2 a word formed from the word in capitals at the end of the

same line

3 mainly vocabulary (especially pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes)

6 Set a time limit for this of no more than a minute and

advise students to do this every time they do a Word

Formation task Explain that some answers may require

an understanding of more than one sentence or the

text as a whole Check the answers and deal with any

comprehension dif1047297culties that relate to the gist of the text

but not the detail

Answers

The purpose of the text is to show how different people from

the same family can be

paragraph 1 to introduce the topic

paragraph 2 to describe one of the daughters

paragraph 3 to describe the other daughter

paragraph 4 to describe the son

7 Explain that students should look at the example and its

context every time they begin a Word Formation task as

this will give them an introduction to the text and also

remind them of what they must do in this task type Gothrough the answers with the class

Answers

1 an adjective 2 what causes a feeling (to friends of the family)

3 - ing 4 drop the 1047297nal e

Point out that students have already seen some form or

other of all the target words in this exam task You may

also want to give some clues or further tips before they

begin - for instance the need to watch out for plural forms

Allow ten to twelve minutes for students working on their

own to 1047297ll in or note down their answers Remind them to

make sure they have changed all the words in capital letters

Then check answers Elicit the pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes usedand highlight the use of two of these in question 4 Pay

particular attention to spelling in 1 5 6 7 and 8

Exam task answers

1 personalities 2 motivated 3 ambitious 4 unemotional

5 sensitive 6 sympathetic 7 adventurous 8 anxious

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1519

Unit 1 Yourself and others 13

WritingPart 2 informal letter

1 When the class has had time to look at the exam task elicit

the answers

Answers

1 an English friend Alex

2 write back saying how important friends are to you who your

best friend is what you like about him or her

3 informal

a Irsquove donrsquot Irsquod Whorsquos b kid do c So and

d exclamation mark e Looking forward to hearing from you

2 Give students a few minutes to read the model answer and

answer the questions Elicit the answers

Answers

1 yes

2 no3 Dear Alex Best wishes

4 Introduction she thanks Alex for hisher message and

comments on this

Conclusion she talks about the future and asks Alex to write

back soon and give her more information

5 Yes the importance of friends in the 1047297rst main paragraph

who her best friend is in the second main paragraph a

description of her friendrsquos personality in the third main

paragraph

6 Informal expressions such as thanks just down the road

mates a bit dash and exclamation marks contracted

forms theyrsquore whorsquos wersquove shersquos linkers and but friendly

expressions It was great to hear from you Write soon

7 indecisive practical bossy thoughtful sympathetic

8 tell each other can be at times whenever I shersquos always

cheer me up sense of humour have the chance etc

3 Refer the class to the instructions in the exam task and to

the Exam tip This is very much a personal task and best

done individually ndash point out there are no lsquorightrsquo or lsquowrongrsquo

answers to these questions either Monitor studentsrsquo work

and make suggestions where necessary especially for

question 1 but donrsquot elicit answers

4 Get students to make their plan quickly using very brief

notes

5 Give the class no more than 40 minutes to write their

answers as that is what they will have in the exam and they

have already studied the task and planned their work Tell

students always to leave at least 1047297ve minutes at the end of

each Writing task to check their work and to refer back to

these 1047297ve points in future units and other Part 1 and Part 2

tasks Checking could be done as a peer correction activity

although of course this will not be possible in the exam

itself

Model answer

Hi Alex

Itrsquos always great to hear from you

Yoursquore absolutely right about how much friendship matters Life just wouldnrsquot be the same if we didnrsquot have friends would it

My very best friend is called Luis and wersquove grown up together

really We 1047297rst met at primary school and hersquos been my best

mate ever since

Wersquore quite similar in a lot of ways For instance wersquore the same

age almost exactly the same height and weight and wersquore both

crazy about sports especially basketball and swimming

Like me he can be rather shy at times though hersquos perhaps a

little more talkative than me Hersquos also someone you can rely on

to help you if yoursquore in trouble or worried about something Hersquos

a fantastic friend and Irsquom sure yoursquod get on really well with him

Hope to hear from you again soon

Bye for now

Enrique

Revision

1 Answers

1 rsquomam staying rsquomam working

2 usually eat rsquoreare having

3 rsquomam waiting seems

4 is changing are getting

5 is rsquosis always complaining

6 own donrsquot live

7 gets rsquomam thinking

2 Answers

1 greedy 2 dishonest 3 artistic 4 impolite 5 energetic

6 cautious 7 pessimistic

3 Answers

1 unpredictable 2 sympathetic 3 unreasonable

4 challenging 5 thoughtful 6 decisive

4 Answers

1 relaxing 2 reliable 3 practical 4 terrifying

5 astonished 6 aggressive 7 competitive 8 childish

9 puzzling 10 exhausted

Remind students that there is more practice on the CD-ROM

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1619

Part 7

Look at the exam task Answer thesequestions

1 Whatrsquos the text about

2 How many people can you choose from3 What must you find4 How many questions are there

Now do the exam task

Exam task

You are going to read an article in which fourpeople talk about their friends For questions1ndash10 choose from the people (AndashD) The peoplemay be chosen more than once

Which person

earns less money than theirfriend

1

says the two of them did not likeeach other at first

2

denies that their friend is bossy 3

has had a similar upbringing to their friendrsquos

4

once fell out with their friend 5

shares a hobby with their friend 6

says their friend has a goodsense of humour

7

describes their friend as rather

shy

8

has a friend who is veryoptimistic

9

has a very ambitious friend 10

READING AND USE OF ENGLISH

The best of friendsA Nadia Hassan has been friends with Amina since they were fourteen

lsquoWe were born in the same monthrsquo says Nadia lsquoand we grew up in

the same small town though the funny thing is we didnrsquot actually

know each other until we both took up horse riding something we

still enjoyrsquo There are according to Nadia some differences between

them lsquoWhereas I tend to be a bit negative about the future always

expecting the worst to happen Amina is the complete opposite

Maybe between us we just about strike the right balance Though

of course having such different ways of looking at the same thing

can lead to tensions and a couple of years ago we actually stoppedspeaking for a while but that didnrsquot last longrsquo

B Liam Doherty first met his friend Marc when they were both doing

summer jobs at a seaside hotel Marc has since moved to another

part of the country but they still keep in touch by email and

chatting online lsquoHe comes round to my house whenever hersquos in

town which is actually quite often Hersquos got a good job and can

travel wherever he likes every weekend which is something I wish I

could afford to do on my salary But hersquos different from me in that

hersquos always had this strong desire for success in life whereas I prefer

to take things a bit easier with plenty of time for hobbies like hill-

walking and readingrsquo

C Maxim Salenko has been friendly with Andriy ever since they wereat primary school lsquoWe grew up in much the same kind of family

environment and we usually sat together at school and enjoyed the

same sports though in some ways hersquos not like me Irsquom fairly quiet

perhaps a little shy at times but Andriy is always a fun guy to be

withrsquo says Maxim lsquoHe can be noisy and some people say he tries to

tell everyone what to do but I donrsquot think thatrsquos true He just likes to

make sure everyone else has a good time too Once or twice Irsquove felt

a bit irritated by things he said but that was probably because I was

in a bad mood at the time and I donrsquot think he even noticed I was

annoyedrsquo

D Camille Leroy and her friend Lara have known each other for three

years now lsquoWersquore from different backgroundsrsquo says Camille lsquoand

to be honest when we were introduced at a party we didnrsquot hit it offat all She seemed a bit unfriendly and it took quite a while before I

realised that she was in fact lacking in self-confidence particularly

when meeting new people To some extent she still is but once you

get to know Lara you realise what good company she is She always

has interesting things to say and she tells some great jokes too I

often see her on the bus home from work because nowadays she

lives just round the corner from me She moved there to be close to

the golf course and Irsquom thinking of taking it up toorsquo

4 UNIT 1 YOURSELF AND OTHERS

Yourself and others1

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1719

5YOURSELF AND OTHERS UNIT 1

Grammar

Present tenses

1 Some of these sentences written by examcandidates contain mistakes Correct anymistakes using the present simple or presentcontinuous

1 Irsquom belonging to a tennis club and it is my

favourite sport

2 Irsquoll pick you up from the airport when yoursquoll

arrive at 930

3 Irsquom having a lovely holiday here on the island4 Every day we are spending about eight hours

at work

5 When you will receive my letter please tell

Mary about this

6 Pablo is needing to talk to somebody but he

never calls me

7 Nowadays it becomes more and more

important to have a good education

8 I promise that Irsquoll phone you tonight when I

get home

9I need to earn some money and this is themain reason why I apply for this job

10 They are the kind of people who are driving

to work every day in big cars

2 Complete the sentences with the present simpleor present continuous form of these verbs Useeach verb only once

end get hear own rise see take try

1 I usually go to work by car but this week Ithe train because the road

bridge is closed

2 It harder to find a job and youth

unemployment is now very high3 As soon as the college term

Irsquom going away on holiday

4 Her parents are very rich They

homes in both London and New York

5 I Marcos later this evening

when he leaves the club6 Please turn the music down a bit I

to sleep

7 In every part of the world the sun

in the east

8 I promise Irsquoll get up as soon as I

the alarm clock

LISTENINGPart 1

Look at questions 1ndash4 in the exam task Answer these questions

1 How many speakers will you hear

2 Will they be female or male voices

3 What is the situation

4 What is the focus eg place opinion of the question

02 Now listen and do the exam task

Exam task

You will hear people talking in four different situations (in the exam youwill hear eight) For questions 1ndash4 choose the best answer (A B or C)

1 You hear a teenager talking about her new bedroom

What does she like about it

A the way it is decorated

B the furniture in it C its size and shape

2 You overhear a conversation on a bus

Where is the man going first A to a shop B to the library C to work

3 You hear a man talking on the phone

Why is he calling

A to apologise B to ask for information

C to complain

4 You hear part of an interview with a businesswoman

What does she do A She hires out bicycles B She hires out cars

C She hires out motorcycles

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1819

6 UNIT 1 YOURSELF AND OTHERS

Part 3

1 Correct the mistakes in these sentenceswritten by exam candidates using the

correct form of the word in brackets Add aprefix andor a suffix in each case

1 I am worry (worry) about you so can I talk

to you

2 The biggest disadvantage is that you are

always stressy (stress) when you do that job

3 These are my recommendations for the

most attraction (attract) places in my town

4 Suddenly I heard something strange near

the door I was terrorised (terrify)

5 Your report about the music festival isabsolutely inacceptable (accept)

6 It was really surprised (surprise) to hear

that Marta was the winner

7 The streets wouldnrsquot be so crowdy (crowd)and they would be safer for people

8 Staying at your house next week will be

really enjoyful (enjoy)

9 That festival was a completely

unorganised (organise) and dull event

10 There are some interesting and

impressing (impress) museums in this city

2 Look at the exam task example (0) andanswer these questions

1 What kind of word goes between the

superlative form the most and the noun

features

2 Does this word describe how someone

feels or what causes a feeling3 What suffix do we use for this

Now do the exam task

Exam task

For questions 1ndash8 read the text below Use the word given in capitals atthe end of some of the lines to form a word that fits in the gap in the sameline There is an example at the beginning (0)

Example 0 SURPRISING

Staying safe online

One of the most (0) features of the

computer age is the huge amount of time that youngpeople spend communicating with each other

Whereas a generation ago children would go home

after a (1) day at school and watch TV

nowadays they are likely to do something much more

(2) such as chat online with their

friends

Others exchange information on (3)popular social networking sites such as Facebook What

some parents find rather (4) however is

how easily they can make online lsquofriendsrsquo who they have

never actually met and also the amount of information

that their children are so (5) puttingonto these websites for anyone to see

Parents are right to be (6) but with

many children spending hours a day online it is simply

(7) for adults constantly to watch over

them All they can do is advise them to be extremely

(8) about contact with strangers and to

warn them not to put personal information such as their

phone number or home address online

SURPRISE

TIRE

SOCIETY

INCREASE

WORRY

ENTHUSIASM

ANXIETY

PRACTICE

CAUTION

READING AND USE OF ENGLISH

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1919

3 Plan and write your letter to Sam Try to include some of Matteorsquosexpressions and character adjectives

WRITINGPart 2 informal letter

1 Look at the exam task and answer thesequestions

1 Who has written to you

2 Who do they want to know about

3 What examples of informal language can

you find

Exam task

Here is part of an email you have received fromSam an English-speaking friend

Write your email to Sam in 140ndash190 words Donot write any addresses

2 Read the model letter and answer thesequestions

1 Does Matteo answer Samrsquos questions2 Where would you split the second

paragraph to form two shorter

paragraphs

3 Is Matteorsquos message written in an informal

style Find examples4 Find and correct these mistakes in the

letter

a a comparative

b a verb tense c an article

d three adjective suffixes5 Which of Matteorsquos expressions could you

use in your letter

Though my sisterrsquos quite a bit younger than me

wersquore good friends most of the time

So tell me about a relative of yours who you see a lot

ndash and why you enjoy being with him or her

Hope to hear from you soon

Hi Sam

Thanks for writing Itrsquos always nice to get a message from you

Itrsquos great that you have such a close friendship with your sister My sisterrsquos actually

a lot older that me and my brotherrsquos much younger so we donrsquot of ten like doing the

same things but I have a cousin called Lorenzo whorsquos about my age and we get on

really well He lives not far from here and like me hersquos a student ndash though not at the

same college Wersquove been friends since we were k ids and wersquore seeing each other

most weekends and of course in the holidays Wersquove got lots of things in common

For instance we love the mountain biking and something I really like about him is that

hersquos so adventurous We have great fun when wersquore out together because hersquos so

enthusiastic about doing excited things but without getting too competitious He can

also be quite sensitive and thoughtful and whenever I have any kind of problem hersquos

always sympatic In short hersquos a fantastic friend

Hope to hear from you again soon

Bye for now

Matteo

7YOURSELF AND OTHERS UNIT 1

Page 12: Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1219

10 Unit 1 Yourself and others

5 Make sure that everyone studies the Exam tip and answer

any questions about this Then give students about 20

minutes to do the multiple-matching task on their own in

exam conditions If you donrsquot want them to underline in

the book tell them to note down the 1047297rst few words of eachrelevant phrase or sentence Go through the answers and

elicit the relevant phrases and sentences If there is time

also elicit some of the distractors eg Arsquos reference to

missing the train relates to the past not the present (7)

Exam task answers

1 C 2 A 3 C 4 B 5 A 6 D 7 A 8 B 9 D 10 B

Underlining

A

(5) lsquoAssuming I donrsquot oversleep which can happen

(7) I do the uphill walk into town which wakes me up and

enables me to plan what Irsquom going to do in the morning

and afternoon

(2) I sometimes head for the gym but not as often as I

should

B

(4) a dash to the station to catch the 715

(10) dealing with client queries which for me is one of the

most interesting challenging and worthwhile aspects of

the job

(8) At 1047297rst I found working here pretty stressful but Irsquom

used to it now and it doesnrsquot bother me

C

(3) the previous evening lsquoIf I have a creative peakrsquo he

says lsquothatrsquos when it is

(1) having a 20-minute lie-down after lunch Then when I

wake up

D

(9) Itrsquos the custom here to have a sleep after lunch but I

havenrsquot got time for that In any case Irsquom not tired then (6) can be a bit irritating if I end up doing unpaid overtime

Adjectives ending in -ed and - ing

6 Give students time to study the context of each word and

work out the rules If necessary explain the meaning of

the B2-level words (exhausted fascinating challenging

refreshed distracted irritating) as listed by English Pro1047297le

Check the answers and elicit the corresponding -ed-ing

adjective for each of the eight words then elicit further

examples such as amazedamazing and boredboring

Answers

1 -ed 2 -ing

7 Point out that this exercise is partly a preparation for Word

Formation in Reading and Use of English later in this

unit and that spelling is important eg dropping the 1047297nal

e in some cases Both parts of the exercise could be done

individually or in pairs Encourage brief answers to the

questions using the words given Check answers to the

sentence-completion part of the exercise and elicit some

answers to the questions Also elicit the other form of each

adjective

Note one of the forms of all eight adjectives is listed as B2

level by English Pro1047297le

Answers

yes present simple

5 Give students a little time to study the sentences then go

through the answers

Answers

1 rsquoll get go 2 Irsquoll wait come 3 ends rsquoll catch 4 wonrsquot start

5 arrive rsquoll be 6 rsquoll talk get

6 Allow a minute or two for students working on their own to

write their answers then get them to work in pairs Elicit

some answers for each question

Suggested answers

1 I get home 2 I go on holiday 3 I have enough money

4 Irsquom thirty 5 I pass Pro1047297ciency 6 I 1047297nish my homework

Reading and Use of EnglishReading Part 7

1 This activity could be done in pairs Allow plenty of time

for discussion of the daily lives of the people in the photos

The four people talk about their lives in the Reading text

but donrsquot mention this yet ndash it will give students an extra

reason for reading later on

2 Give the class a minute or two to look at the instructions

the prompt Which person the question numbers and the text

layout Then check the answers

Answers

1 four 2 one text in four sections 3 four peoplersquos daily lives

4 which person does or thinks particular things

5 ten 6 yes

3 Give students two or three minutes to skim the text for the

answers to the two questions Then check the answers

Answers

1 B Assistant Sales Manager

2 A University student

3 C Website Designer

4 D Tour Guide

earliest B latest C

4 Explain that in many cases there are lsquodistractorsrsquo ndash words

or sentences in the text which appear to give the right

answer if they are not read carefully This activity raises

awareness of how distractors work Go through the answers

once students have had enough time to study the three

highlighted parts

Answers

B Correct ndash if lunch is the 1047297rst meal of the day for her she canrsquot

have eaten breakfast

A If therersquos time he has tea and toast so itrsquos not true to say he

never has breakfast

D Usually she skips (misses) breakfast but not always ndash she

sometimes has lsquocereal or somethingrsquo

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1319

Unit 1 Yourself and others 11

Answers

1 relaxed 2 amusing 3 worried 4 depressing 5 motivated

6 terri1047297ed 7 astonishing 8 puzzling

8 Where possible students should work with others they donrsquotknow very well using the prompts from Exercise 7 and as

many -ing -ed adjectives as they can

SpeakingPart 1

Optional activity

Make sure that students know what Part 1 consists of You

could ask the following questions Encourage students to 1047297nd

the answers in the Speaking guide on page 97 if they donrsquot

already know them

1 How many examiners are there

2 Do you answer questions from just one examiner 3 How many candidates are there

4 Do you talk to the other candidate(s) in Part 1

Answers

1 two 2 yes 3 usually two but occasionally there may be

three 4 no

1 Explain that in the exam students may be asked questions

about future plans and ambitions and that these will be

practised in Unit 5 You may also want to point out that

candidates are always asked the 1047297rst two questions here while

the others are taken from lists that examiners may choose

from

Answers

1 your town

2 what you like about your town

3 your family

4 your favourite season and why

5 what you like doing on holiday

6 what you use the Internet for

(all questions are about you)

You would use the present simple to reply although in some

cases you may also need to use the present continuous for

example to say a relative is studying abroad

2 Focus attention on the Exam tip before students start this

activity and perhaps mention that the two mistakes are both

incorrect uses of verb tenses Allow time for pairs to work on

this then elicit the answers

Suggested answers

1 One-word answer He gives examples when asked in what

ways but he could have done this without being prompted

2 The verb form should be I stay

3 She doesnrsquot give a reason She could reply as she does after

the examiner asks why without being prompted

4 The verb form should be I go

5 Not polite He could say Could you repeat that please

6 He doesnrsquot give a reason for not liking newspapers He could

say something like because therersquos too much in them about

politics or I listen to the radio news so I donrsquot need to

3 Students should be familiar with all the basic frequency

adverbs like usually and aware that these normally go

before the main verb Elicit the answer to the 1047297rst question

then tell the class to look at the six expressions and answer

the questions Go through the answers and elicit moreexamples such as twice a month and every few minutes

Point out that hardly ever is quite often tested in Reading

and Use of English and other parts of the exam

Answers

1 at the end ( hardly ever goes before the verb)

2 hardly ever

3 from time to time now and then

4 If possible get everyone to sit with somebody they donrsquot

know very well this activity can be a useful ice-breaker

Monitor pairs and feed in language where necessary

5 Tell pairs to be polite and constructive in their comments

about each otherrsquos speaking Allow a minute for thisand then elicit some comments on the studentsrsquo own

performance (not on their partnersrsquo speaking) and note any

particular dif1047297culties

Character adjectives

6 Point out that this is a light-hearted activity with no lsquorightrsquo

or lsquowrongrsquo answers ndash or lsquokeyrsquo purporting to analyse their

personality Give students a couple of minutes each to

answer

7 These adjectives are all B2 level as shown by English

Pro1047297le Encourage the use of dictionaries if students have

any dif1047297culties then check that everyone has the right

answers They then compare their impressions of each other

using some of the adjectives Advise students to be careful

not to upset their partners avoiding answers such as always

bossy even if itrsquos true Monitor pairs to make sure that they

do so and to avoid possible embarrassment donrsquot elicit

answers when everyone has 1047297nished Finally students use

modals such as could might and may to speculate about the

character of the people in the photos Elicit some answers

and point out that the language used in this activity is useful

practice for Writing later in this unit

Answers

1 thoughtful 2 optimistic 3 childish 4 bossy 5 practical

6 impatient 7 ambitious 8 sensitive 9 decisive

10 unpredictable 11 reasonable 12 disorganised

Reading and Use of EnglishForming adjectives

1 Get students to note down the words and then underline

them if you donrsquot want them to write in the book Make

sure that everyone has the right answers You may want to

elicit the base words eg ambition boss etc pointing out

that some are nouns but others are verbs and adjectives

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1419

12 Unit 1 Yourself and others

Answers

reasonable ( also unpredictable) practical disorganised

thoughtful optimistic impatient childish sensitive decisive

ambitious unpredictable bossy

2 Elicit that when adding a suf1047297x beginning with a vowel we

drop the 1047297nal e eg adventure ndash adventurous Encourage

the use of dictionaries to 1047297nd antonyms and check spelling

Remind students to add both a pre1047297x and suf1047297x eg

unadventurous where possible Then elicit all the answers

possibly putting them on the board or OHP Elicit more

adjectives (not necessarily of character) with each of these

pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes plus their meanings and possibly also

their opposites

Answers

(un)adventurous aggressive anxious artistic cautious cheeky

competitive (un)emotional energetic (un)enthusiastic foolish

greedy (un)helpful dishonest pessimistic impolite unpopular(un)reliable (dis)respectful (un)sympathetic

Optional activity

Encourage discussion about whether some of these

adjectives describe positive or negative characteristics

pointing out that in certain cases eg pessimistic cautious

the answers are subjective Elicit answers from the class

making sure that all the words are understood

Suggested answers

lsquogoodrsquo ndash artistic energetic enthusiastic helpful honest polite

reliable sympathetic

lsquobadrsquo ndash opposites of the above ( unenthusiastic unhelpful

unreliable unsympathetic ) plus aggressive cheeky foolish

greedy dishonest impolite unpopular

lsquogoodrsquo or lsquobadrsquo ndash adventurous anxious cautious competitive

emotional pessimistic and respectful could be positive or

negative in certain circumstances

Part 3

3 Explain that all the mistakes in these sentences involve

pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes students have studied in this unit

though in most cases with different adjectives Elicit

answers when they have 1047297nished You may want to ask

what students think the most common mistakes are by

speakers of their 1047297rst language(s)

Answers

1 charming 2 impolite 3 healthy 4 disorganised 5 sociable

6 stressful

4 Like Exercise 1 this exercise focuses on pre1047297xes and

suf1047297xes studied in this unit Students have also seen all the

base words although they will have to be careful which

form to choose as two or three pre1047297xes andor suf1047297xes may

be possible Explain that this is in effect a sentence-level

version of Word Formation although of course in the exam

it is unlikely that all the target words would be adjectives

requiring pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes Go through the answers

once students have 1047297nished highlighting spelling

Answers

1 optimistic 2 challenging 3 depressed 4 unsympathetic

5 refreshed 6 unenthusiastic

5 Tell the class to read the instructions carefully and lookvery quickly at the way the text and the words in capitals

are laid out Then go through the answers

Answers

1 eight

2 a word formed from the word in capitals at the end of the

same line

3 mainly vocabulary (especially pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes)

6 Set a time limit for this of no more than a minute and

advise students to do this every time they do a Word

Formation task Explain that some answers may require

an understanding of more than one sentence or the

text as a whole Check the answers and deal with any

comprehension dif1047297culties that relate to the gist of the text

but not the detail

Answers

The purpose of the text is to show how different people from

the same family can be

paragraph 1 to introduce the topic

paragraph 2 to describe one of the daughters

paragraph 3 to describe the other daughter

paragraph 4 to describe the son

7 Explain that students should look at the example and its

context every time they begin a Word Formation task as

this will give them an introduction to the text and also

remind them of what they must do in this task type Gothrough the answers with the class

Answers

1 an adjective 2 what causes a feeling (to friends of the family)

3 - ing 4 drop the 1047297nal e

Point out that students have already seen some form or

other of all the target words in this exam task You may

also want to give some clues or further tips before they

begin - for instance the need to watch out for plural forms

Allow ten to twelve minutes for students working on their

own to 1047297ll in or note down their answers Remind them to

make sure they have changed all the words in capital letters

Then check answers Elicit the pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes usedand highlight the use of two of these in question 4 Pay

particular attention to spelling in 1 5 6 7 and 8

Exam task answers

1 personalities 2 motivated 3 ambitious 4 unemotional

5 sensitive 6 sympathetic 7 adventurous 8 anxious

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1519

Unit 1 Yourself and others 13

WritingPart 2 informal letter

1 When the class has had time to look at the exam task elicit

the answers

Answers

1 an English friend Alex

2 write back saying how important friends are to you who your

best friend is what you like about him or her

3 informal

a Irsquove donrsquot Irsquod Whorsquos b kid do c So and

d exclamation mark e Looking forward to hearing from you

2 Give students a few minutes to read the model answer and

answer the questions Elicit the answers

Answers

1 yes

2 no3 Dear Alex Best wishes

4 Introduction she thanks Alex for hisher message and

comments on this

Conclusion she talks about the future and asks Alex to write

back soon and give her more information

5 Yes the importance of friends in the 1047297rst main paragraph

who her best friend is in the second main paragraph a

description of her friendrsquos personality in the third main

paragraph

6 Informal expressions such as thanks just down the road

mates a bit dash and exclamation marks contracted

forms theyrsquore whorsquos wersquove shersquos linkers and but friendly

expressions It was great to hear from you Write soon

7 indecisive practical bossy thoughtful sympathetic

8 tell each other can be at times whenever I shersquos always

cheer me up sense of humour have the chance etc

3 Refer the class to the instructions in the exam task and to

the Exam tip This is very much a personal task and best

done individually ndash point out there are no lsquorightrsquo or lsquowrongrsquo

answers to these questions either Monitor studentsrsquo work

and make suggestions where necessary especially for

question 1 but donrsquot elicit answers

4 Get students to make their plan quickly using very brief

notes

5 Give the class no more than 40 minutes to write their

answers as that is what they will have in the exam and they

have already studied the task and planned their work Tell

students always to leave at least 1047297ve minutes at the end of

each Writing task to check their work and to refer back to

these 1047297ve points in future units and other Part 1 and Part 2

tasks Checking could be done as a peer correction activity

although of course this will not be possible in the exam

itself

Model answer

Hi Alex

Itrsquos always great to hear from you

Yoursquore absolutely right about how much friendship matters Life just wouldnrsquot be the same if we didnrsquot have friends would it

My very best friend is called Luis and wersquove grown up together

really We 1047297rst met at primary school and hersquos been my best

mate ever since

Wersquore quite similar in a lot of ways For instance wersquore the same

age almost exactly the same height and weight and wersquore both

crazy about sports especially basketball and swimming

Like me he can be rather shy at times though hersquos perhaps a

little more talkative than me Hersquos also someone you can rely on

to help you if yoursquore in trouble or worried about something Hersquos

a fantastic friend and Irsquom sure yoursquod get on really well with him

Hope to hear from you again soon

Bye for now

Enrique

Revision

1 Answers

1 rsquomam staying rsquomam working

2 usually eat rsquoreare having

3 rsquomam waiting seems

4 is changing are getting

5 is rsquosis always complaining

6 own donrsquot live

7 gets rsquomam thinking

2 Answers

1 greedy 2 dishonest 3 artistic 4 impolite 5 energetic

6 cautious 7 pessimistic

3 Answers

1 unpredictable 2 sympathetic 3 unreasonable

4 challenging 5 thoughtful 6 decisive

4 Answers

1 relaxing 2 reliable 3 practical 4 terrifying

5 astonished 6 aggressive 7 competitive 8 childish

9 puzzling 10 exhausted

Remind students that there is more practice on the CD-ROM

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1619

Part 7

Look at the exam task Answer thesequestions

1 Whatrsquos the text about

2 How many people can you choose from3 What must you find4 How many questions are there

Now do the exam task

Exam task

You are going to read an article in which fourpeople talk about their friends For questions1ndash10 choose from the people (AndashD) The peoplemay be chosen more than once

Which person

earns less money than theirfriend

1

says the two of them did not likeeach other at first

2

denies that their friend is bossy 3

has had a similar upbringing to their friendrsquos

4

once fell out with their friend 5

shares a hobby with their friend 6

says their friend has a goodsense of humour

7

describes their friend as rather

shy

8

has a friend who is veryoptimistic

9

has a very ambitious friend 10

READING AND USE OF ENGLISH

The best of friendsA Nadia Hassan has been friends with Amina since they were fourteen

lsquoWe were born in the same monthrsquo says Nadia lsquoand we grew up in

the same small town though the funny thing is we didnrsquot actually

know each other until we both took up horse riding something we

still enjoyrsquo There are according to Nadia some differences between

them lsquoWhereas I tend to be a bit negative about the future always

expecting the worst to happen Amina is the complete opposite

Maybe between us we just about strike the right balance Though

of course having such different ways of looking at the same thing

can lead to tensions and a couple of years ago we actually stoppedspeaking for a while but that didnrsquot last longrsquo

B Liam Doherty first met his friend Marc when they were both doing

summer jobs at a seaside hotel Marc has since moved to another

part of the country but they still keep in touch by email and

chatting online lsquoHe comes round to my house whenever hersquos in

town which is actually quite often Hersquos got a good job and can

travel wherever he likes every weekend which is something I wish I

could afford to do on my salary But hersquos different from me in that

hersquos always had this strong desire for success in life whereas I prefer

to take things a bit easier with plenty of time for hobbies like hill-

walking and readingrsquo

C Maxim Salenko has been friendly with Andriy ever since they wereat primary school lsquoWe grew up in much the same kind of family

environment and we usually sat together at school and enjoyed the

same sports though in some ways hersquos not like me Irsquom fairly quiet

perhaps a little shy at times but Andriy is always a fun guy to be

withrsquo says Maxim lsquoHe can be noisy and some people say he tries to

tell everyone what to do but I donrsquot think thatrsquos true He just likes to

make sure everyone else has a good time too Once or twice Irsquove felt

a bit irritated by things he said but that was probably because I was

in a bad mood at the time and I donrsquot think he even noticed I was

annoyedrsquo

D Camille Leroy and her friend Lara have known each other for three

years now lsquoWersquore from different backgroundsrsquo says Camille lsquoand

to be honest when we were introduced at a party we didnrsquot hit it offat all She seemed a bit unfriendly and it took quite a while before I

realised that she was in fact lacking in self-confidence particularly

when meeting new people To some extent she still is but once you

get to know Lara you realise what good company she is She always

has interesting things to say and she tells some great jokes too I

often see her on the bus home from work because nowadays she

lives just round the corner from me She moved there to be close to

the golf course and Irsquom thinking of taking it up toorsquo

4 UNIT 1 YOURSELF AND OTHERS

Yourself and others1

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1719

5YOURSELF AND OTHERS UNIT 1

Grammar

Present tenses

1 Some of these sentences written by examcandidates contain mistakes Correct anymistakes using the present simple or presentcontinuous

1 Irsquom belonging to a tennis club and it is my

favourite sport

2 Irsquoll pick you up from the airport when yoursquoll

arrive at 930

3 Irsquom having a lovely holiday here on the island4 Every day we are spending about eight hours

at work

5 When you will receive my letter please tell

Mary about this

6 Pablo is needing to talk to somebody but he

never calls me

7 Nowadays it becomes more and more

important to have a good education

8 I promise that Irsquoll phone you tonight when I

get home

9I need to earn some money and this is themain reason why I apply for this job

10 They are the kind of people who are driving

to work every day in big cars

2 Complete the sentences with the present simpleor present continuous form of these verbs Useeach verb only once

end get hear own rise see take try

1 I usually go to work by car but this week Ithe train because the road

bridge is closed

2 It harder to find a job and youth

unemployment is now very high3 As soon as the college term

Irsquom going away on holiday

4 Her parents are very rich They

homes in both London and New York

5 I Marcos later this evening

when he leaves the club6 Please turn the music down a bit I

to sleep

7 In every part of the world the sun

in the east

8 I promise Irsquoll get up as soon as I

the alarm clock

LISTENINGPart 1

Look at questions 1ndash4 in the exam task Answer these questions

1 How many speakers will you hear

2 Will they be female or male voices

3 What is the situation

4 What is the focus eg place opinion of the question

02 Now listen and do the exam task

Exam task

You will hear people talking in four different situations (in the exam youwill hear eight) For questions 1ndash4 choose the best answer (A B or C)

1 You hear a teenager talking about her new bedroom

What does she like about it

A the way it is decorated

B the furniture in it C its size and shape

2 You overhear a conversation on a bus

Where is the man going first A to a shop B to the library C to work

3 You hear a man talking on the phone

Why is he calling

A to apologise B to ask for information

C to complain

4 You hear part of an interview with a businesswoman

What does she do A She hires out bicycles B She hires out cars

C She hires out motorcycles

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1819

6 UNIT 1 YOURSELF AND OTHERS

Part 3

1 Correct the mistakes in these sentenceswritten by exam candidates using the

correct form of the word in brackets Add aprefix andor a suffix in each case

1 I am worry (worry) about you so can I talk

to you

2 The biggest disadvantage is that you are

always stressy (stress) when you do that job

3 These are my recommendations for the

most attraction (attract) places in my town

4 Suddenly I heard something strange near

the door I was terrorised (terrify)

5 Your report about the music festival isabsolutely inacceptable (accept)

6 It was really surprised (surprise) to hear

that Marta was the winner

7 The streets wouldnrsquot be so crowdy (crowd)and they would be safer for people

8 Staying at your house next week will be

really enjoyful (enjoy)

9 That festival was a completely

unorganised (organise) and dull event

10 There are some interesting and

impressing (impress) museums in this city

2 Look at the exam task example (0) andanswer these questions

1 What kind of word goes between the

superlative form the most and the noun

features

2 Does this word describe how someone

feels or what causes a feeling3 What suffix do we use for this

Now do the exam task

Exam task

For questions 1ndash8 read the text below Use the word given in capitals atthe end of some of the lines to form a word that fits in the gap in the sameline There is an example at the beginning (0)

Example 0 SURPRISING

Staying safe online

One of the most (0) features of the

computer age is the huge amount of time that youngpeople spend communicating with each other

Whereas a generation ago children would go home

after a (1) day at school and watch TV

nowadays they are likely to do something much more

(2) such as chat online with their

friends

Others exchange information on (3)popular social networking sites such as Facebook What

some parents find rather (4) however is

how easily they can make online lsquofriendsrsquo who they have

never actually met and also the amount of information

that their children are so (5) puttingonto these websites for anyone to see

Parents are right to be (6) but with

many children spending hours a day online it is simply

(7) for adults constantly to watch over

them All they can do is advise them to be extremely

(8) about contact with strangers and to

warn them not to put personal information such as their

phone number or home address online

SURPRISE

TIRE

SOCIETY

INCREASE

WORRY

ENTHUSIASM

ANXIETY

PRACTICE

CAUTION

READING AND USE OF ENGLISH

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1919

3 Plan and write your letter to Sam Try to include some of Matteorsquosexpressions and character adjectives

WRITINGPart 2 informal letter

1 Look at the exam task and answer thesequestions

1 Who has written to you

2 Who do they want to know about

3 What examples of informal language can

you find

Exam task

Here is part of an email you have received fromSam an English-speaking friend

Write your email to Sam in 140ndash190 words Donot write any addresses

2 Read the model letter and answer thesequestions

1 Does Matteo answer Samrsquos questions2 Where would you split the second

paragraph to form two shorter

paragraphs

3 Is Matteorsquos message written in an informal

style Find examples4 Find and correct these mistakes in the

letter

a a comparative

b a verb tense c an article

d three adjective suffixes5 Which of Matteorsquos expressions could you

use in your letter

Though my sisterrsquos quite a bit younger than me

wersquore good friends most of the time

So tell me about a relative of yours who you see a lot

ndash and why you enjoy being with him or her

Hope to hear from you soon

Hi Sam

Thanks for writing Itrsquos always nice to get a message from you

Itrsquos great that you have such a close friendship with your sister My sisterrsquos actually

a lot older that me and my brotherrsquos much younger so we donrsquot of ten like doing the

same things but I have a cousin called Lorenzo whorsquos about my age and we get on

really well He lives not far from here and like me hersquos a student ndash though not at the

same college Wersquove been friends since we were k ids and wersquore seeing each other

most weekends and of course in the holidays Wersquove got lots of things in common

For instance we love the mountain biking and something I really like about him is that

hersquos so adventurous We have great fun when wersquore out together because hersquos so

enthusiastic about doing excited things but without getting too competitious He can

also be quite sensitive and thoughtful and whenever I have any kind of problem hersquos

always sympatic In short hersquos a fantastic friend

Hope to hear from you again soon

Bye for now

Matteo

7YOURSELF AND OTHERS UNIT 1

Page 13: Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1319

Unit 1 Yourself and others 11

Answers

1 relaxed 2 amusing 3 worried 4 depressing 5 motivated

6 terri1047297ed 7 astonishing 8 puzzling

8 Where possible students should work with others they donrsquotknow very well using the prompts from Exercise 7 and as

many -ing -ed adjectives as they can

SpeakingPart 1

Optional activity

Make sure that students know what Part 1 consists of You

could ask the following questions Encourage students to 1047297nd

the answers in the Speaking guide on page 97 if they donrsquot

already know them

1 How many examiners are there

2 Do you answer questions from just one examiner 3 How many candidates are there

4 Do you talk to the other candidate(s) in Part 1

Answers

1 two 2 yes 3 usually two but occasionally there may be

three 4 no

1 Explain that in the exam students may be asked questions

about future plans and ambitions and that these will be

practised in Unit 5 You may also want to point out that

candidates are always asked the 1047297rst two questions here while

the others are taken from lists that examiners may choose

from

Answers

1 your town

2 what you like about your town

3 your family

4 your favourite season and why

5 what you like doing on holiday

6 what you use the Internet for

(all questions are about you)

You would use the present simple to reply although in some

cases you may also need to use the present continuous for

example to say a relative is studying abroad

2 Focus attention on the Exam tip before students start this

activity and perhaps mention that the two mistakes are both

incorrect uses of verb tenses Allow time for pairs to work on

this then elicit the answers

Suggested answers

1 One-word answer He gives examples when asked in what

ways but he could have done this without being prompted

2 The verb form should be I stay

3 She doesnrsquot give a reason She could reply as she does after

the examiner asks why without being prompted

4 The verb form should be I go

5 Not polite He could say Could you repeat that please

6 He doesnrsquot give a reason for not liking newspapers He could

say something like because therersquos too much in them about

politics or I listen to the radio news so I donrsquot need to

3 Students should be familiar with all the basic frequency

adverbs like usually and aware that these normally go

before the main verb Elicit the answer to the 1047297rst question

then tell the class to look at the six expressions and answer

the questions Go through the answers and elicit moreexamples such as twice a month and every few minutes

Point out that hardly ever is quite often tested in Reading

and Use of English and other parts of the exam

Answers

1 at the end ( hardly ever goes before the verb)

2 hardly ever

3 from time to time now and then

4 If possible get everyone to sit with somebody they donrsquot

know very well this activity can be a useful ice-breaker

Monitor pairs and feed in language where necessary

5 Tell pairs to be polite and constructive in their comments

about each otherrsquos speaking Allow a minute for thisand then elicit some comments on the studentsrsquo own

performance (not on their partnersrsquo speaking) and note any

particular dif1047297culties

Character adjectives

6 Point out that this is a light-hearted activity with no lsquorightrsquo

or lsquowrongrsquo answers ndash or lsquokeyrsquo purporting to analyse their

personality Give students a couple of minutes each to

answer

7 These adjectives are all B2 level as shown by English

Pro1047297le Encourage the use of dictionaries if students have

any dif1047297culties then check that everyone has the right

answers They then compare their impressions of each other

using some of the adjectives Advise students to be careful

not to upset their partners avoiding answers such as always

bossy even if itrsquos true Monitor pairs to make sure that they

do so and to avoid possible embarrassment donrsquot elicit

answers when everyone has 1047297nished Finally students use

modals such as could might and may to speculate about the

character of the people in the photos Elicit some answers

and point out that the language used in this activity is useful

practice for Writing later in this unit

Answers

1 thoughtful 2 optimistic 3 childish 4 bossy 5 practical

6 impatient 7 ambitious 8 sensitive 9 decisive

10 unpredictable 11 reasonable 12 disorganised

Reading and Use of EnglishForming adjectives

1 Get students to note down the words and then underline

them if you donrsquot want them to write in the book Make

sure that everyone has the right answers You may want to

elicit the base words eg ambition boss etc pointing out

that some are nouns but others are verbs and adjectives

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1419

12 Unit 1 Yourself and others

Answers

reasonable ( also unpredictable) practical disorganised

thoughtful optimistic impatient childish sensitive decisive

ambitious unpredictable bossy

2 Elicit that when adding a suf1047297x beginning with a vowel we

drop the 1047297nal e eg adventure ndash adventurous Encourage

the use of dictionaries to 1047297nd antonyms and check spelling

Remind students to add both a pre1047297x and suf1047297x eg

unadventurous where possible Then elicit all the answers

possibly putting them on the board or OHP Elicit more

adjectives (not necessarily of character) with each of these

pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes plus their meanings and possibly also

their opposites

Answers

(un)adventurous aggressive anxious artistic cautious cheeky

competitive (un)emotional energetic (un)enthusiastic foolish

greedy (un)helpful dishonest pessimistic impolite unpopular(un)reliable (dis)respectful (un)sympathetic

Optional activity

Encourage discussion about whether some of these

adjectives describe positive or negative characteristics

pointing out that in certain cases eg pessimistic cautious

the answers are subjective Elicit answers from the class

making sure that all the words are understood

Suggested answers

lsquogoodrsquo ndash artistic energetic enthusiastic helpful honest polite

reliable sympathetic

lsquobadrsquo ndash opposites of the above ( unenthusiastic unhelpful

unreliable unsympathetic ) plus aggressive cheeky foolish

greedy dishonest impolite unpopular

lsquogoodrsquo or lsquobadrsquo ndash adventurous anxious cautious competitive

emotional pessimistic and respectful could be positive or

negative in certain circumstances

Part 3

3 Explain that all the mistakes in these sentences involve

pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes students have studied in this unit

though in most cases with different adjectives Elicit

answers when they have 1047297nished You may want to ask

what students think the most common mistakes are by

speakers of their 1047297rst language(s)

Answers

1 charming 2 impolite 3 healthy 4 disorganised 5 sociable

6 stressful

4 Like Exercise 1 this exercise focuses on pre1047297xes and

suf1047297xes studied in this unit Students have also seen all the

base words although they will have to be careful which

form to choose as two or three pre1047297xes andor suf1047297xes may

be possible Explain that this is in effect a sentence-level

version of Word Formation although of course in the exam

it is unlikely that all the target words would be adjectives

requiring pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes Go through the answers

once students have 1047297nished highlighting spelling

Answers

1 optimistic 2 challenging 3 depressed 4 unsympathetic

5 refreshed 6 unenthusiastic

5 Tell the class to read the instructions carefully and lookvery quickly at the way the text and the words in capitals

are laid out Then go through the answers

Answers

1 eight

2 a word formed from the word in capitals at the end of the

same line

3 mainly vocabulary (especially pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes)

6 Set a time limit for this of no more than a minute and

advise students to do this every time they do a Word

Formation task Explain that some answers may require

an understanding of more than one sentence or the

text as a whole Check the answers and deal with any

comprehension dif1047297culties that relate to the gist of the text

but not the detail

Answers

The purpose of the text is to show how different people from

the same family can be

paragraph 1 to introduce the topic

paragraph 2 to describe one of the daughters

paragraph 3 to describe the other daughter

paragraph 4 to describe the son

7 Explain that students should look at the example and its

context every time they begin a Word Formation task as

this will give them an introduction to the text and also

remind them of what they must do in this task type Gothrough the answers with the class

Answers

1 an adjective 2 what causes a feeling (to friends of the family)

3 - ing 4 drop the 1047297nal e

Point out that students have already seen some form or

other of all the target words in this exam task You may

also want to give some clues or further tips before they

begin - for instance the need to watch out for plural forms

Allow ten to twelve minutes for students working on their

own to 1047297ll in or note down their answers Remind them to

make sure they have changed all the words in capital letters

Then check answers Elicit the pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes usedand highlight the use of two of these in question 4 Pay

particular attention to spelling in 1 5 6 7 and 8

Exam task answers

1 personalities 2 motivated 3 ambitious 4 unemotional

5 sensitive 6 sympathetic 7 adventurous 8 anxious

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1519

Unit 1 Yourself and others 13

WritingPart 2 informal letter

1 When the class has had time to look at the exam task elicit

the answers

Answers

1 an English friend Alex

2 write back saying how important friends are to you who your

best friend is what you like about him or her

3 informal

a Irsquove donrsquot Irsquod Whorsquos b kid do c So and

d exclamation mark e Looking forward to hearing from you

2 Give students a few minutes to read the model answer and

answer the questions Elicit the answers

Answers

1 yes

2 no3 Dear Alex Best wishes

4 Introduction she thanks Alex for hisher message and

comments on this

Conclusion she talks about the future and asks Alex to write

back soon and give her more information

5 Yes the importance of friends in the 1047297rst main paragraph

who her best friend is in the second main paragraph a

description of her friendrsquos personality in the third main

paragraph

6 Informal expressions such as thanks just down the road

mates a bit dash and exclamation marks contracted

forms theyrsquore whorsquos wersquove shersquos linkers and but friendly

expressions It was great to hear from you Write soon

7 indecisive practical bossy thoughtful sympathetic

8 tell each other can be at times whenever I shersquos always

cheer me up sense of humour have the chance etc

3 Refer the class to the instructions in the exam task and to

the Exam tip This is very much a personal task and best

done individually ndash point out there are no lsquorightrsquo or lsquowrongrsquo

answers to these questions either Monitor studentsrsquo work

and make suggestions where necessary especially for

question 1 but donrsquot elicit answers

4 Get students to make their plan quickly using very brief

notes

5 Give the class no more than 40 minutes to write their

answers as that is what they will have in the exam and they

have already studied the task and planned their work Tell

students always to leave at least 1047297ve minutes at the end of

each Writing task to check their work and to refer back to

these 1047297ve points in future units and other Part 1 and Part 2

tasks Checking could be done as a peer correction activity

although of course this will not be possible in the exam

itself

Model answer

Hi Alex

Itrsquos always great to hear from you

Yoursquore absolutely right about how much friendship matters Life just wouldnrsquot be the same if we didnrsquot have friends would it

My very best friend is called Luis and wersquove grown up together

really We 1047297rst met at primary school and hersquos been my best

mate ever since

Wersquore quite similar in a lot of ways For instance wersquore the same

age almost exactly the same height and weight and wersquore both

crazy about sports especially basketball and swimming

Like me he can be rather shy at times though hersquos perhaps a

little more talkative than me Hersquos also someone you can rely on

to help you if yoursquore in trouble or worried about something Hersquos

a fantastic friend and Irsquom sure yoursquod get on really well with him

Hope to hear from you again soon

Bye for now

Enrique

Revision

1 Answers

1 rsquomam staying rsquomam working

2 usually eat rsquoreare having

3 rsquomam waiting seems

4 is changing are getting

5 is rsquosis always complaining

6 own donrsquot live

7 gets rsquomam thinking

2 Answers

1 greedy 2 dishonest 3 artistic 4 impolite 5 energetic

6 cautious 7 pessimistic

3 Answers

1 unpredictable 2 sympathetic 3 unreasonable

4 challenging 5 thoughtful 6 decisive

4 Answers

1 relaxing 2 reliable 3 practical 4 terrifying

5 astonished 6 aggressive 7 competitive 8 childish

9 puzzling 10 exhausted

Remind students that there is more practice on the CD-ROM

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1619

Part 7

Look at the exam task Answer thesequestions

1 Whatrsquos the text about

2 How many people can you choose from3 What must you find4 How many questions are there

Now do the exam task

Exam task

You are going to read an article in which fourpeople talk about their friends For questions1ndash10 choose from the people (AndashD) The peoplemay be chosen more than once

Which person

earns less money than theirfriend

1

says the two of them did not likeeach other at first

2

denies that their friend is bossy 3

has had a similar upbringing to their friendrsquos

4

once fell out with their friend 5

shares a hobby with their friend 6

says their friend has a goodsense of humour

7

describes their friend as rather

shy

8

has a friend who is veryoptimistic

9

has a very ambitious friend 10

READING AND USE OF ENGLISH

The best of friendsA Nadia Hassan has been friends with Amina since they were fourteen

lsquoWe were born in the same monthrsquo says Nadia lsquoand we grew up in

the same small town though the funny thing is we didnrsquot actually

know each other until we both took up horse riding something we

still enjoyrsquo There are according to Nadia some differences between

them lsquoWhereas I tend to be a bit negative about the future always

expecting the worst to happen Amina is the complete opposite

Maybe between us we just about strike the right balance Though

of course having such different ways of looking at the same thing

can lead to tensions and a couple of years ago we actually stoppedspeaking for a while but that didnrsquot last longrsquo

B Liam Doherty first met his friend Marc when they were both doing

summer jobs at a seaside hotel Marc has since moved to another

part of the country but they still keep in touch by email and

chatting online lsquoHe comes round to my house whenever hersquos in

town which is actually quite often Hersquos got a good job and can

travel wherever he likes every weekend which is something I wish I

could afford to do on my salary But hersquos different from me in that

hersquos always had this strong desire for success in life whereas I prefer

to take things a bit easier with plenty of time for hobbies like hill-

walking and readingrsquo

C Maxim Salenko has been friendly with Andriy ever since they wereat primary school lsquoWe grew up in much the same kind of family

environment and we usually sat together at school and enjoyed the

same sports though in some ways hersquos not like me Irsquom fairly quiet

perhaps a little shy at times but Andriy is always a fun guy to be

withrsquo says Maxim lsquoHe can be noisy and some people say he tries to

tell everyone what to do but I donrsquot think thatrsquos true He just likes to

make sure everyone else has a good time too Once or twice Irsquove felt

a bit irritated by things he said but that was probably because I was

in a bad mood at the time and I donrsquot think he even noticed I was

annoyedrsquo

D Camille Leroy and her friend Lara have known each other for three

years now lsquoWersquore from different backgroundsrsquo says Camille lsquoand

to be honest when we were introduced at a party we didnrsquot hit it offat all She seemed a bit unfriendly and it took quite a while before I

realised that she was in fact lacking in self-confidence particularly

when meeting new people To some extent she still is but once you

get to know Lara you realise what good company she is She always

has interesting things to say and she tells some great jokes too I

often see her on the bus home from work because nowadays she

lives just round the corner from me She moved there to be close to

the golf course and Irsquom thinking of taking it up toorsquo

4 UNIT 1 YOURSELF AND OTHERS

Yourself and others1

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1719

5YOURSELF AND OTHERS UNIT 1

Grammar

Present tenses

1 Some of these sentences written by examcandidates contain mistakes Correct anymistakes using the present simple or presentcontinuous

1 Irsquom belonging to a tennis club and it is my

favourite sport

2 Irsquoll pick you up from the airport when yoursquoll

arrive at 930

3 Irsquom having a lovely holiday here on the island4 Every day we are spending about eight hours

at work

5 When you will receive my letter please tell

Mary about this

6 Pablo is needing to talk to somebody but he

never calls me

7 Nowadays it becomes more and more

important to have a good education

8 I promise that Irsquoll phone you tonight when I

get home

9I need to earn some money and this is themain reason why I apply for this job

10 They are the kind of people who are driving

to work every day in big cars

2 Complete the sentences with the present simpleor present continuous form of these verbs Useeach verb only once

end get hear own rise see take try

1 I usually go to work by car but this week Ithe train because the road

bridge is closed

2 It harder to find a job and youth

unemployment is now very high3 As soon as the college term

Irsquom going away on holiday

4 Her parents are very rich They

homes in both London and New York

5 I Marcos later this evening

when he leaves the club6 Please turn the music down a bit I

to sleep

7 In every part of the world the sun

in the east

8 I promise Irsquoll get up as soon as I

the alarm clock

LISTENINGPart 1

Look at questions 1ndash4 in the exam task Answer these questions

1 How many speakers will you hear

2 Will they be female or male voices

3 What is the situation

4 What is the focus eg place opinion of the question

02 Now listen and do the exam task

Exam task

You will hear people talking in four different situations (in the exam youwill hear eight) For questions 1ndash4 choose the best answer (A B or C)

1 You hear a teenager talking about her new bedroom

What does she like about it

A the way it is decorated

B the furniture in it C its size and shape

2 You overhear a conversation on a bus

Where is the man going first A to a shop B to the library C to work

3 You hear a man talking on the phone

Why is he calling

A to apologise B to ask for information

C to complain

4 You hear part of an interview with a businesswoman

What does she do A She hires out bicycles B She hires out cars

C She hires out motorcycles

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1819

6 UNIT 1 YOURSELF AND OTHERS

Part 3

1 Correct the mistakes in these sentenceswritten by exam candidates using the

correct form of the word in brackets Add aprefix andor a suffix in each case

1 I am worry (worry) about you so can I talk

to you

2 The biggest disadvantage is that you are

always stressy (stress) when you do that job

3 These are my recommendations for the

most attraction (attract) places in my town

4 Suddenly I heard something strange near

the door I was terrorised (terrify)

5 Your report about the music festival isabsolutely inacceptable (accept)

6 It was really surprised (surprise) to hear

that Marta was the winner

7 The streets wouldnrsquot be so crowdy (crowd)and they would be safer for people

8 Staying at your house next week will be

really enjoyful (enjoy)

9 That festival was a completely

unorganised (organise) and dull event

10 There are some interesting and

impressing (impress) museums in this city

2 Look at the exam task example (0) andanswer these questions

1 What kind of word goes between the

superlative form the most and the noun

features

2 Does this word describe how someone

feels or what causes a feeling3 What suffix do we use for this

Now do the exam task

Exam task

For questions 1ndash8 read the text below Use the word given in capitals atthe end of some of the lines to form a word that fits in the gap in the sameline There is an example at the beginning (0)

Example 0 SURPRISING

Staying safe online

One of the most (0) features of the

computer age is the huge amount of time that youngpeople spend communicating with each other

Whereas a generation ago children would go home

after a (1) day at school and watch TV

nowadays they are likely to do something much more

(2) such as chat online with their

friends

Others exchange information on (3)popular social networking sites such as Facebook What

some parents find rather (4) however is

how easily they can make online lsquofriendsrsquo who they have

never actually met and also the amount of information

that their children are so (5) puttingonto these websites for anyone to see

Parents are right to be (6) but with

many children spending hours a day online it is simply

(7) for adults constantly to watch over

them All they can do is advise them to be extremely

(8) about contact with strangers and to

warn them not to put personal information such as their

phone number or home address online

SURPRISE

TIRE

SOCIETY

INCREASE

WORRY

ENTHUSIASM

ANXIETY

PRACTICE

CAUTION

READING AND USE OF ENGLISH

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1919

3 Plan and write your letter to Sam Try to include some of Matteorsquosexpressions and character adjectives

WRITINGPart 2 informal letter

1 Look at the exam task and answer thesequestions

1 Who has written to you

2 Who do they want to know about

3 What examples of informal language can

you find

Exam task

Here is part of an email you have received fromSam an English-speaking friend

Write your email to Sam in 140ndash190 words Donot write any addresses

2 Read the model letter and answer thesequestions

1 Does Matteo answer Samrsquos questions2 Where would you split the second

paragraph to form two shorter

paragraphs

3 Is Matteorsquos message written in an informal

style Find examples4 Find and correct these mistakes in the

letter

a a comparative

b a verb tense c an article

d three adjective suffixes5 Which of Matteorsquos expressions could you

use in your letter

Though my sisterrsquos quite a bit younger than me

wersquore good friends most of the time

So tell me about a relative of yours who you see a lot

ndash and why you enjoy being with him or her

Hope to hear from you soon

Hi Sam

Thanks for writing Itrsquos always nice to get a message from you

Itrsquos great that you have such a close friendship with your sister My sisterrsquos actually

a lot older that me and my brotherrsquos much younger so we donrsquot of ten like doing the

same things but I have a cousin called Lorenzo whorsquos about my age and we get on

really well He lives not far from here and like me hersquos a student ndash though not at the

same college Wersquove been friends since we were k ids and wersquore seeing each other

most weekends and of course in the holidays Wersquove got lots of things in common

For instance we love the mountain biking and something I really like about him is that

hersquos so adventurous We have great fun when wersquore out together because hersquos so

enthusiastic about doing excited things but without getting too competitious He can

also be quite sensitive and thoughtful and whenever I have any kind of problem hersquos

always sympatic In short hersquos a fantastic friend

Hope to hear from you again soon

Bye for now

Matteo

7YOURSELF AND OTHERS UNIT 1

Page 14: Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1419

12 Unit 1 Yourself and others

Answers

reasonable ( also unpredictable) practical disorganised

thoughtful optimistic impatient childish sensitive decisive

ambitious unpredictable bossy

2 Elicit that when adding a suf1047297x beginning with a vowel we

drop the 1047297nal e eg adventure ndash adventurous Encourage

the use of dictionaries to 1047297nd antonyms and check spelling

Remind students to add both a pre1047297x and suf1047297x eg

unadventurous where possible Then elicit all the answers

possibly putting them on the board or OHP Elicit more

adjectives (not necessarily of character) with each of these

pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes plus their meanings and possibly also

their opposites

Answers

(un)adventurous aggressive anxious artistic cautious cheeky

competitive (un)emotional energetic (un)enthusiastic foolish

greedy (un)helpful dishonest pessimistic impolite unpopular(un)reliable (dis)respectful (un)sympathetic

Optional activity

Encourage discussion about whether some of these

adjectives describe positive or negative characteristics

pointing out that in certain cases eg pessimistic cautious

the answers are subjective Elicit answers from the class

making sure that all the words are understood

Suggested answers

lsquogoodrsquo ndash artistic energetic enthusiastic helpful honest polite

reliable sympathetic

lsquobadrsquo ndash opposites of the above ( unenthusiastic unhelpful

unreliable unsympathetic ) plus aggressive cheeky foolish

greedy dishonest impolite unpopular

lsquogoodrsquo or lsquobadrsquo ndash adventurous anxious cautious competitive

emotional pessimistic and respectful could be positive or

negative in certain circumstances

Part 3

3 Explain that all the mistakes in these sentences involve

pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes students have studied in this unit

though in most cases with different adjectives Elicit

answers when they have 1047297nished You may want to ask

what students think the most common mistakes are by

speakers of their 1047297rst language(s)

Answers

1 charming 2 impolite 3 healthy 4 disorganised 5 sociable

6 stressful

4 Like Exercise 1 this exercise focuses on pre1047297xes and

suf1047297xes studied in this unit Students have also seen all the

base words although they will have to be careful which

form to choose as two or three pre1047297xes andor suf1047297xes may

be possible Explain that this is in effect a sentence-level

version of Word Formation although of course in the exam

it is unlikely that all the target words would be adjectives

requiring pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes Go through the answers

once students have 1047297nished highlighting spelling

Answers

1 optimistic 2 challenging 3 depressed 4 unsympathetic

5 refreshed 6 unenthusiastic

5 Tell the class to read the instructions carefully and lookvery quickly at the way the text and the words in capitals

are laid out Then go through the answers

Answers

1 eight

2 a word formed from the word in capitals at the end of the

same line

3 mainly vocabulary (especially pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes)

6 Set a time limit for this of no more than a minute and

advise students to do this every time they do a Word

Formation task Explain that some answers may require

an understanding of more than one sentence or the

text as a whole Check the answers and deal with any

comprehension dif1047297culties that relate to the gist of the text

but not the detail

Answers

The purpose of the text is to show how different people from

the same family can be

paragraph 1 to introduce the topic

paragraph 2 to describe one of the daughters

paragraph 3 to describe the other daughter

paragraph 4 to describe the son

7 Explain that students should look at the example and its

context every time they begin a Word Formation task as

this will give them an introduction to the text and also

remind them of what they must do in this task type Gothrough the answers with the class

Answers

1 an adjective 2 what causes a feeling (to friends of the family)

3 - ing 4 drop the 1047297nal e

Point out that students have already seen some form or

other of all the target words in this exam task You may

also want to give some clues or further tips before they

begin - for instance the need to watch out for plural forms

Allow ten to twelve minutes for students working on their

own to 1047297ll in or note down their answers Remind them to

make sure they have changed all the words in capital letters

Then check answers Elicit the pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes usedand highlight the use of two of these in question 4 Pay

particular attention to spelling in 1 5 6 7 and 8

Exam task answers

1 personalities 2 motivated 3 ambitious 4 unemotional

5 sensitive 6 sympathetic 7 adventurous 8 anxious

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1519

Unit 1 Yourself and others 13

WritingPart 2 informal letter

1 When the class has had time to look at the exam task elicit

the answers

Answers

1 an English friend Alex

2 write back saying how important friends are to you who your

best friend is what you like about him or her

3 informal

a Irsquove donrsquot Irsquod Whorsquos b kid do c So and

d exclamation mark e Looking forward to hearing from you

2 Give students a few minutes to read the model answer and

answer the questions Elicit the answers

Answers

1 yes

2 no3 Dear Alex Best wishes

4 Introduction she thanks Alex for hisher message and

comments on this

Conclusion she talks about the future and asks Alex to write

back soon and give her more information

5 Yes the importance of friends in the 1047297rst main paragraph

who her best friend is in the second main paragraph a

description of her friendrsquos personality in the third main

paragraph

6 Informal expressions such as thanks just down the road

mates a bit dash and exclamation marks contracted

forms theyrsquore whorsquos wersquove shersquos linkers and but friendly

expressions It was great to hear from you Write soon

7 indecisive practical bossy thoughtful sympathetic

8 tell each other can be at times whenever I shersquos always

cheer me up sense of humour have the chance etc

3 Refer the class to the instructions in the exam task and to

the Exam tip This is very much a personal task and best

done individually ndash point out there are no lsquorightrsquo or lsquowrongrsquo

answers to these questions either Monitor studentsrsquo work

and make suggestions where necessary especially for

question 1 but donrsquot elicit answers

4 Get students to make their plan quickly using very brief

notes

5 Give the class no more than 40 minutes to write their

answers as that is what they will have in the exam and they

have already studied the task and planned their work Tell

students always to leave at least 1047297ve minutes at the end of

each Writing task to check their work and to refer back to

these 1047297ve points in future units and other Part 1 and Part 2

tasks Checking could be done as a peer correction activity

although of course this will not be possible in the exam

itself

Model answer

Hi Alex

Itrsquos always great to hear from you

Yoursquore absolutely right about how much friendship matters Life just wouldnrsquot be the same if we didnrsquot have friends would it

My very best friend is called Luis and wersquove grown up together

really We 1047297rst met at primary school and hersquos been my best

mate ever since

Wersquore quite similar in a lot of ways For instance wersquore the same

age almost exactly the same height and weight and wersquore both

crazy about sports especially basketball and swimming

Like me he can be rather shy at times though hersquos perhaps a

little more talkative than me Hersquos also someone you can rely on

to help you if yoursquore in trouble or worried about something Hersquos

a fantastic friend and Irsquom sure yoursquod get on really well with him

Hope to hear from you again soon

Bye for now

Enrique

Revision

1 Answers

1 rsquomam staying rsquomam working

2 usually eat rsquoreare having

3 rsquomam waiting seems

4 is changing are getting

5 is rsquosis always complaining

6 own donrsquot live

7 gets rsquomam thinking

2 Answers

1 greedy 2 dishonest 3 artistic 4 impolite 5 energetic

6 cautious 7 pessimistic

3 Answers

1 unpredictable 2 sympathetic 3 unreasonable

4 challenging 5 thoughtful 6 decisive

4 Answers

1 relaxing 2 reliable 3 practical 4 terrifying

5 astonished 6 aggressive 7 competitive 8 childish

9 puzzling 10 exhausted

Remind students that there is more practice on the CD-ROM

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1619

Part 7

Look at the exam task Answer thesequestions

1 Whatrsquos the text about

2 How many people can you choose from3 What must you find4 How many questions are there

Now do the exam task

Exam task

You are going to read an article in which fourpeople talk about their friends For questions1ndash10 choose from the people (AndashD) The peoplemay be chosen more than once

Which person

earns less money than theirfriend

1

says the two of them did not likeeach other at first

2

denies that their friend is bossy 3

has had a similar upbringing to their friendrsquos

4

once fell out with their friend 5

shares a hobby with their friend 6

says their friend has a goodsense of humour

7

describes their friend as rather

shy

8

has a friend who is veryoptimistic

9

has a very ambitious friend 10

READING AND USE OF ENGLISH

The best of friendsA Nadia Hassan has been friends with Amina since they were fourteen

lsquoWe were born in the same monthrsquo says Nadia lsquoand we grew up in

the same small town though the funny thing is we didnrsquot actually

know each other until we both took up horse riding something we

still enjoyrsquo There are according to Nadia some differences between

them lsquoWhereas I tend to be a bit negative about the future always

expecting the worst to happen Amina is the complete opposite

Maybe between us we just about strike the right balance Though

of course having such different ways of looking at the same thing

can lead to tensions and a couple of years ago we actually stoppedspeaking for a while but that didnrsquot last longrsquo

B Liam Doherty first met his friend Marc when they were both doing

summer jobs at a seaside hotel Marc has since moved to another

part of the country but they still keep in touch by email and

chatting online lsquoHe comes round to my house whenever hersquos in

town which is actually quite often Hersquos got a good job and can

travel wherever he likes every weekend which is something I wish I

could afford to do on my salary But hersquos different from me in that

hersquos always had this strong desire for success in life whereas I prefer

to take things a bit easier with plenty of time for hobbies like hill-

walking and readingrsquo

C Maxim Salenko has been friendly with Andriy ever since they wereat primary school lsquoWe grew up in much the same kind of family

environment and we usually sat together at school and enjoyed the

same sports though in some ways hersquos not like me Irsquom fairly quiet

perhaps a little shy at times but Andriy is always a fun guy to be

withrsquo says Maxim lsquoHe can be noisy and some people say he tries to

tell everyone what to do but I donrsquot think thatrsquos true He just likes to

make sure everyone else has a good time too Once or twice Irsquove felt

a bit irritated by things he said but that was probably because I was

in a bad mood at the time and I donrsquot think he even noticed I was

annoyedrsquo

D Camille Leroy and her friend Lara have known each other for three

years now lsquoWersquore from different backgroundsrsquo says Camille lsquoand

to be honest when we were introduced at a party we didnrsquot hit it offat all She seemed a bit unfriendly and it took quite a while before I

realised that she was in fact lacking in self-confidence particularly

when meeting new people To some extent she still is but once you

get to know Lara you realise what good company she is She always

has interesting things to say and she tells some great jokes too I

often see her on the bus home from work because nowadays she

lives just round the corner from me She moved there to be close to

the golf course and Irsquom thinking of taking it up toorsquo

4 UNIT 1 YOURSELF AND OTHERS

Yourself and others1

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1719

5YOURSELF AND OTHERS UNIT 1

Grammar

Present tenses

1 Some of these sentences written by examcandidates contain mistakes Correct anymistakes using the present simple or presentcontinuous

1 Irsquom belonging to a tennis club and it is my

favourite sport

2 Irsquoll pick you up from the airport when yoursquoll

arrive at 930

3 Irsquom having a lovely holiday here on the island4 Every day we are spending about eight hours

at work

5 When you will receive my letter please tell

Mary about this

6 Pablo is needing to talk to somebody but he

never calls me

7 Nowadays it becomes more and more

important to have a good education

8 I promise that Irsquoll phone you tonight when I

get home

9I need to earn some money and this is themain reason why I apply for this job

10 They are the kind of people who are driving

to work every day in big cars

2 Complete the sentences with the present simpleor present continuous form of these verbs Useeach verb only once

end get hear own rise see take try

1 I usually go to work by car but this week Ithe train because the road

bridge is closed

2 It harder to find a job and youth

unemployment is now very high3 As soon as the college term

Irsquom going away on holiday

4 Her parents are very rich They

homes in both London and New York

5 I Marcos later this evening

when he leaves the club6 Please turn the music down a bit I

to sleep

7 In every part of the world the sun

in the east

8 I promise Irsquoll get up as soon as I

the alarm clock

LISTENINGPart 1

Look at questions 1ndash4 in the exam task Answer these questions

1 How many speakers will you hear

2 Will they be female or male voices

3 What is the situation

4 What is the focus eg place opinion of the question

02 Now listen and do the exam task

Exam task

You will hear people talking in four different situations (in the exam youwill hear eight) For questions 1ndash4 choose the best answer (A B or C)

1 You hear a teenager talking about her new bedroom

What does she like about it

A the way it is decorated

B the furniture in it C its size and shape

2 You overhear a conversation on a bus

Where is the man going first A to a shop B to the library C to work

3 You hear a man talking on the phone

Why is he calling

A to apologise B to ask for information

C to complain

4 You hear part of an interview with a businesswoman

What does she do A She hires out bicycles B She hires out cars

C She hires out motorcycles

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1819

6 UNIT 1 YOURSELF AND OTHERS

Part 3

1 Correct the mistakes in these sentenceswritten by exam candidates using the

correct form of the word in brackets Add aprefix andor a suffix in each case

1 I am worry (worry) about you so can I talk

to you

2 The biggest disadvantage is that you are

always stressy (stress) when you do that job

3 These are my recommendations for the

most attraction (attract) places in my town

4 Suddenly I heard something strange near

the door I was terrorised (terrify)

5 Your report about the music festival isabsolutely inacceptable (accept)

6 It was really surprised (surprise) to hear

that Marta was the winner

7 The streets wouldnrsquot be so crowdy (crowd)and they would be safer for people

8 Staying at your house next week will be

really enjoyful (enjoy)

9 That festival was a completely

unorganised (organise) and dull event

10 There are some interesting and

impressing (impress) museums in this city

2 Look at the exam task example (0) andanswer these questions

1 What kind of word goes between the

superlative form the most and the noun

features

2 Does this word describe how someone

feels or what causes a feeling3 What suffix do we use for this

Now do the exam task

Exam task

For questions 1ndash8 read the text below Use the word given in capitals atthe end of some of the lines to form a word that fits in the gap in the sameline There is an example at the beginning (0)

Example 0 SURPRISING

Staying safe online

One of the most (0) features of the

computer age is the huge amount of time that youngpeople spend communicating with each other

Whereas a generation ago children would go home

after a (1) day at school and watch TV

nowadays they are likely to do something much more

(2) such as chat online with their

friends

Others exchange information on (3)popular social networking sites such as Facebook What

some parents find rather (4) however is

how easily they can make online lsquofriendsrsquo who they have

never actually met and also the amount of information

that their children are so (5) puttingonto these websites for anyone to see

Parents are right to be (6) but with

many children spending hours a day online it is simply

(7) for adults constantly to watch over

them All they can do is advise them to be extremely

(8) about contact with strangers and to

warn them not to put personal information such as their

phone number or home address online

SURPRISE

TIRE

SOCIETY

INCREASE

WORRY

ENTHUSIASM

ANXIETY

PRACTICE

CAUTION

READING AND USE OF ENGLISH

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1919

3 Plan and write your letter to Sam Try to include some of Matteorsquosexpressions and character adjectives

WRITINGPart 2 informal letter

1 Look at the exam task and answer thesequestions

1 Who has written to you

2 Who do they want to know about

3 What examples of informal language can

you find

Exam task

Here is part of an email you have received fromSam an English-speaking friend

Write your email to Sam in 140ndash190 words Donot write any addresses

2 Read the model letter and answer thesequestions

1 Does Matteo answer Samrsquos questions2 Where would you split the second

paragraph to form two shorter

paragraphs

3 Is Matteorsquos message written in an informal

style Find examples4 Find and correct these mistakes in the

letter

a a comparative

b a verb tense c an article

d three adjective suffixes5 Which of Matteorsquos expressions could you

use in your letter

Though my sisterrsquos quite a bit younger than me

wersquore good friends most of the time

So tell me about a relative of yours who you see a lot

ndash and why you enjoy being with him or her

Hope to hear from you soon

Hi Sam

Thanks for writing Itrsquos always nice to get a message from you

Itrsquos great that you have such a close friendship with your sister My sisterrsquos actually

a lot older that me and my brotherrsquos much younger so we donrsquot of ten like doing the

same things but I have a cousin called Lorenzo whorsquos about my age and we get on

really well He lives not far from here and like me hersquos a student ndash though not at the

same college Wersquove been friends since we were k ids and wersquore seeing each other

most weekends and of course in the holidays Wersquove got lots of things in common

For instance we love the mountain biking and something I really like about him is that

hersquos so adventurous We have great fun when wersquore out together because hersquos so

enthusiastic about doing excited things but without getting too competitious He can

also be quite sensitive and thoughtful and whenever I have any kind of problem hersquos

always sympatic In short hersquos a fantastic friend

Hope to hear from you again soon

Bye for now

Matteo

7YOURSELF AND OTHERS UNIT 1

Page 15: Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1519

Unit 1 Yourself and others 13

WritingPart 2 informal letter

1 When the class has had time to look at the exam task elicit

the answers

Answers

1 an English friend Alex

2 write back saying how important friends are to you who your

best friend is what you like about him or her

3 informal

a Irsquove donrsquot Irsquod Whorsquos b kid do c So and

d exclamation mark e Looking forward to hearing from you

2 Give students a few minutes to read the model answer and

answer the questions Elicit the answers

Answers

1 yes

2 no3 Dear Alex Best wishes

4 Introduction she thanks Alex for hisher message and

comments on this

Conclusion she talks about the future and asks Alex to write

back soon and give her more information

5 Yes the importance of friends in the 1047297rst main paragraph

who her best friend is in the second main paragraph a

description of her friendrsquos personality in the third main

paragraph

6 Informal expressions such as thanks just down the road

mates a bit dash and exclamation marks contracted

forms theyrsquore whorsquos wersquove shersquos linkers and but friendly

expressions It was great to hear from you Write soon

7 indecisive practical bossy thoughtful sympathetic

8 tell each other can be at times whenever I shersquos always

cheer me up sense of humour have the chance etc

3 Refer the class to the instructions in the exam task and to

the Exam tip This is very much a personal task and best

done individually ndash point out there are no lsquorightrsquo or lsquowrongrsquo

answers to these questions either Monitor studentsrsquo work

and make suggestions where necessary especially for

question 1 but donrsquot elicit answers

4 Get students to make their plan quickly using very brief

notes

5 Give the class no more than 40 minutes to write their

answers as that is what they will have in the exam and they

have already studied the task and planned their work Tell

students always to leave at least 1047297ve minutes at the end of

each Writing task to check their work and to refer back to

these 1047297ve points in future units and other Part 1 and Part 2

tasks Checking could be done as a peer correction activity

although of course this will not be possible in the exam

itself

Model answer

Hi Alex

Itrsquos always great to hear from you

Yoursquore absolutely right about how much friendship matters Life just wouldnrsquot be the same if we didnrsquot have friends would it

My very best friend is called Luis and wersquove grown up together

really We 1047297rst met at primary school and hersquos been my best

mate ever since

Wersquore quite similar in a lot of ways For instance wersquore the same

age almost exactly the same height and weight and wersquore both

crazy about sports especially basketball and swimming

Like me he can be rather shy at times though hersquos perhaps a

little more talkative than me Hersquos also someone you can rely on

to help you if yoursquore in trouble or worried about something Hersquos

a fantastic friend and Irsquom sure yoursquod get on really well with him

Hope to hear from you again soon

Bye for now

Enrique

Revision

1 Answers

1 rsquomam staying rsquomam working

2 usually eat rsquoreare having

3 rsquomam waiting seems

4 is changing are getting

5 is rsquosis always complaining

6 own donrsquot live

7 gets rsquomam thinking

2 Answers

1 greedy 2 dishonest 3 artistic 4 impolite 5 energetic

6 cautious 7 pessimistic

3 Answers

1 unpredictable 2 sympathetic 3 unreasonable

4 challenging 5 thoughtful 6 decisive

4 Answers

1 relaxing 2 reliable 3 practical 4 terrifying

5 astonished 6 aggressive 7 competitive 8 childish

9 puzzling 10 exhausted

Remind students that there is more practice on the CD-ROM

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1619

Part 7

Look at the exam task Answer thesequestions

1 Whatrsquos the text about

2 How many people can you choose from3 What must you find4 How many questions are there

Now do the exam task

Exam task

You are going to read an article in which fourpeople talk about their friends For questions1ndash10 choose from the people (AndashD) The peoplemay be chosen more than once

Which person

earns less money than theirfriend

1

says the two of them did not likeeach other at first

2

denies that their friend is bossy 3

has had a similar upbringing to their friendrsquos

4

once fell out with their friend 5

shares a hobby with their friend 6

says their friend has a goodsense of humour

7

describes their friend as rather

shy

8

has a friend who is veryoptimistic

9

has a very ambitious friend 10

READING AND USE OF ENGLISH

The best of friendsA Nadia Hassan has been friends with Amina since they were fourteen

lsquoWe were born in the same monthrsquo says Nadia lsquoand we grew up in

the same small town though the funny thing is we didnrsquot actually

know each other until we both took up horse riding something we

still enjoyrsquo There are according to Nadia some differences between

them lsquoWhereas I tend to be a bit negative about the future always

expecting the worst to happen Amina is the complete opposite

Maybe between us we just about strike the right balance Though

of course having such different ways of looking at the same thing

can lead to tensions and a couple of years ago we actually stoppedspeaking for a while but that didnrsquot last longrsquo

B Liam Doherty first met his friend Marc when they were both doing

summer jobs at a seaside hotel Marc has since moved to another

part of the country but they still keep in touch by email and

chatting online lsquoHe comes round to my house whenever hersquos in

town which is actually quite often Hersquos got a good job and can

travel wherever he likes every weekend which is something I wish I

could afford to do on my salary But hersquos different from me in that

hersquos always had this strong desire for success in life whereas I prefer

to take things a bit easier with plenty of time for hobbies like hill-

walking and readingrsquo

C Maxim Salenko has been friendly with Andriy ever since they wereat primary school lsquoWe grew up in much the same kind of family

environment and we usually sat together at school and enjoyed the

same sports though in some ways hersquos not like me Irsquom fairly quiet

perhaps a little shy at times but Andriy is always a fun guy to be

withrsquo says Maxim lsquoHe can be noisy and some people say he tries to

tell everyone what to do but I donrsquot think thatrsquos true He just likes to

make sure everyone else has a good time too Once or twice Irsquove felt

a bit irritated by things he said but that was probably because I was

in a bad mood at the time and I donrsquot think he even noticed I was

annoyedrsquo

D Camille Leroy and her friend Lara have known each other for three

years now lsquoWersquore from different backgroundsrsquo says Camille lsquoand

to be honest when we were introduced at a party we didnrsquot hit it offat all She seemed a bit unfriendly and it took quite a while before I

realised that she was in fact lacking in self-confidence particularly

when meeting new people To some extent she still is but once you

get to know Lara you realise what good company she is She always

has interesting things to say and she tells some great jokes too I

often see her on the bus home from work because nowadays she

lives just round the corner from me She moved there to be close to

the golf course and Irsquom thinking of taking it up toorsquo

4 UNIT 1 YOURSELF AND OTHERS

Yourself and others1

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1719

5YOURSELF AND OTHERS UNIT 1

Grammar

Present tenses

1 Some of these sentences written by examcandidates contain mistakes Correct anymistakes using the present simple or presentcontinuous

1 Irsquom belonging to a tennis club and it is my

favourite sport

2 Irsquoll pick you up from the airport when yoursquoll

arrive at 930

3 Irsquom having a lovely holiday here on the island4 Every day we are spending about eight hours

at work

5 When you will receive my letter please tell

Mary about this

6 Pablo is needing to talk to somebody but he

never calls me

7 Nowadays it becomes more and more

important to have a good education

8 I promise that Irsquoll phone you tonight when I

get home

9I need to earn some money and this is themain reason why I apply for this job

10 They are the kind of people who are driving

to work every day in big cars

2 Complete the sentences with the present simpleor present continuous form of these verbs Useeach verb only once

end get hear own rise see take try

1 I usually go to work by car but this week Ithe train because the road

bridge is closed

2 It harder to find a job and youth

unemployment is now very high3 As soon as the college term

Irsquom going away on holiday

4 Her parents are very rich They

homes in both London and New York

5 I Marcos later this evening

when he leaves the club6 Please turn the music down a bit I

to sleep

7 In every part of the world the sun

in the east

8 I promise Irsquoll get up as soon as I

the alarm clock

LISTENINGPart 1

Look at questions 1ndash4 in the exam task Answer these questions

1 How many speakers will you hear

2 Will they be female or male voices

3 What is the situation

4 What is the focus eg place opinion of the question

02 Now listen and do the exam task

Exam task

You will hear people talking in four different situations (in the exam youwill hear eight) For questions 1ndash4 choose the best answer (A B or C)

1 You hear a teenager talking about her new bedroom

What does she like about it

A the way it is decorated

B the furniture in it C its size and shape

2 You overhear a conversation on a bus

Where is the man going first A to a shop B to the library C to work

3 You hear a man talking on the phone

Why is he calling

A to apologise B to ask for information

C to complain

4 You hear part of an interview with a businesswoman

What does she do A She hires out bicycles B She hires out cars

C She hires out motorcycles

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1819

6 UNIT 1 YOURSELF AND OTHERS

Part 3

1 Correct the mistakes in these sentenceswritten by exam candidates using the

correct form of the word in brackets Add aprefix andor a suffix in each case

1 I am worry (worry) about you so can I talk

to you

2 The biggest disadvantage is that you are

always stressy (stress) when you do that job

3 These are my recommendations for the

most attraction (attract) places in my town

4 Suddenly I heard something strange near

the door I was terrorised (terrify)

5 Your report about the music festival isabsolutely inacceptable (accept)

6 It was really surprised (surprise) to hear

that Marta was the winner

7 The streets wouldnrsquot be so crowdy (crowd)and they would be safer for people

8 Staying at your house next week will be

really enjoyful (enjoy)

9 That festival was a completely

unorganised (organise) and dull event

10 There are some interesting and

impressing (impress) museums in this city

2 Look at the exam task example (0) andanswer these questions

1 What kind of word goes between the

superlative form the most and the noun

features

2 Does this word describe how someone

feels or what causes a feeling3 What suffix do we use for this

Now do the exam task

Exam task

For questions 1ndash8 read the text below Use the word given in capitals atthe end of some of the lines to form a word that fits in the gap in the sameline There is an example at the beginning (0)

Example 0 SURPRISING

Staying safe online

One of the most (0) features of the

computer age is the huge amount of time that youngpeople spend communicating with each other

Whereas a generation ago children would go home

after a (1) day at school and watch TV

nowadays they are likely to do something much more

(2) such as chat online with their

friends

Others exchange information on (3)popular social networking sites such as Facebook What

some parents find rather (4) however is

how easily they can make online lsquofriendsrsquo who they have

never actually met and also the amount of information

that their children are so (5) puttingonto these websites for anyone to see

Parents are right to be (6) but with

many children spending hours a day online it is simply

(7) for adults constantly to watch over

them All they can do is advise them to be extremely

(8) about contact with strangers and to

warn them not to put personal information such as their

phone number or home address online

SURPRISE

TIRE

SOCIETY

INCREASE

WORRY

ENTHUSIASM

ANXIETY

PRACTICE

CAUTION

READING AND USE OF ENGLISH

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1919

3 Plan and write your letter to Sam Try to include some of Matteorsquosexpressions and character adjectives

WRITINGPart 2 informal letter

1 Look at the exam task and answer thesequestions

1 Who has written to you

2 Who do they want to know about

3 What examples of informal language can

you find

Exam task

Here is part of an email you have received fromSam an English-speaking friend

Write your email to Sam in 140ndash190 words Donot write any addresses

2 Read the model letter and answer thesequestions

1 Does Matteo answer Samrsquos questions2 Where would you split the second

paragraph to form two shorter

paragraphs

3 Is Matteorsquos message written in an informal

style Find examples4 Find and correct these mistakes in the

letter

a a comparative

b a verb tense c an article

d three adjective suffixes5 Which of Matteorsquos expressions could you

use in your letter

Though my sisterrsquos quite a bit younger than me

wersquore good friends most of the time

So tell me about a relative of yours who you see a lot

ndash and why you enjoy being with him or her

Hope to hear from you soon

Hi Sam

Thanks for writing Itrsquos always nice to get a message from you

Itrsquos great that you have such a close friendship with your sister My sisterrsquos actually

a lot older that me and my brotherrsquos much younger so we donrsquot of ten like doing the

same things but I have a cousin called Lorenzo whorsquos about my age and we get on

really well He lives not far from here and like me hersquos a student ndash though not at the

same college Wersquove been friends since we were k ids and wersquore seeing each other

most weekends and of course in the holidays Wersquove got lots of things in common

For instance we love the mountain biking and something I really like about him is that

hersquos so adventurous We have great fun when wersquore out together because hersquos so

enthusiastic about doing excited things but without getting too competitious He can

also be quite sensitive and thoughtful and whenever I have any kind of problem hersquos

always sympatic In short hersquos a fantastic friend

Hope to hear from you again soon

Bye for now

Matteo

7YOURSELF AND OTHERS UNIT 1

Page 16: Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1619

Part 7

Look at the exam task Answer thesequestions

1 Whatrsquos the text about

2 How many people can you choose from3 What must you find4 How many questions are there

Now do the exam task

Exam task

You are going to read an article in which fourpeople talk about their friends For questions1ndash10 choose from the people (AndashD) The peoplemay be chosen more than once

Which person

earns less money than theirfriend

1

says the two of them did not likeeach other at first

2

denies that their friend is bossy 3

has had a similar upbringing to their friendrsquos

4

once fell out with their friend 5

shares a hobby with their friend 6

says their friend has a goodsense of humour

7

describes their friend as rather

shy

8

has a friend who is veryoptimistic

9

has a very ambitious friend 10

READING AND USE OF ENGLISH

The best of friendsA Nadia Hassan has been friends with Amina since they were fourteen

lsquoWe were born in the same monthrsquo says Nadia lsquoand we grew up in

the same small town though the funny thing is we didnrsquot actually

know each other until we both took up horse riding something we

still enjoyrsquo There are according to Nadia some differences between

them lsquoWhereas I tend to be a bit negative about the future always

expecting the worst to happen Amina is the complete opposite

Maybe between us we just about strike the right balance Though

of course having such different ways of looking at the same thing

can lead to tensions and a couple of years ago we actually stoppedspeaking for a while but that didnrsquot last longrsquo

B Liam Doherty first met his friend Marc when they were both doing

summer jobs at a seaside hotel Marc has since moved to another

part of the country but they still keep in touch by email and

chatting online lsquoHe comes round to my house whenever hersquos in

town which is actually quite often Hersquos got a good job and can

travel wherever he likes every weekend which is something I wish I

could afford to do on my salary But hersquos different from me in that

hersquos always had this strong desire for success in life whereas I prefer

to take things a bit easier with plenty of time for hobbies like hill-

walking and readingrsquo

C Maxim Salenko has been friendly with Andriy ever since they wereat primary school lsquoWe grew up in much the same kind of family

environment and we usually sat together at school and enjoyed the

same sports though in some ways hersquos not like me Irsquom fairly quiet

perhaps a little shy at times but Andriy is always a fun guy to be

withrsquo says Maxim lsquoHe can be noisy and some people say he tries to

tell everyone what to do but I donrsquot think thatrsquos true He just likes to

make sure everyone else has a good time too Once or twice Irsquove felt

a bit irritated by things he said but that was probably because I was

in a bad mood at the time and I donrsquot think he even noticed I was

annoyedrsquo

D Camille Leroy and her friend Lara have known each other for three

years now lsquoWersquore from different backgroundsrsquo says Camille lsquoand

to be honest when we were introduced at a party we didnrsquot hit it offat all She seemed a bit unfriendly and it took quite a while before I

realised that she was in fact lacking in self-confidence particularly

when meeting new people To some extent she still is but once you

get to know Lara you realise what good company she is She always

has interesting things to say and she tells some great jokes too I

often see her on the bus home from work because nowadays she

lives just round the corner from me She moved there to be close to

the golf course and Irsquom thinking of taking it up toorsquo

4 UNIT 1 YOURSELF AND OTHERS

Yourself and others1

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1719

5YOURSELF AND OTHERS UNIT 1

Grammar

Present tenses

1 Some of these sentences written by examcandidates contain mistakes Correct anymistakes using the present simple or presentcontinuous

1 Irsquom belonging to a tennis club and it is my

favourite sport

2 Irsquoll pick you up from the airport when yoursquoll

arrive at 930

3 Irsquom having a lovely holiday here on the island4 Every day we are spending about eight hours

at work

5 When you will receive my letter please tell

Mary about this

6 Pablo is needing to talk to somebody but he

never calls me

7 Nowadays it becomes more and more

important to have a good education

8 I promise that Irsquoll phone you tonight when I

get home

9I need to earn some money and this is themain reason why I apply for this job

10 They are the kind of people who are driving

to work every day in big cars

2 Complete the sentences with the present simpleor present continuous form of these verbs Useeach verb only once

end get hear own rise see take try

1 I usually go to work by car but this week Ithe train because the road

bridge is closed

2 It harder to find a job and youth

unemployment is now very high3 As soon as the college term

Irsquom going away on holiday

4 Her parents are very rich They

homes in both London and New York

5 I Marcos later this evening

when he leaves the club6 Please turn the music down a bit I

to sleep

7 In every part of the world the sun

in the east

8 I promise Irsquoll get up as soon as I

the alarm clock

LISTENINGPart 1

Look at questions 1ndash4 in the exam task Answer these questions

1 How many speakers will you hear

2 Will they be female or male voices

3 What is the situation

4 What is the focus eg place opinion of the question

02 Now listen and do the exam task

Exam task

You will hear people talking in four different situations (in the exam youwill hear eight) For questions 1ndash4 choose the best answer (A B or C)

1 You hear a teenager talking about her new bedroom

What does she like about it

A the way it is decorated

B the furniture in it C its size and shape

2 You overhear a conversation on a bus

Where is the man going first A to a shop B to the library C to work

3 You hear a man talking on the phone

Why is he calling

A to apologise B to ask for information

C to complain

4 You hear part of an interview with a businesswoman

What does she do A She hires out bicycles B She hires out cars

C She hires out motorcycles

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1819

6 UNIT 1 YOURSELF AND OTHERS

Part 3

1 Correct the mistakes in these sentenceswritten by exam candidates using the

correct form of the word in brackets Add aprefix andor a suffix in each case

1 I am worry (worry) about you so can I talk

to you

2 The biggest disadvantage is that you are

always stressy (stress) when you do that job

3 These are my recommendations for the

most attraction (attract) places in my town

4 Suddenly I heard something strange near

the door I was terrorised (terrify)

5 Your report about the music festival isabsolutely inacceptable (accept)

6 It was really surprised (surprise) to hear

that Marta was the winner

7 The streets wouldnrsquot be so crowdy (crowd)and they would be safer for people

8 Staying at your house next week will be

really enjoyful (enjoy)

9 That festival was a completely

unorganised (organise) and dull event

10 There are some interesting and

impressing (impress) museums in this city

2 Look at the exam task example (0) andanswer these questions

1 What kind of word goes between the

superlative form the most and the noun

features

2 Does this word describe how someone

feels or what causes a feeling3 What suffix do we use for this

Now do the exam task

Exam task

For questions 1ndash8 read the text below Use the word given in capitals atthe end of some of the lines to form a word that fits in the gap in the sameline There is an example at the beginning (0)

Example 0 SURPRISING

Staying safe online

One of the most (0) features of the

computer age is the huge amount of time that youngpeople spend communicating with each other

Whereas a generation ago children would go home

after a (1) day at school and watch TV

nowadays they are likely to do something much more

(2) such as chat online with their

friends

Others exchange information on (3)popular social networking sites such as Facebook What

some parents find rather (4) however is

how easily they can make online lsquofriendsrsquo who they have

never actually met and also the amount of information

that their children are so (5) puttingonto these websites for anyone to see

Parents are right to be (6) but with

many children spending hours a day online it is simply

(7) for adults constantly to watch over

them All they can do is advise them to be extremely

(8) about contact with strangers and to

warn them not to put personal information such as their

phone number or home address online

SURPRISE

TIRE

SOCIETY

INCREASE

WORRY

ENTHUSIASM

ANXIETY

PRACTICE

CAUTION

READING AND USE OF ENGLISH

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1919

3 Plan and write your letter to Sam Try to include some of Matteorsquosexpressions and character adjectives

WRITINGPart 2 informal letter

1 Look at the exam task and answer thesequestions

1 Who has written to you

2 Who do they want to know about

3 What examples of informal language can

you find

Exam task

Here is part of an email you have received fromSam an English-speaking friend

Write your email to Sam in 140ndash190 words Donot write any addresses

2 Read the model letter and answer thesequestions

1 Does Matteo answer Samrsquos questions2 Where would you split the second

paragraph to form two shorter

paragraphs

3 Is Matteorsquos message written in an informal

style Find examples4 Find and correct these mistakes in the

letter

a a comparative

b a verb tense c an article

d three adjective suffixes5 Which of Matteorsquos expressions could you

use in your letter

Though my sisterrsquos quite a bit younger than me

wersquore good friends most of the time

So tell me about a relative of yours who you see a lot

ndash and why you enjoy being with him or her

Hope to hear from you soon

Hi Sam

Thanks for writing Itrsquos always nice to get a message from you

Itrsquos great that you have such a close friendship with your sister My sisterrsquos actually

a lot older that me and my brotherrsquos much younger so we donrsquot of ten like doing the

same things but I have a cousin called Lorenzo whorsquos about my age and we get on

really well He lives not far from here and like me hersquos a student ndash though not at the

same college Wersquove been friends since we were k ids and wersquore seeing each other

most weekends and of course in the holidays Wersquove got lots of things in common

For instance we love the mountain biking and something I really like about him is that

hersquos so adventurous We have great fun when wersquore out together because hersquos so

enthusiastic about doing excited things but without getting too competitious He can

also be quite sensitive and thoughtful and whenever I have any kind of problem hersquos

always sympatic In short hersquos a fantastic friend

Hope to hear from you again soon

Bye for now

Matteo

7YOURSELF AND OTHERS UNIT 1

Page 17: Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1719

5YOURSELF AND OTHERS UNIT 1

Grammar

Present tenses

1 Some of these sentences written by examcandidates contain mistakes Correct anymistakes using the present simple or presentcontinuous

1 Irsquom belonging to a tennis club and it is my

favourite sport

2 Irsquoll pick you up from the airport when yoursquoll

arrive at 930

3 Irsquom having a lovely holiday here on the island4 Every day we are spending about eight hours

at work

5 When you will receive my letter please tell

Mary about this

6 Pablo is needing to talk to somebody but he

never calls me

7 Nowadays it becomes more and more

important to have a good education

8 I promise that Irsquoll phone you tonight when I

get home

9I need to earn some money and this is themain reason why I apply for this job

10 They are the kind of people who are driving

to work every day in big cars

2 Complete the sentences with the present simpleor present continuous form of these verbs Useeach verb only once

end get hear own rise see take try

1 I usually go to work by car but this week Ithe train because the road

bridge is closed

2 It harder to find a job and youth

unemployment is now very high3 As soon as the college term

Irsquom going away on holiday

4 Her parents are very rich They

homes in both London and New York

5 I Marcos later this evening

when he leaves the club6 Please turn the music down a bit I

to sleep

7 In every part of the world the sun

in the east

8 I promise Irsquoll get up as soon as I

the alarm clock

LISTENINGPart 1

Look at questions 1ndash4 in the exam task Answer these questions

1 How many speakers will you hear

2 Will they be female or male voices

3 What is the situation

4 What is the focus eg place opinion of the question

02 Now listen and do the exam task

Exam task

You will hear people talking in four different situations (in the exam youwill hear eight) For questions 1ndash4 choose the best answer (A B or C)

1 You hear a teenager talking about her new bedroom

What does she like about it

A the way it is decorated

B the furniture in it C its size and shape

2 You overhear a conversation on a bus

Where is the man going first A to a shop B to the library C to work

3 You hear a man talking on the phone

Why is he calling

A to apologise B to ask for information

C to complain

4 You hear part of an interview with a businesswoman

What does she do A She hires out bicycles B She hires out cars

C She hires out motorcycles

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1819

6 UNIT 1 YOURSELF AND OTHERS

Part 3

1 Correct the mistakes in these sentenceswritten by exam candidates using the

correct form of the word in brackets Add aprefix andor a suffix in each case

1 I am worry (worry) about you so can I talk

to you

2 The biggest disadvantage is that you are

always stressy (stress) when you do that job

3 These are my recommendations for the

most attraction (attract) places in my town

4 Suddenly I heard something strange near

the door I was terrorised (terrify)

5 Your report about the music festival isabsolutely inacceptable (accept)

6 It was really surprised (surprise) to hear

that Marta was the winner

7 The streets wouldnrsquot be so crowdy (crowd)and they would be safer for people

8 Staying at your house next week will be

really enjoyful (enjoy)

9 That festival was a completely

unorganised (organise) and dull event

10 There are some interesting and

impressing (impress) museums in this city

2 Look at the exam task example (0) andanswer these questions

1 What kind of word goes between the

superlative form the most and the noun

features

2 Does this word describe how someone

feels or what causes a feeling3 What suffix do we use for this

Now do the exam task

Exam task

For questions 1ndash8 read the text below Use the word given in capitals atthe end of some of the lines to form a word that fits in the gap in the sameline There is an example at the beginning (0)

Example 0 SURPRISING

Staying safe online

One of the most (0) features of the

computer age is the huge amount of time that youngpeople spend communicating with each other

Whereas a generation ago children would go home

after a (1) day at school and watch TV

nowadays they are likely to do something much more

(2) such as chat online with their

friends

Others exchange information on (3)popular social networking sites such as Facebook What

some parents find rather (4) however is

how easily they can make online lsquofriendsrsquo who they have

never actually met and also the amount of information

that their children are so (5) puttingonto these websites for anyone to see

Parents are right to be (6) but with

many children spending hours a day online it is simply

(7) for adults constantly to watch over

them All they can do is advise them to be extremely

(8) about contact with strangers and to

warn them not to put personal information such as their

phone number or home address online

SURPRISE

TIRE

SOCIETY

INCREASE

WORRY

ENTHUSIASM

ANXIETY

PRACTICE

CAUTION

READING AND USE OF ENGLISH

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1919

3 Plan and write your letter to Sam Try to include some of Matteorsquosexpressions and character adjectives

WRITINGPart 2 informal letter

1 Look at the exam task and answer thesequestions

1 Who has written to you

2 Who do they want to know about

3 What examples of informal language can

you find

Exam task

Here is part of an email you have received fromSam an English-speaking friend

Write your email to Sam in 140ndash190 words Donot write any addresses

2 Read the model letter and answer thesequestions

1 Does Matteo answer Samrsquos questions2 Where would you split the second

paragraph to form two shorter

paragraphs

3 Is Matteorsquos message written in an informal

style Find examples4 Find and correct these mistakes in the

letter

a a comparative

b a verb tense c an article

d three adjective suffixes5 Which of Matteorsquos expressions could you

use in your letter

Though my sisterrsquos quite a bit younger than me

wersquore good friends most of the time

So tell me about a relative of yours who you see a lot

ndash and why you enjoy being with him or her

Hope to hear from you soon

Hi Sam

Thanks for writing Itrsquos always nice to get a message from you

Itrsquos great that you have such a close friendship with your sister My sisterrsquos actually

a lot older that me and my brotherrsquos much younger so we donrsquot of ten like doing the

same things but I have a cousin called Lorenzo whorsquos about my age and we get on

really well He lives not far from here and like me hersquos a student ndash though not at the

same college Wersquove been friends since we were k ids and wersquore seeing each other

most weekends and of course in the holidays Wersquove got lots of things in common

For instance we love the mountain biking and something I really like about him is that

hersquos so adventurous We have great fun when wersquore out together because hersquos so

enthusiastic about doing excited things but without getting too competitious He can

also be quite sensitive and thoughtful and whenever I have any kind of problem hersquos

always sympatic In short hersquos a fantastic friend

Hope to hear from you again soon

Bye for now

Matteo

7YOURSELF AND OTHERS UNIT 1

Page 18: Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1819

6 UNIT 1 YOURSELF AND OTHERS

Part 3

1 Correct the mistakes in these sentenceswritten by exam candidates using the

correct form of the word in brackets Add aprefix andor a suffix in each case

1 I am worry (worry) about you so can I talk

to you

2 The biggest disadvantage is that you are

always stressy (stress) when you do that job

3 These are my recommendations for the

most attraction (attract) places in my town

4 Suddenly I heard something strange near

the door I was terrorised (terrify)

5 Your report about the music festival isabsolutely inacceptable (accept)

6 It was really surprised (surprise) to hear

that Marta was the winner

7 The streets wouldnrsquot be so crowdy (crowd)and they would be safer for people

8 Staying at your house next week will be

really enjoyful (enjoy)

9 That festival was a completely

unorganised (organise) and dull event

10 There are some interesting and

impressing (impress) museums in this city

2 Look at the exam task example (0) andanswer these questions

1 What kind of word goes between the

superlative form the most and the noun

features

2 Does this word describe how someone

feels or what causes a feeling3 What suffix do we use for this

Now do the exam task

Exam task

For questions 1ndash8 read the text below Use the word given in capitals atthe end of some of the lines to form a word that fits in the gap in the sameline There is an example at the beginning (0)

Example 0 SURPRISING

Staying safe online

One of the most (0) features of the

computer age is the huge amount of time that youngpeople spend communicating with each other

Whereas a generation ago children would go home

after a (1) day at school and watch TV

nowadays they are likely to do something much more

(2) such as chat online with their

friends

Others exchange information on (3)popular social networking sites such as Facebook What

some parents find rather (4) however is

how easily they can make online lsquofriendsrsquo who they have

never actually met and also the amount of information

that their children are so (5) puttingonto these websites for anyone to see

Parents are right to be (6) but with

many children spending hours a day online it is simply

(7) for adults constantly to watch over

them All they can do is advise them to be extremely

(8) about contact with strangers and to

warn them not to put personal information such as their

phone number or home address online

SURPRISE

TIRE

SOCIETY

INCREASE

WORRY

ENTHUSIASM

ANXIETY

PRACTICE

CAUTION

READING AND USE OF ENGLISH

copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1919

3 Plan and write your letter to Sam Try to include some of Matteorsquosexpressions and character adjectives

WRITINGPart 2 informal letter

1 Look at the exam task and answer thesequestions

1 Who has written to you

2 Who do they want to know about

3 What examples of informal language can

you find

Exam task

Here is part of an email you have received fromSam an English-speaking friend

Write your email to Sam in 140ndash190 words Donot write any addresses

2 Read the model letter and answer thesequestions

1 Does Matteo answer Samrsquos questions2 Where would you split the second

paragraph to form two shorter

paragraphs

3 Is Matteorsquos message written in an informal

style Find examples4 Find and correct these mistakes in the

letter

a a comparative

b a verb tense c an article

d three adjective suffixes5 Which of Matteorsquos expressions could you

use in your letter

Though my sisterrsquos quite a bit younger than me

wersquore good friends most of the time

So tell me about a relative of yours who you see a lot

ndash and why you enjoy being with him or her

Hope to hear from you soon

Hi Sam

Thanks for writing Itrsquos always nice to get a message from you

Itrsquos great that you have such a close friendship with your sister My sisterrsquos actually

a lot older that me and my brotherrsquos much younger so we donrsquot of ten like doing the

same things but I have a cousin called Lorenzo whorsquos about my age and we get on

really well He lives not far from here and like me hersquos a student ndash though not at the

same college Wersquove been friends since we were k ids and wersquore seeing each other

most weekends and of course in the holidays Wersquove got lots of things in common

For instance we love the mountain biking and something I really like about him is that

hersquos so adventurous We have great fun when wersquore out together because hersquos so

enthusiastic about doing excited things but without getting too competitious He can

also be quite sensitive and thoughtful and whenever I have any kind of problem hersquos

always sympatic In short hersquos a fantastic friend

Hope to hear from you again soon

Bye for now

Matteo

7YOURSELF AND OTHERS UNIT 1

Page 19: Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1919

3 Plan and write your letter to Sam Try to include some of Matteorsquosexpressions and character adjectives

WRITINGPart 2 informal letter

1 Look at the exam task and answer thesequestions

1 Who has written to you

2 Who do they want to know about

3 What examples of informal language can

you find

Exam task

Here is part of an email you have received fromSam an English-speaking friend

Write your email to Sam in 140ndash190 words Donot write any addresses

2 Read the model letter and answer thesequestions

1 Does Matteo answer Samrsquos questions2 Where would you split the second

paragraph to form two shorter

paragraphs

3 Is Matteorsquos message written in an informal

style Find examples4 Find and correct these mistakes in the

letter

a a comparative

b a verb tense c an article

d three adjective suffixes5 Which of Matteorsquos expressions could you

use in your letter

Though my sisterrsquos quite a bit younger than me

wersquore good friends most of the time

So tell me about a relative of yours who you see a lot

ndash and why you enjoy being with him or her

Hope to hear from you soon

Hi Sam

Thanks for writing Itrsquos always nice to get a message from you

Itrsquos great that you have such a close friendship with your sister My sisterrsquos actually

a lot older that me and my brotherrsquos much younger so we donrsquot of ten like doing the

same things but I have a cousin called Lorenzo whorsquos about my age and we get on

really well He lives not far from here and like me hersquos a student ndash though not at the

same college Wersquove been friends since we were k ids and wersquore seeing each other

most weekends and of course in the holidays Wersquove got lots of things in common

For instance we love the mountain biking and something I really like about him is that

hersquos so adventurous We have great fun when wersquore out together because hersquos so

enthusiastic about doing excited things but without getting too competitious He can

also be quite sensitive and thoughtful and whenever I have any kind of problem hersquos

always sympatic In short hersquos a fantastic friend

Hope to hear from you again soon

Bye for now

Matteo

7YOURSELF AND OTHERS UNIT 1